KIA 2018 Optima Plug-in Hybrid User Manual

Kia, THE COMPANY

Enjoy your vehicle and Kia’s “Family-like Care” experience!

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value for

money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer

service experience that exceeds your expectations.

At all of our Kia dealerships you will be treated with warmth, hospitality

and professionalism by people who care based on our “Family-like Care”

promise.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be

carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a

result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable

to your specific Kia vehicle.

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.

This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is

supplemented by a Warranty and Maintenance book that provides important information on all warranties regarding

your vehicle. Kia urges you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure

enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle.

Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features for its various models. Therefore, some of the equip-

ment described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the

right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obliga-

tion. If you have questions, Kia recommends to check with an authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

Kia assures you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written author-

ization from Kia MOTORS Corporation.

Printed in Korea

FFoorreewwoorrdd

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H2

PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H3

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H4

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H21

ENERGY FLOW HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H28

STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY) / H34

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H36

Hybrid System Overview

HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM

The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the petrol engine and the electric motor for power. The electric motor

is run by a 270V high-voltage HEV battery.

Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric

motor or even both at the same time.

Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV

battery.

The HEV battery charge must be maintained for the times when the engine acts as a generator, such as when

stopped at idle. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking.

OJFH055281L

PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM

The Kia Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid electric vehi-

cle and an all-electric vehicle.

When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and

the electric motor or even both at the same time.

When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the electric motor over a certain dis-

tance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driving distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road

conditions. Aggressive driving manoeuvres may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate for maximum power.

The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric power source.

OJFHP056290L

Electric Vehicle Mode

Start up/Low speed

Acceleration High speed

Deceleration

External charging

Electric motor

CD (Charge Depleting) Mode

CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode

Charging

Motor

Engine+Motor

Engine

Charging

Battery charging

Charging Information

• Normal Charger: The plug-in

hybrid vehicle is charged by plug-

ging into a normal charger installed

in your home or a public charging

station. (For further details, refer to

the 'Normal Charge'.)

• Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid

vehicle can be charged by using

household electricity.

The electrical outlet in your home

must comply with regulations and

can safely accommodate the

Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power

(Watts) ratings specified on the

trickle charge.

Charging Time

• Normal Charger: Takes about 2-3

hours at room temperature (Can be

charged to 100%.). Depending on

the condition and durability of the

high-voltage battery, charger speci-

fications, and ambient temperature,

the time required for charging the

high-voltage battery may vary.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

Charging Types

An actual charger image and a charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturers.

Category

Charging Inlet

(Vehicle)

Charging Connector Charging Outlet Charging Method Charging Time

Normal

Charger

Normal charger

installed in homes

or public charging

stations

Approximately 2-3

hours (to fully charge

the plug-in hybrid

vehicle, 100%)

Trickle

Charger

Household current

Use in emergency

situations only.

Charging Status

You can check the charging status at

the outside of vehicle when charging

or using (it is not driving status) the

high-voltage battery.

Scheduled Charging

(if equipped)

• You can set reserved charging

using the AVN.

Refer to the AVN for detailed infor

mation about setting reserved

charging.

• Scheduled charging can only be

done when using a normal charger

or the portable charging cable

(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box).

OJFHPQ016009L

Operation of

Charging Indicator

Lamp

Charging Status

Turns on (Green)

Charging in

progress

Turns off

Not charged or fully

charged

Blinks (Green)

Waiting for sched-

uled charging (turns

off after 3 minutes)

Quickly blinks

(Green)

Auxiliary battery

saver+ or sched-

uled air conditioner

is operating

Blinks (Red) Malfunction

• When scheduled charging is set

and the normal charger or the

portable charging cable (ICCB: In-

Cable Control Box) is connected

for charging, the indicator lamp

blinks (for 3 minutes) to indicate

that scheduled charging is set.

• When scheduled charging is set,

charging is not initiated immediate-

ly when the normal charger or

portable charging cable (ICCB: In-

Cable Control Box) is connected.

• When immediate charging is

required, following two actions can

be chosen:

1. Use the AVN to deactivate the

scheduled charge setting.

2. Pull out charging connector and

re-connect charging connector

within 5 seconds. In this case,

the scheduled charge setting will

be activated at next time. If more

than 3 minutes passed after first

connection, pull out and re-con-

nect charging connector and

then pull out and re-connect

again in 5 seconds after second

connection.

Charging Precautions

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

OJFHPQ016009L

OJFHPQ016021L

■ Normal Charger

WARNING

- Fires caused by dust or

water

Do not connect the charging

cable connector plug to the vehi-

cle if there is water or dust on the

charging inlet. Connecting whilst

there is water or dust on the

charging cable connector and

plug may cause a fire or electric

shock.There may be a risk of fire

and injury when using old worn

out public electrical outlets.

• Comply with the following in order

to prevent electrical shock when

charging:

- Use a waterproof charger

- Make sure to not touch the charg-

ing connector and charging plug

when your hand is wet

- Do not charge when there is light-

ning

- Do not charge when the charging

connector and plug is wet

WARNING

- Interference with electron-

ic medical devices

When using medical electric

devices such as an implantable

cardiac pacemaker, make sure to

ask the medical team and manu-

facturer whether charging your

electric vehicle will impact the

operation of the medical

devices. In some instances, elec-

tromagnetic waves that are gen-

erated from the charger can seri-

ously impact medical electric

devices such as an implantable

cardiac pacemaker.

WARNING

- Touching the charging

connector

Do not to touch the charging

connector, charging plug, and

the charging inlet when con-

necting the cable to the charger

and the charging inlet on the

vehicle. Doing so may result in

electrocution.

• Always keep the charging connec-

tor and charging plug in clean and

dry condition. Be sure to keep the

charging cable in a condition where

there is no water or moisture.

• Make sure to use the designated

charger for charging the vehicle.

Using any other charger may

cause failure.

• Before charging the battery, turn

the vehicle OFF.

• Be careful not to drop the charging

connector. The charging connector

can be damaged.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

WARNING - Charging

cable

• Immediately stop charging

when you find abnormal

symptoms (smell, smoke).

• Replace the charging cable if

the cable coating is damaged

to prevent electrical shock.

• When connecting or removing

the charging cable, make sure

to hold the charging connec-

tor handle and charging plug.

If you pull the cable itself

(without using the handle), the

internal wires may disconnect

or get damaged.This may lead

to electric shock or fire.

WARNING - Cooling fan

Do not touch the cooling fan

whilst vehicle is charging. When

the vehicle is switched OFF

whilst charging, the cooling fan

inside the motor compartment

may automatically operate.

Normal Charge

You can charge your vehicle by plug-

ging into a public charger at a charg-

ing station.

How to Connect Normal Charger

1. Depress the brake pedal and

apply the parking brake.

2. Turn OFF all switches, move the

shift lever to P (Park), and turn

OFF the vehicle.

3. After unlocking doors, open the

charging door by pressing it.

✽✽

NOTICE

The charging door does not open

when the theft alarm system is

armed.

OJFHPQ016021L

■ Normal Charger

OJFHPQ016010L

H10

4. Remove any dust on the charging

connector and charging inlet.

5. Hold the charging connector han-

dle. Then, insert it into the charg-

ing inlet, until you hear a click

sound. If it is not fully connected, a

bad connection between the

charging connector and the charg-

ing terminals may cause a fire.

6. Check if the charging cable con-

nection indicator of the high volt-

age battery in the instrument clus-

ter is turned ON.

Charging does not occur when the

indicator is OFF. When the charg-

ing connector is not connected

properly, reconnect the charging

cable to charge.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The charging is in progress only

with the shift lever is in P (Park).

Charging the battery with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC position is possible. However,

it may discharge the 12-V battery.

Thus, if possible, charge the bat-

tery with the Engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF position.

• Moving the shift lever from P

(Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D

(Drive) stops the charging process.

To restart the charging process,

move the shift lever to P (Park),

press the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, and discon-

nect the charging cable. Then,

connect the charging cable.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

OJFHPQ016012L OJFHP046428L

H11

7. After charging has started, the

estimated charging time is dis-

played on the instrument cluster

for about 1 minute. It is also dis-

played, when the driver’s door is

opened with charging in progress.

When scheduled charging is set,

the estimated charging time is dis-

played as “--" .

Unlock Charging Door in

Emergency

If the charging door does not open

due to battery discharge, open the

bonnet and slightly pull the emer-

gency cable as shown above. The

charging door will then open.

Charging Status

Checking Charging Status

You can check the charging status at

the outside of vehicle when charging

or using (it is not driving status) the

high-voltage battery.

OJFHP046429L

OJFHP076232N OJFHPQ016009L

H12

How to Disconnect Normal

Charger

1. The vehicle doors must be

unlocked in order to be able to dis-

connect the charging connector. A

lock system prevents charger

cable disconnection when the

vehicle's doors are locked.

✽✽

NOTICE

In order to disconnect the charging

connector, unlock the doors to

unlatch the charging connector lock

system. If not, the charging connec-

tor and the vehicle's charging inlet

may be damaged.

2. Press the door unlock button on

the smart key then pull out charg-

ing connector.

✽✽

NOTICE

When disconnecting the charging

connector, do not try to disconnect it

by force whilst not pressing the

release button. This may damage the

charging connector and vehicle

charging inlet.

OJFHPQ016022L

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Operation of

Charging Indicator

Lamp

Charging Status

Turns on (Green)

Charging in

progress

Turns off

Not charged or fully

charged

Blinks (Green)

Waiting for sched-

uled charging (turns

off after 3 minutes)

Quickly blinks

(Green)

Auxiliary battery

saver+ or sched-

uled air conditioner

is operating

Blinks (Red) Malfunction

H13

3. Make sure to securely close the

charging door.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not modify or disassemble the

charging cable components. It

may cause a fire or an electric

shock with personal injury.

• Keep the charging connector and

the charging plug clean and dry.

The charging cable should be also

kept dry.

• Use an air gun to blow any foreign

substances from the charging con-

nector and the charging plug.

Trickle Charger

Trickle charger can be used if

Normal Charger is unavailable.

❈➀: Charging connector

➁ : Charging cable

➂ : Control box

➃ : Cord and plug (cord set)

OJFHPQ016014L

OJFHPQ016013L

H14

How to Connect Portable

Charging Cable

(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)

1. Turn OFF all switches, move the

shift lever to P (Park), and turn

OFF the vehicle.

2. Connect the plug to a household

electric outlet.

3. Check if all LED lamps on the con-

trol box blinks for 0.5 seconds.

Then, check if the power lamp

(green) turns ON.

4. Depress the brake pedal and

apply the parking brake.

5. After unlocking doors, open the

charging door by pressing it.

✽✽

NOTICE

The charging door does not open

when the theft alarm system is

armed.

OJFHPQ016016L OJFHPQ016010L

OJFHPQ016015L

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H15

6. Remove any dust on the charging

connector and charging inlet.

7. Hold the charging connector han-

dle. Then, insert it into the charg-

ing inlet, until you hear a click

sound. If it is not fully connected,

improper connection between the

charging connector and the charg-

ing terminals are a potential fire

hazard.

8. Charging starts automatically.

Check if the power lamp and

charging lamp (orange) are ON.

9. Check if the charging cable con-

nection indicator of the high volt-

age battery in the instrument clus-

ter is turned ON.

Charging does not occur when the

indicator is OFF. When the charg-

ing connector is not connected

properly, reconnect the charging

cable to charge.

OJFHPQ016012L OJFHPQ016016L OJFHP046428L

H16

✽✽

NOTICE

• The charging is in progress only

with the shift lever is in P (Park).

Charging the battery with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC position is possible. However,

it may discharge the 12-V battery.

Thus, if possible, charge the bat-

tery with the Engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF position.

• Moving the shift lever from P

(Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D

(Drive) stops the charging process.

To restart the charging process,

move the shift lever to P (Park),

press the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, and discon-

nect the charging cable. Then,

connect the charging cable and

restart the vehicle again.

10. After charging has started, the

estimated charging time is dis-

played on the instrument cluster

for about 1 minute. It is also dis-

played, when the driver’s door is

opened with charging in progress.

When scheduled charging is set,

the estimated charging time is dis-

played as "--".

Unlock Charging Door in

Emergency

If the charging door does not open

due to battery discharge, open the

bonnet and slightly pull the emer-

gency cable as shown above. The

charging door will then open.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

OJFHP046429L

OJFHP076232N

H17

Checking Charging Status

You can check the charging status at

the outside of vehicle when charging

or using (it is not driving status) the

high-voltage battery.

Charge cable storage

We recommend that the trickle

charger cable should be put in a stor-

age box after use.

• Sedan: Keep the storage box

above the main battery pack inside

the trunk.

• Wagon: Fasten the storage box

using the belt on the left side of the

luggage room.

OJFHPQ016009L

Operation of

Charging Indicator

Lamp

Charging Status

Turns on (Green)

Charging in

progress

Turns off

Not charged or fully

charged

Blinks (Green)

Waiting for sched-

uled charging (turns

off after 3 minutes)

Quickly blinks

(Green)

Auxiliary battery

saver+ or sched-

uled air conditioner

is operating

Blinks (Red) Malfunction

OJFHP047510L

■ Sedan

■ Wagon

OJFHPQ016029N

H18

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Charger Status

Control Box

ON/OFF Status

Power Charge Fault Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure

Initial Preparation Mode

  

When applying power to the initial ICCB wall

Charging Preparation

Mode



- -

When ICCB charging connector is not connected

to the vehicle, or connected but charging status

is in Standby mode

Charging Mode

 

Charging

Failure

ICCB failure

or electrical

leakage detected





Stop charging immediately and contact a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recommends to consult an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner for ICCB

check.



Category Lamp ON Lamp OFF Blinking

LED Status





Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

OJFHPQ016017L

OJFHPQ016018L

OJFHPQ016019L

OJFHPQ016020L

H19

How to Disconnect

PortableCharging Cable

(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)

1. Before disconnecting the charging

connector, make sure the doors

are unlocked. When the door is

locked, the charging connector

lock system will not allow discon-

nection.

✽✽

NOTICE

In order to disconnect the charging

connector, unlock the doors to

unlatch the charging connector lock

system. If not, the charging connec-

tor and the vehicle's charging inlet

may be damaged.

2. Hold the charging connector han-

dle and pull it out.

3. Make sure to securely close the

charging door.

4. Disconnect the plug from the

household electric outlet. Do not

pull the cable when disconnecting

the plug.

5. Close the protective cover for the

charging connector so that foreign

material cannot get into the termi-

nal.

6. Put the charging cable inside the

cable compartment to protect it.

OJFHPQ016022L OJFHPQ016015L

H20

Precautions for Portable

Charging Cable

(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)

• Use the portable charging cable

that is certified by Kia.

• Do not try to repair, disassemble, or

adjust the portable charging cable.

• Do not use an extension cord or

adapter.

• Stop using immediately if failure

warning light occurs.

• Do not touch the plug and charging

connector with wet hands.

• Do not touch the terminal part of the

normal charging connector and the

normal charging inlet on the vehicle.

• Do not connect the charging con-

nector to voltage that does not

comply with regulations.

• Do not use the portable charging

cable if it is worn out, exposed, or

there exists any type of damage on

the portable charging cable.

• If the ICCB case and normal

charging connector is damaged,

cracked, or the wires are exposed

in any way, do not use the portable

charging cable.

• Do not let children operate or touch

the portable charging cable.

• Keep the control box free of water.

• Keep the normal charging connec-

tor or plug terminal free of foreign

substances.

• Do not step on the cable or cord.

Do not pull the cable or cord and

do not twist or bend it.

• Do not charge when there is light-

ning.

• Do not drop the control box or

place a heavy object on the control

box.

• Do not place an object that can

generate high temperatures near

the charger when charging.

• Charging with the worn out or dam-

aged household electric outlet can

result in a risk of electric shock. If

you are in doubt to the household

electric outlet condition, have it

checked by a licensed electrician.

• Stop using the portable charging

cable immediately if the household

electric outlet or any components

is overheated or you notice burnt

odors.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H21

Changing plug-in hybrid mode

Pressing the HEV button changes

the plug-in hybrid system modes, as

below.

• Shortly pressed:

EV mode ↔ HEV mode

Plug-in hybrid mode indicator

• CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode

: The high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is

used to drive the

vehicle.

• CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode

: The high-voltage

(hybrid) battery

and petrol engine

is used to drive

the vehicle.

A corresponding message is displayed

to indicate the selected mode.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

OJFHP056292R

OJFHP056293R

■ Type B

■ Type A

OJFHP046420L

OJFHP046421L

OJFHP046425L/OJFHP046426L

H22

Warning and indicator lights

Ready Indicator

This indicator illuminates :

When the vehicle is ready to be driven.

- ON : Normal driving is possible.

- OFF : Normal driving is not possible,

or a problem has occurred.

- Blinking : Emergency driving.

When the ready indicator goes OFF

or blinks, there is a problem with the

system. In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

Hybrid system warning

light

This warning light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction with the

hybrid system.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

When the warning light illuminate

whilst driving, or does not go OFF

after starting the vehicle, have the

system inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

EV Mode Indicator

This indicator illuminates when the

vehicle is driven by the electric motor.

Charging Cable

Connection Indicator

(Plug-in hybrid)

This indicator illuminates in red when

the charging cable is connected.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H23

Coasting guide (if equipped)

A chime will sound and the coasting

guide indicator will blink four times to

inform the driver when to take the foot

off from the accelerator by anticipating

a decelerating event* based on the

analysis of driving routes and road

conditions of the navigation. It encour-

ages the driver to remove foot from the

pedal and allow coasting down the

road with EV motor only. This helps

prevent unnecessary fuel consump-

tion and increases fuel efficiency.

❈ Example of a deceleration event is

going down an extended hill, slow-

ing down approaching a toll booth,

and approaching reduced speed

zones.

• User settings

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

and put the shift lever in P(Park). In

the User Settings Mode, select

Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and

then On to turn on the system.

Cancel the selection of coasting

guide to turn off the system. For the

explanation of the system, press and

hold the [OK] button.

• Operation conditions

To activate the system, take the fol-

lowing procedures. Enter your desti-

nation information on the navigation

and select the driving route. Select

the ECO mode in the Integrated

Driving Control System. Then, satisfy

the following.

- The driving speed should be

between 60 km/h (37 mph) and

160km/h (99 mph).

❈ The operating speed may vary

due to difference between instru-

ment cluster and navigation effect-

ed by tyre inflation level.

✽✽

NOTICE

Coasting guide is only a supplemen-

tal system to assist with fuel-efficient

driving. Thus, the operating condi-

tions may be different in accordance

with traffic/road conditions (i.e.

driving in a traffic jam, driving on a

slope, driving on a curve). Thus,

take the actual driving conditions

into consideration, such as distances

from the vehicles ahead/ behind,

whilst referring to the coasting

guide system as guidance.

H24

Unplug vehicle to start

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when you

start the engine without unplugging

the charging cable. Unplug the

charging cable, and then start the

vehicle.

Shift to P to charge

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when the

charging connector is plugged with

the shift lever in R (Reverse), N

(Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift

lever to P (Park) and re-start the

charging process.

Remaining charge time

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed to notify

the remaining time to fully charge the

battery.

EV / HEV modes

(Plug-in hybrid)

A corresponding message is dis-

played when a mode is selected by

pressing the HEV button.

Low battery temp. Maintaining

current (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

unable to convert to EV mode even

when pressing the HEV button dur-

ing HEV mode driving due to low bat-

tery temperature.

Charging complete. Switching to

Hybrid (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed automati-

cally converting to HEV mode due to

completed battery charging during

charging mode driving.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H25

Charger Error! (Plug-in hybrid)

This messages is displayed when

the charging failed by external charg-

er error.

This message is for Normal charger.

The purpose of this message is to let

you know the error has occurred in

charger itself not in vehicle.

Low/High System Temp.

Maintaining Hybrid (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

unable to convert to EV mode even

when pressing the HEV button dur-

ing HEV mode driving due to

low/high system temperature

Switching to Hybrid mode to

allow heating (Plug-in hybrid)

• When the coolant temperature is

lower than -14 °C (57 °F), and you

turn the climate control On for

heating, the above message will be

displayed in the cluster. Then, the

vehicle will automatically switch to

HEV mode.

• When the coolant temperature is

higher than -14 °C (57 °F), or you

turn the climate control Off, the

vehicle will automatically return to

EV mode.

H26

Wait until fuel door opens

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when you

attempt to open the fuel filler lid with

the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until

the fuel tank is depressurized.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It may take up to 20 seconds to

open fuel filler lid.

• When the fuel filler lid is frozen

and does not open after 20 seconds

at freezing temperature, slightly

tap the fuel filler lid and then

attempt to open it.

Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid is opened.

Also means "Ready to refuel".

Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid is open or an abnormal-

ity has occurred.

Refuel after stopping

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid open button is pressed

when a vehicle equipped with a plug-

in hybrid seal-type fuel tank is in

motion (vehicle speed is greater than

0 km/h(mi/h)).

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H27

Open fuel door after disconnecting

charging cable (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when you

press fuel filler lid open button whilst

charging.

This message explains that refuelling

is allowed to finish charging.

Fuel lid is not opened when charging

cable is connected to vehicle.

Charging Door Open

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message indicates that the

charging door is open whilst in driv-

ing-ready state to encourage you to

inspect and close the door.

(Driving with the charging door open

may result in moisture inflow or dam-

age. This message is used to prevent

such occurrences.)

EV / HEV modes (Plug-in hybrid)

A corresponding message is dis-

played when a mode is selected by

pressing the HEV button.

OJFHP046426L

OJFHP046425L

H28

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers

of energy flow in various operating

modes. Eleven Modes show drivers

the current operating condition.

Vehicle Stop

The mode means the vehicle at stop.

(There is no energy flow.)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the

vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel)

ENERGY FLOW HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

OJFH045389L OJFH045390L

H29

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used

to move the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the

vehicle. (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine

charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Battery)

OJFH045392L OJFH045391L OJFH045393L

H30

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by

regenerative braking.

(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed by

engine compression.

(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle

and charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

OJFH045397L OJFH045395LOJFH045394L

ENERGY FLOW HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H31

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative braking

system charge the hybrid battery

driving deceleration.

(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The engine charges the hybrid battery

and motor moves the vehicle.

(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine compression can be

used to slow the vehicle. The regen-

erative braking system can be used

to charge the hybrid system.

(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

OJFH045398L

OJFH045399L

OJFH045396L

H32

AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ (For

Plug-in Hybrid, if equipped)

The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function

that monitors the charging status of

the 12V auxiliary battery.

If the auxiliary battery level is low, the

main high voltage battery charges

the auxiliary battery.

✽✽

NOTICE

The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will

be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If

the function is not needed, you may

turn it off in the Users Settings mode

on the LCD display. For more infor-

mation, refer to the "System setting"

on the following page.

Mode

• Cycle Mode :

When the vehicle is OFF with all

doors, hood and trunk (tailgate)

closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ peri-

odically activates according to the

auxiliary battery status.

• Automatic Mode :

When the engine start/stop button is

in the ON position with the charging

connector plugged in, the function

activates according to the auxiliary

battery status to prevent over-dis-

charge of the auxiliary battery.

CAUTION

• The Aux. Battery Saver+ acti-

vates maximum of 20 minutes.

If the Aux. Battery Saver+

function activates more than

10 times consecutively, in the

Automatic Mode the function

will stop activating, judging

that there is a problem with the

auxiliary battery. In this case,

drive the vehicle for some peri-

od of time. The function will

start activating if the auxiliary

battery returns to normal.

• The Aux. Battery Saver+ func-

tion cannot prevent battery

discharge of the auxiliary bat-

tery is damaged, worn out,

used as a power supply or

unauthorised electronic

devices are used.

• If the Aux. Battery Saver+

function was activated, a mes-

sage will be displayed on the

instrument cluster and the

high voltage battery level may

have decreased.

H33

System setting

The driver can activate the Aux.

Battery Saver+ function by placing

the engine start/stop button to the

ON position and by selecting:

"User Settings ➞ Other Features ➞

Aux. Battery Saver+"

LCD message

This message is displayed when the

Aux. Battery Saver+ function has

been completed when the vehicle is

turned ON.

However, if the LCD message pops

up frequently, have your vehicle's

auxiliary battery or electric/electronic

components serviced by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

OJFHP048505L

WARNING

When the function is activating

the charging indicator lamp will

quickly blink and high voltage

electricity will be flowing in the

vehicle. Do not touch the high

voltage electric wire (orange),

connector, and all electric com-

ponents and devices. This may

cause electric shock and lead to

injuries. Also, do not modify

your vehicle in any way. This

may affect your vehicle perform-

ance and lead to an accident.

OJFHPQ017009L

H34

Starting the Hybrid System

1.Carry the smart key into the vehicle.

2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied.

3.Place the shift lever in the P(Park)

position.

In N (neutral) position, you can not

start the vehicle.

4.Depress the brake pedal.

5.Press the engine start/stop button.

6.The engine should be started with-

out pressing the accelerator. In

extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been operated fro

several days, let the engine warm up

without depressing the accelerator.

• Even if the smart key is in the

vehicle, if it is far away from you,

the engine may not start.

• When the engine start/stop button

is in the ACC or ON position, if

any door is open, the system

checks for the smart key. If the

smart key is not in the vehicle, the

warning, "Key is not in vehicle" will

come on, and if all doors are

closed, the chime will also sound

for about 5 seconds. The indicator

will turn off whilst the vehicle is

moving. Keep the smart key in the

vehicle when using the ACC posi-

tion or if the vehicle engine is on.

If the starting procedure is fol-

lowed, the " " symbol on the

instrument cluster will turn on.

For more details, Please check

chapter 4.

STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY)

H35

ECONOMICAL and SAFE

OPERATION of Hybrid system

• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate and maintain a

steady cruising speed. Don't make

"jack-rabbit" starts. Don't race

between stoplights.

Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-

sible. Always maintain a safe dis-

tance from other vehicles so you

can avoid unnecessary braking.

This also reduces brake wear.

• The regenerative brake generates

energy when the vehicle deceler-

ates.

• When the hybrid battery power is

low, the hybrid system automatical-

ly recharges the hybrid battery.

• When the engine runs in "N" posi-

tion, the hybrid system cannot gen-

erate electricity. The hybrid battery

cannot recharge in "N" position.

Please refer to chapter 5.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the hybrid system is in

READY mode, the engine will auto-

matically start and stop as needed.

The " " symbol will illuminate in

the cluster when the system is oper-

ational.

H36

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

1. Engine : 2.0L

2. Motor : 38kW (HEV) / 50kW (PHEV)

3. Transmission : 6AT

4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG)

5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

6. High voltage battery system

7. Genergative brake system

8. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)

OJFHPQ016001R

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

H37

The Hybrid battery uses high voltage

top operate the electric motor and

other components and other compo-

nents. High voltage is dangerous if

touched.

Your vehicle is equipped with orange

coloured insulation and covers over

the high voltage components to pro-

tect people from electric shock. High

voltage warning labels are attached

to some system components as addi-

tional warnings. Have your vehicle

serviced by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

WARNING

Never touch orange or high volt-

age labeled components includ-

ing wires, cables, and connec-

tions. If the insulators or covers

are damaged or removed, severe

injury or death from electrocu-

tion may occur.

WARNING

When replacing the fuses in the

engine compartment, never

touch the HPCU. The HPCU car-

ries high voltage. Touching the

HPCU could result in electrocu-

tion, serious injury, or death.

CAUTION

• Do not pile up any items in an

area behind the high voltage

battery. In a crash, the battery

may become unstable, or its

performance may degrade.

• Do not apply strong force nor

pile up any items above the

trunk/tailgate. Such an

attempt may distort the high

voltage battery case, causing

a safety problem or degrading

the performance.

• Be careful when loading

inflammable liquid in

trunk/tailgate. It could cause

operational and safety degra-

dation if the liquid leaks and

flows in high voltage battery.

OJFHQ015002

OJFHQ015003

HPCU

HEV Battery

H38

CAUTION - Cleaning

Engine

When you clean the engine

compartment, do not wash

using water. Water may cause

electric arcing to occur and

damage electronic parts and

components.

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE(CONT.)

WARNING

As with all batteries, avoid fluid

contact with the Hybrid battery.

If the battery is damaged and if

electrolyte comes in contact

with your body, clothes or eyes,

immediately flush with a large

quantity of fresh water.

WARNING

Do not use an after-market bat-

tery charger to charge the

Hybrid battery. Doing so may

result in death or serious injury.

WARNING - High Waters

• Avoid high waters as this may

result in your vehicle becom-

ing saturated with water and

could compromise the high

voltage components.

• Do not touch the any of the

high voltage components

within your vehicle if your

vehicle has been submerged

in water equal to half of the

vehicle height. Touching high

voltage components once

submerged in water could

result in severe burns or elec-

tric shock that could result in

death or serious injury.

WARNING - Carrying

Liquids in trunk/tailgate.

Do not load large amounts of

water in open containers into the

vehicle. If the water spills onto

the HEV battery, it may cause a

short and damage the battery.

OYFH021002N

Motor

H39

Safety plug

WARNING

- Exposure to High Voltage

• High voltage in the hybrid bat-

tery system is very dangerous

and can cause severe burns

and electric shock. This may

result in serious injury or death.

• For your safety, never touch,

replace, dismantle or remove

any portion of the hybrid bat-

tery system including compo-

nents, cables and connectors.

WARNING - Use of Water

or Liquids

If water or liquids come into

contact with the hybrid system

components, and you are also

in contact with the water, severe

injury or death due to electrocu-

tion may occur.

WARNING

- Hot Components

When the hybrid battery system

operates, the HEV battery sys-

tem can be hot. Heat burns may

result from touching even insu-

lated components of the HEV

system.

OJFHQ015004

DANGER

Never touch the safety plug.

Safety plug is attached to high

voltage hybrid battery system.

Touching safety plug will result

in death or serious injury.

Service personnel should follow

procedure in service manual.

CAUTION - Prolonged

parking

Prolonged parking might cause

battery discharge and operation

failure due to natural discharge.

Driving the vehicle approxi-

mately once every 2 months,

more than 15km is recommend-

ed. The battery will be charged

automatically when driving the

vehicle.

H40

Some Special Features of the

Hybrid Vehicle.

Hybrid vehicles sound different than

petrol engine vehicles. When the

hybrid system operates, you may

hear a sound from the hybrid battery

system behind the rear seat. If you

apply the accelerator pedal rapidly,

you may hear a sound. When you

apply the brake pedal, you may hear

a sound from the regenerative brake

system. When the hybrid system is

turned off or on, you may hear a

sound in the engine compartment. If

you depress the brake pedal repeat-

edly when the hybrid system is

turned on, you may hear a sound in

the engine compartment. None of

these sounds indicate a problem.

They are characteristics of hybrid

vehicles.

When the hybrid system is turned on,

the engine may run. This does not

indicate a malfunction. If the " "

symbol is on, the hybrid system is

operating. Even if the petrol engine is

off, you can operate the vehicle.

The HEV system may emit electro-

magnetic waves which can affect the

performance of electronic devices

appliances, such as laptop comput-

ers, which are not part of the vehicle

design.

If you park the vehicle for a long time,

the hybrid system will discharge. You

need to drive the vehicle several times

per month to maintain a charge.

When you start the hybrid system in

the "P" transmission position, the

" " symbol is illuminated in the

cluster. The driver can drive the vehi-

cle even if the engine is stopped.

Virtual Engine Sound System

(VESS)

The Virtual Engine Sound System

generates an engine sound for

pedestrians to hear vehicle whilst at

low speeds in EV mode.

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE(CONT.)

WARNING

When you leave the vehicle, you

should turn off the hybrid sys-

tem. If you depress the acceler-

ator pedal by mistake and the

vehicle is not in the "P" posi-

tion, the vehicle will accelerate.

This may result in serious injury

or death.

H41

High Voltage Battery Air Intake

Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle (Wagon)

The hybrid battery air intake is locat-

ed on bottom the rear seats. The air

intake cools down the hybrid battery.

When the hybrid battery air intake is

blocked, the hybrid battery may be

overheated. Do not obstruct the air

intake with any other objects.

Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle (Sedan)

The high-voltage battery air intake is

located on the left side of the rear

seats. The air intake cools down the

high-voltage battery.

When the high-voltage battery air

intake is blocked, the high-voltage

battery may be overheated and the

vehicle performance may become

limited and set a hybrid warning

lamp. Do not obstruct the air intake

with any other objects.

WARNING - Air Intake

• Blocking the air intake behind

the rear seats may damage

the HEV battery.

• Do not allow any water into

the air intake even when

cleaning. If any water enters

the air intake, the Hybrid bat-

tery may cause an electric

shock which can cause seri-

ous injury or death due to

electrocution.

OJFHQ015005

OJFHP036114L

H42

If An Accident Occurs

• Avoid the engine compartment.

• Avoid any orange or high voltage

wires, cables, or components.

• Assume that a high voltage com-

ponent is exposed and move away

from the vehicle as promptly as

possible.

• Refer to Chapter 6 for towing infor-

mation.

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE(CONT.)

WARNING

• After parking the vehicle, shift

the transmission into "P"

position. Turn off the hybrid

system by pushing the Engine

Start/Stop button.

• For your safety, do not touch

high voltage cables, connec-

tors and package modules.

High Voltage components are

orange in colour.

• Exposed cables or wires may

be visible inside or outside of

the vehicle. Never touch the

wires or cables, because an

electrical shock may occur

causing injury or death.

• If a small scale fire occurs,

use a fire extinguisher (ABC,

BC) that is meant for electrical

fires.

(Continued)

If it is impossible to extin-

guish the fire in the early

stage, remain a safe distance

from the vehicle and immedi-

ately call your local fire emer-

gency responders. Also,

advise them that a hybrid

vehicle is involved.

If the fire spreads to the high

voltage battery, large amount

of water is needed to put out

the fire.

Using small amount of water

or fire extinguishers not

meant for electrical fires

could cause serious injury or

death from electrical shocks.

• If you need towing, refer to

chapter 6.

H43

When the hybrid vehicle shuts

off

When the high voltage battery or 12-

volt battery discharges, or fuel tank is

empty, the hybrid system may not

operate.

If the Hybrid system stops operating

whilst the vehicle is moving, reduce

the vehicle speed gradually. Pull your

vehicle off the road in a safe area,

and shift the transmission in to Park

(P) position and;

1. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

2. Set the start button at OFF, and try

to start the Hybrid system by

applying the brake pedal and

pushing the start button.

3. If the Hybrid system will not oper-

ate, refer to "EMERGENCY

STARTING" in chapter 6.

Before you try to jump start the vehi-

cle, confirm the fuel level. If the fuel

level is low add more fuel before

attempting as emergency start.

WARNING

If a vehicle accident occurs:

1.Stop the vehicle and shift the

transmission into "P" position.

And then depress the parking

brake.

2.Turn off the Hybrid system by

pushing the Engine Start/Stop

Button.

3.Evacuate to the safety place.

4.Call emergency services for

help and let them know the

vehicle is a Hybrid vehicle.

Do not touch high voltage

cables, connectors and pack-

age modules. High voltage com-

ponents are orange in colour.

Exposed cables or wires may

be visible inside or outside of

the vehicle. Never touch the

wires or cables, because an

electrical shock may occur

causing injury or death.

WARNING

If a submersion in water occurs:

If your vehicle was flooded and

has soaked carpeting or water

on the flooring, you should not

try to start the Hybrid system.

Never touch the high voltage

cables, connectors and pack-

age modules, because an elec-

trical shock may occur causing

injury or death. High Voltage

cables are orange in colour.

In this case, have the vehicle

towed to a professional workshop

and inspected. Kia recommends

to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

H44

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

WARNING - Accident

Vehicle

Never touch electric wires or

cable. If exposed electric wires

or cables are visible inside or

outside of your vehicle, an elec-

tric shock may occur.

WARNING - Putting out

fire

Never use a small quantity of

water to put out a fire in your

vehicle. If a fire occurs, evacu-

ate the car immediately and

contact the fire department.

Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

• Petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Vehicle break-In process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

HEV/PHEV powertrain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatest

possible driving pleasure from your

vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can

assist you in many ways. We strong-

ly recommend that you read the

entire manual. In order to minimise

the chance of death or injury, you

must read the WARNING and CAU-

TION sections in the manual.

Illustrations complement the words in

this manual to best explain how to

enjoy your vehicle. By reading your

manual, you learn about features,

important safety information, and driv-

ing tips under various road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is

provided in the Table of Contents.

Use the index when looking for a

specific area or subject; it has an

alphabetical listing of all information

in your manual.

Sections: This manual has eight

chapters plus an index. Each section

begins with a brief list of contents so

you can tell at a glance if that section

has the information you want.

You will find various WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this

manual. These WARNINGs were

prepared to enhance your personal

safety. You should carefully read and

follow ALL procedures and recom-

mendations provided in these

WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and

NOTICEs.

✽✽

NOTICE

A NOTICE indicates interesting or

helpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING

A WARNING indicates a situation

in which harm, serious bodily

injury or death could result if the

warning is ignored.

CAUTION

A CAUTION indicates a situation

in which damage to your vehicle

could result if the caution is

ignored.

Introduction

Petrol engine

Unleaded

For Europe

For the optimal vehicle performance,

we recommend you to use unleaded

petrol with an octane rating of RON

(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI

(Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher.

You may use unleaded petrol with an

octane rating of RON 91~94 / AKI

87~90 but it may result in slight per-

formance reduction of the vehicle.

(Do not use methanol blended fuels.)

Except Europe

Your new Kia vehicle is designed to

use only unleaded fuel having an

Octane Rating of RON (Research

Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-

Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do not

use methanol blended fuels.)

Your new vehicle is designed to

obtain maximum performance with

UNLEADED FUEL, as well as min-

imise exhaust emissions and spark

plug fouling.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING

• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off

when refuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

CAUTION

NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The

use of leaded fuel is detrimental

to the catalytic converter and

will damage the engine control

system’s oxygen sensor and

affect emission control.

Never add any fuel system clean-

ing agents to the fuel tank other

than what has been specified.

(Kia recommends to consult an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner for details.)

Introduction

Leaded (if equipped)

For some countries, your vehicle is

designed to use leaded petrol. When

you are going to use leaded petrol,

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner and

ask whether leaded gasoline in your

vehicle is available or not.

Octane Rating of leaded petrol is

same with unleaded one.

Petrol containing alcohol and

methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and

ethanol (also known as grain alco-

hol), and petrol or gasohol containing

methanol (also known as wood alco-

hol) are being marketed along with or

instead of leaded or unleaded petrol.

Do not use gasohol containing more

than 10% ethanol, and do not use

petrol or gasohol containing any

methanol. Either of these fuels may

cause drivability problems and dam-

age to the fuel system, engine control

system and emission control system.

Discontinue using gasohol of any

kind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or drivability prob-

lems may not be covered by the

manufacturer’s warranty if they result

from the use of:

1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.

2. Petrol or gasohol containing

methanol.

3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

CAUTION

Never use gasohol which con-

tains methanol. Discontinue use

of any gasohol product which

impairs drivability.

Introduction

Other fuels

Using fuels such as

- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,

- MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained

fuel,

- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and

- Other metalic additives contained

fuels,

may cause vehicle and engine dam-

age or cause plugging, misfiring,

poor acceleration, engine stalling,

catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion,

life cycle reduction, etc.

Also, the Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽

NOTICE

Damage to the fuel system or per-

formance problem caused by the use

of these fuels may not be covered by

your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Use of MTBE

Kia recommends avoiding fuels con-

taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl

Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen

Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.

Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%

vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)

may reduce vehicle performance and

produce vapour lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood

alcohol) should not be used in your

vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce

vehicle performance and damage

components of the fuel system,

engine control system and emission

control system.

CAUTION

Your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty may not cover damage

to the fuel system and any per-

formance problems that are

caused by the use of fuels con-

taining methanol or fuels con-

taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary

Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.

(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

Introduction

Fuel Additives

Kia recommends that you use

unleaded petrol which has an octane

rating of RON (Research Octane

Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index)

91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane

Rating of RON (Reasearch Octane

Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index)

87 or higher (except Europe).

For customers who do not use good

quality petrol including fuel additives

regularly, and have problems starting

or the engine does not run smoothly,

one bottle of additives added to the

fuel tank at every 15,000km (For

Europe)/ 10,000km (Except Europe).

Additives are available from a profes-

sional workshop along with informa-

tion on how to use them. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner. Do not mix

other additives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle

in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.

• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

Introduction

No special break-in period is needed.

By following a few simple precautions

for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you

may add to the performance, econo-

my and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• Whilst driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per

minute) within 3,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for

long periods of time, either fast or

slow. Varying engine speed is need-

ed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

By following a few simple precautions

for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you

may add to the performance, econo-

my and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

HEV/PHEV POWERTRAIN

VEHICLE BREAK-IN

PROCESS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Bonnet ...................................................4-47

2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-143

Head lamp (Maintenance).....................7-71

3. Wheel and tyre...............................7-38, 8-6

4. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-64

5. Panorama sunroof .................................4-54

6. Front windscreen wiper blades

(Features of your vehicle)....................4-153

Front windscreen wiper blades

(Maintenance) .......................................7-30

7. Windows ................................................4-42

8. Parking assist system .........................4-117

OJFHP016001R

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Door locks .............................................4-17

2. Fuel filler lid ...........................................4-49

3. Rear combination lamp

(Maintenance) .......................................7-71

4. High mounted stop lamp

(Maintenance) .......................................7-71

5. Trunk ............................................4-24, 4-31

6. Antenna ...............................................4-204

7. Rearview camera / Surround view

monitoring system....................4-141, 4-142

8. Parking assist system .........................4-117

OJFH015002L

■ Rear view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ...................................4-18

2. Driver position memory button ................3-10

3. Power window switch...............................4-42

4. Central door lock switch ..........................4-20

5. Power window lock button .......................4-45

6. Outside rearview mirror control ...............4-65

7. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-66

8. Fuel filler lid open button .........................4-49

9. Trunk / Tailgate open button..........4-24 / 4-32

10. ESC off button .......................................5-34

11. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-69

12. BSD On/Off button.................................5-99

13. Steering wheel.......................................4-60

14. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever....4-61

15. Inner fuse panel.....................................7-50

16. Brake pedal............................................5-19

17. Bonnet release lever..............................4-47

18. LKAS On/Off button...............................5-89

19. Seat..........................................................3-2

OJFHP016003R

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

■ Type A

■ Type B

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Steering wheel audio controls ...........4-205

2, Driver`s front air bag ...........................3-62

3. Horn.....................................................4-62

4. Instrument cluster................................4-68

5. Lighting control lever .........................4-143

6. Wiper and washer control lever.........4-153

7. Engine start/stop button ........................5-6

8. Cruise control ......................................5-55

Speed limit control...............................5-61

Advanced smart cruise control system ..5-70

9. Hazard warning flasher .........................6-2

10. Automatic climate control system....4-170

11. Shift lever A/T....................................5-11

12. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-61

13. Drive mode button (Active Eco button)..5-87

14. Surround view monitoring system

On/Off button...................................4-142

15. Seat warmer ....................................4-189

Air ventilation seat...........................4-190

16. Electronic parking brake (EPB) switch..5-20

17. Auto Hold On/Off button ....................5-27

18. Parking assist system On/Off button..4-117

19. Smart parking assist system ...........4-128

20. Centre console storage box ............4-184

21.Power outlet......................................4-191

22. USB charger....................................4-192

23. Smart phone wireless charger ........4-193

24. Cigarette lighter ...............................4-186

25. Glove box ........................................4-184

26. Passenger’s front air bag ..................3-62

OJFHP016004R

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OJFHP076161R

■■

Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-21

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-19

3. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-18

4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-24

5. Air cleaner.........................................7-26

6. Fuse box ...........................................7-50

7. Inverter coolant reservoir ..................7-22

8. Radiator cap .....................................7-23

9. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir....7-25

Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-10

• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

• Seatback pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Child restraint system (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

• Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-40

• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . 3-42

• ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage

(ISOFIX anchorage system) for children . . . . . . . 3-43

Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-53

• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59

• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62

• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68

• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70

• Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the airbag. . 3-72

• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77

• Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79

• Adding equipment to or modifying your

air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80

• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s seat

(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle

(3) Seat cushion height

(4) Lumbar support*

(5) Driver position memory system*

(6) Headrest

Front passenger’s seat

(7) Forward and backward

(8) Seatback angle

(9) Seat cushion height

(10) Lumbar support*

(11) Headrest

Rear seat

(12) Armrest

(13) Ski pass-through*

(14) Headrest

(15) Seatback folding lever*

* : if equipped

SEATS

OJFHP037001R

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

■ Wagon

■ Sedan

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Uprighting

seat

When you return the seatback

to its upright position, hold the

seatback and return it slowly

and be sure there are no other

occupants around the seat. If

the seatback is returned with-

out being held and controlled,

the back of the seat could

spring forward resulting in acci-

dental injury to a person struck

by the seatback.

WARNING - Loose

objects

Loose objects in the driver’s

foot area could interfere with

the operation of the foot pedals,

possibly causing an accident.

Do not place anything under the

front seats.

WARNING - Driver

responsibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the

seatback reclined could lead to

serious or fatal injury in an acci-

dent. If a seat is reclined during

an accident, the occupant’s

hips may slide under the lap

portion of the seat belt applying

great force to the unprotected

abdomen. Serious or fatal inter-

nal injuries could result. The

driver must advise the passen-

ger to keep the seatback in an

upright position whenever the

vehicle is in motion.

WARNING

Do not use a sitting cushion

that reduces friction between

the seat and passenger. The

passenger’s hips may slide

under the lap portion of the seat

belt during an accident or a

sudden stop. Serious or fatal

internal injuries could result

because the seat belt cannot

operate normally.

WARNING - Driver’s seat

• Never attempt to adjust the

seat whilst the vehicle is mov-

ing. This could result in loss

of control, and an accident

causing death, serious injury,

or property damage.

(Continued)

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Rear

seatbacks

• The rear seatback must be

securely latched. If not, passen-

gers and objects could be

thrown forward resulting in seri-

ous injury or death in the event

of a sudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo

should be laid flat in the cargo

area. If objects are large,

heavy, or must be piled, they

must be secured.

Under no circumstances

should cargo be piled higher

than the seatbacks. Failure to

follow these warnings could

result in serious injury or

death in the event of a sudden

stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in

the cargo area or sit or lie on

folded seatbacks whilst the

vehicle is moving. All passen-

gers must be properly seated

in seats and restrained prop-

erly whilst riding.

(Continued)

• Do not allow anything to inter-

fere with the normal position of

the seatback. Storing items

against a seatback or in any

other way interfering with prop-

er locking of a seatback could

result in serious or fatal injury

in a sudden stop or collision.

• Always drive and ride with your

seatback upright and the lap

portion of the seat belt snug

and low across the hips.This is

the best position to protect you

in case of an accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessary

and perhaps severe air bag

injuries, always sit as far back

as possible from the steering

wheel whilst maintaining com-

fortable control of the vehicle.

We recommend that your chest

be at least 25 cm (10 inches)

away from the steering wheel.

(Continued)

• When resetting the seatback

to the upright position, make

sure it is securely latched by

pushing it forward and back-

wards.

• To avoid the possibility of

burns, do not remove the car-

pet in the cargo area.

Emission control devices

beneath this floor generate

high temperatures.

WARNING

After adjusting the seat, always

check that it is securely locked

into place by attempting to

move the seat forward or back-

ward without using the lock

release lever. Sudden or unex-

pected movement of the dri-

ver's seat could cause you to

lose control of the vehicle

resulting in an accident.

Safety features of your vehicle

Feature of Seat Leather

• Since it is a natural substance,

each part differs in thickness or

density.

Wrinkles may appear as a natural

result of stretching and shrinking

depending on the temperature and

humidity.

• The seat is made of stretchable

fabric to improve comfort.

• The parts contacting the body are

curved and the side supporting

area is high which provides driving

comfort and stability.

• Wrinkles may appear naturally

from usage. It is not a fault of the

product.

WARNING

• Do not adjust the seat whilst

wearing seat belts. Moving

the seat cushion forward may

cause strong pressure on the

abdomen.

• Use extreme caution so that

hands or other objects are not

caught in the seat mechanisms

whilst the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighter

on the floor or seat. When you

operate the seat, gas may

gush out of the lighter and

cause fire.

• If there are occupants in the

rear seats, be careful whilst

adjusting the front seat posi-

tion.

• Use extreme caution when

picking small objects trapped

under the seats or between

the seat and the centre con-

sole. Your hands might be cut

or injured by the sharp edges

of the seat mechanism.

CAUTION - Precautions

with seat covers

• Use caution when working on

the seat cover. A short circuit

or disconnection may occur,

which could lead to noise,

damage the ventilation sys-

tem, and possible fire.

• Be aware of wires or air vents

when placing a seat cover or

covering the seat with plastic

cover. A short circuit may

occur, which could lead to fire.

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual

(if equipped)

Forward and backward

To move the seat forward or backward:

1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and

make sure the seat is locked securely

by trying to move forward and back-

ward without using the lever. If the

seat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:

1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of the

seat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure

the seatback is locked in place. (The

lever MUST return to its original

position for the seatback to lock.)

OJF035003R

OJF035004R

CAUTION

• Wrinkles or abrasions which

appear naturally from usage

are not covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic acces-

sories, zippers or keys inside

the back pocket may damage

the seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.

It may change the nature of

natural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which could

bleach may contaminate the

surface of the seat covering

fabric.

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height

To change the height of the seat, push

the lever upwards or downwards.

• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.

• To raise the seat cushion, pull the

lever up several times.

Lumbar support (if equipped)

The lumbar support can be adjusted

by pressing the lumbar support switch

on the side of the Driver`s seat.

1. Press the front portion of the

switch to increase support, or the

rear portion of the switch, to

decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

Front seat adjustment - power

(if equipped)

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the control switches located on

the outside of the seat cushion.

Before driving, adjust the seat to the

proper position so you can easily con-

trol the steering wheel, pedals and

switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING

The power seat is operable with

the engine start/stop button in

OFF.

Therefore, children should never

be left unattended in the vehicle.

OJF035005R

OJF035006R

Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seat to the

desired position. Release the switch

once the seat reaches the desired

position.

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seatback to

the desired angle. Release the

switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

OJF035008R

CAUTION

• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operating

once the adjustment is com-

pleted. Excessive operation

may damage the electrical

equipment.

• When in operation, the power

seat consumes a large

amount of electrical power. To

prevent unnecessary charging

system drain, don’t adjust the

power seat longer than neces-

sary whilst the engine is not

running.

• Do not operate two or more

power seat control switches at

the same time. Doing so may

result in power seat motor or

electrical component malfunc-

tion.

OJF035009R

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height

Pull the front portion of the control

switch up to raise or press down to

lower the front part of the seat cush-

ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-

trol switch up to raise or press down

to lower the seat cushion. Release

the switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

Lumbar support (if equipped)

The lumbar support can be adjusted

by pressing the lumbar support

switch on the side of the seat.

1. Press the front portion (1) of the

switch to increase support, or the

rear portion (2) of the switch, to

decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

3. Press the upper portion (3) of the

switch to move the support posi-

tion up, or press the lower portion

(4) of the switch, to move the sup-

port position down.

4. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

OJF035010R OJF035075R

Safety features of your vehicle

103

Driver position memory system

(if equipped, for power seat)

A driver position memory system is

provided to store and recall the driv-

er seat and outside rearview mirror

position with a simple button opera-

tion. By saving the desired position

into the system memory, different

drivers can reposition the driver seat

based upon their driving preference.

If the battery is disconnected, the

position memory will be erased and

the driving position should be

restored in the system.

Storing positions into memory

using the buttons on the door

Storing driver’s seat positions

1. Shift the shift lever into P (for

Automatic transaxle whilst the

engine start/stop button is ON.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-

side rearview mirror comfortable

for the driver.

3. Press SET button on the control

panel. The system will beep once.

4. Press one of the memory buttons

(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after

pressing the SET button. The sys-

tem will beep twice when memory

has been successfully stored.

WARNING

Never attempt to operate the

driver position memory system

whilst the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol, and an accident causing

death, serious injury, or property

damage.

OJF035065R

311

Safety features of your vehicle

Recalling positions from memory

1. Shift the shift lever into P (for

Automatic transaxle whilst the

engine start/stop button is ON.

2. To recall the position in the memo-

ry, press the desired memory but-

ton (1 or 2). The system will beep

once, then the driver’s seat will

automatically adjust to the stored

position.

Adjusting the control switch for the

driver’s seat whilst the system is

recalling the stored position will

cause the movement to stop and

move in the direction that the control

switch is moved.

Easy access function (if equipped)

The system will move the driver's

seat automatically as follows:

• With smart key system

- It will move the driver’s seat rear-

ward when the engine start/stop

button is changed to the OFF

position and front driver’s door is

opened.

- It will move the driver’s seat for-

ward when the engine start/stop

button is changed to the ACC or

START position.

- It will move the driver's seat for-

ward when you get in your vehicle

with the smart key after closing

the driver's door.

You can activate or deactivate this

feature. Refer to "User settings" in

chapter 4.

WARNING

Use caution when recalling the

adjustment memory whilst sit-

ting in the vehicle. Push the seat

position control switch to the

desired position immediately if

the seat moves too far in any

direction.

Safety features of your vehicle

123

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger's

seats are equipped with a headrest

for the occupant's safety and comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-

fort for the driver and front passen-

ger, but also helps protect the head

and neck in the event of a collision.

OMG038400

WARNING

• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the head-

rest should be adjusted so the

middle of the headrest is at the

same height of the centre of

gravity of an occupant's head.

Generally, the centre of gravity

of most people's head is simi-

lar with the height of the top of

their eyes. Also, adjust the

headrest as close to your head

as possible. For this reason,

the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seat-

back is not recommended.

(Continued)

• Do not operate the vehicle

with the headrests removed.

Severe injury to the occu-

pants may occur in the event

of an accident. Headrests may

provide protection against

neck injuries when properly

adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest

position of the driver’s seat

whilst the vehicle is in motion.

313

Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower the

headrest, push and hold the release

button (2) and lower the headrest to

the desired position (3).

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for-

ward to 4 different positions by

pulling the headrest forward to the

desired detent.

To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest

backwards position,

Pull the headrest fully forward to the

farthest position and release it.

Adjust the headrest so that it properly

supports the head and neck.

OJF035076L

OJF035013

Safety features of your vehicle

143

Removal/Reinstall

To remove the headrest:

1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline lever or switch (1).

2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.

3. Press the headrest release button

(3) whilst pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING

NEVER allow anyone to ride in a

seat with the headrest removed.

OJF035015R

OJF035016R

■ Type B

CAUTION

If you recline the seatback

towards the front with the head-

rest and seat cushion raised,

the headrest may come in con-

tact with the sunvisor or other

parts of the vehicle.

OYFH034205

■ Type A

315

Safety features of your vehicle

To reinstall the headrest:

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes whilst pressing the release

button or switch (1).

2. Recline the seatback(4) with the

recline lever or switch (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-

priate height.

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front passenger’s and

driver’s seatbacks.

WARNING

Always make sure the headrest

locks into position after rein-

stalling and adjusting it properly.

OJF035017R

OJF035018R

■ Type B

■ Type A

OJF035020

WARNING - Seatback

pockets

Do not put heavy or sharp

objects in the seatback pockets.

In an accident they could come

loose from the pocket and

injure vehicle occupants.

Safety features of your vehicle

163

Rear seat adjustment

Headrest (if equipped)

The rear seat is equipped with head-

rests for the occupant's safety and

comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-

fort for passengers, but also helps to

protect the head and neck in the

event of a collision.

Adjusting the height up and down

(if equipped)

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower the

headrest, push and hold the release

button (2) on the headrest support

and lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

OJF035021

WARNING

• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the head-

rest should be adjusted so the

middle of the headrest is at the

same height of the centre of

gravity of an occupant's head.

Generally, the centre of gravity

of most people's head is simi-

lar with the height of the top of

their eyes. Also adjust the

headrest as close to your head

as possible. For this reason,

the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seat-

back is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle

with the headrests removed.

Severe injury to an occupant

may occur in the event of an

accident. Headrests may pro-

vide protection against severe

neck injuries when properly

adjusted.

CAUTION

When there is no occupant in

the rear seats, adjust the height

of the headrest to the lowest

position. The rear seat headrest

can reduce the visibility of the

rear area.

OJFHP037125L

317

Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and installation (if equipped)

To remove the headrest, raise it as far

as it can go then press the release

button (1) whilst pulling upward (2).

To reinstall the headrest, put the head-

rest poles (3) into the holes whilst

pressing the release button (1). Then

adjust it to the appropriate height.

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forward

from the seatback.

Folding the rear seat (if equipped)

The rear seatbacks may be folded to

facilitate carrying long items or to

increase the luggage capacity of the

vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure the headrest locks in

position after adjusting it to

properly protect the occupants.

OJF035077L

OJF035026

Safety features of your vehicle

183

WARNING

The purpose of the fold-down

rear seatbacks is to allow you to

carry longer objects than could

not otherwise be accommodated.

Never allow passengers to sit on

top of the folded down seatback

whilst the car is moving as this is

not a proper seating position and

no seat belts are available for

use. This could result in serious

injury or death in case of an acci-

dent or sudden stop. Objects car-

ried on the folded down seatback

should not extend higher than

the top of the front seats. This

could allow cargo to slide for-

ward and cause injury or damage

during sudden stops.

(Continued)

• Do not put objects in the cen-

tre lower part of rear seats.

This could block the battery

cooling duct causing battery

degradation.

(Continued)

OJFHQ015005

■ Plug-in hybrid (Wagon)

(Continued)

• Do not put objects on the left

side of rear seat. This could

block the battery cooling duct

causing battery degradation.

OJFHP036114L

■ Plug-in hybrid (Sedan)

319

Safety features of your vehicle

To fold down the rear seatback

(for Hybrid, if equipped):

1. Make sure the rear seat belt web-

bing is in the guide to prevent the

seat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary,

slide the front seat forward.

3. Lower the rear headrests to the

lowest position.

4. Pull out the seatback locking

knob(1) in the trunk, then fold the

seat toward the front of the vehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull

the seatback backward. Pull the

seatback firmly until it clicks into

place. Make sure the seatback is

locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the

proper position.

OJF035025

OJFH035024L

OJF035081L

Safety features of your vehicle

203

To fold down the rear seatback

(for Wagon):

4. On rear outboard seatback :

Pull on the seatback folding lever(1),

then fold the seat toward the front of

the vehicle.

In the luggage room(Remote folding):

Pull on the seatback folding lever(2),

then the rear seatback will be folded.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and push

the seatback backward. Push the

seat back firmly until it clicks into

place. Make sure the seatback is

locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the

proper position.

OJFW036117L

OJFHP037127L

■ In the luggage room

■ On rear outboard seatback

OJFHP037126L

321

Safety features of your vehicle

To fold down the rear centre seatback

separately (for Wagon):

Long objects can be stored by fold-

ing the rear centre seatback, without

having to fold all rear seats. See

below steps for folding the rear cen-

tre seatback.

1. Lower the rear centre headrest to

the lowest position.

2. Pull the armrest forward from the

seatback.

3. Pull the lever (1) to unlock the cen-

tre seatback.

4. After unlocking, pull forward the

centre seatback and fold it.

WARNING - Remote

folding

Do not fold the rear seats, if

passengers, pets or luggage are

in the rear seats or on the foled

seats. It may cause injury or

damage to passengers, pets,

lug gage.

CAUTION - Remote folding

Do not strongly push back the

seat back to lock. It may be

unlock and returned by repul-

sive power.

OJFW036120L

OJFHP037128L

WARNING

After folding the rear seat,

unless the driver’s position is

properly set according to the

driver’s physical figure, do not

fold the rear seat. It may

increase body injuries in a sud-

den stop or collision.

Safety features of your vehicle

223

WARNING

When you return the rear seat-

back to its upright position after

being folded down:

Be careful not to damage the

seat belt webbing or buckle. Do

not allow the seat belt webbing

or buckle to get caught or

pinched in the rear seat. Ensure

that the seatback is completely

locked into its upright position

by pushing on the top of the

seatback. Otherwise, in an acci-

dent or sudden stop, the seat

could fold down and allow

cargo enter the passenger com-

partment, which could result in

serious injury or death.

WARNING - Uprighting

seat

When you return the seatback

to its upright position, hold the

seatback and return it slowly. If

the seatback is returned with-

out holding it, the back of the

seat could spring forward

resulting in injury caused by

being struck by the seatback.

CAUTION - Rear seat

belts

When returning the rear seat-

backs to the upright position,

remember to return the rear

shoulder belts to their proper

position.

CAUTION - Damaging

rear seat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seat-

back, insert the buckle between

the rear seatback and cushion.

Doing so can prevent the buckle

from being damaged by the rear

seatback.

323

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo

Make sure the engine is off, the

automatic transaxle is in P

(Park) and the parking brake is

securely applied whenever load-

ing or unloading cargo. Failure

to take these steps may allow

the vehicle to move if the shift

lever is inadvertently moved to

another position.

WARNING - Cargo

Cargo should always be

secured to prevent it from being

thrown about the vehicle in a

collision and causing injury to

the vehicle occupants. Do not

place objects in the rear seats,

since they cannot be properly

secured and may hit the front

seat occupants in a collision.

Safety features of your vehicle

243

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNING

• For maximum restraint sys-

tem protection, the seat belts

must always be used whenev-

er the vehicle is moving.

• Seat belts are most effective

when seatbacks are in the

upright position.

• Children age 12 and under

must always be properly

restrained in the rear seat.

Never allow children to ride in

the front passenger seat. If a

child over 12 must be seated

in the front seat, he/she must

be properly belted and the

seat should be moved as far

back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind your

back. An improperly posi-

tioned shoulder belt can cause

serious injuries in a crash.

(Continued)

The shoulder belt should be

positioned midway over your

shoulder across your collar-

bone.

• Never wear a seat belt over

fragile objects. If there is a

sudden stop or impact, the

seat belt can damage it.

• Avoid wearing twisted seat

belts. A twisted belt can't do

its job well. In a collision, it

could even cut into you. Be

sure the belt webbing is

straight and not twisted.

• Be careful not to damage the

belt webbing or hardware. If

the belt webbing or hardware

is damaged, replace it.

WARNING

Seat belts are designed to bear

upon the bony structure of the

body, and should be worn low

across the front of the pelvis or

the pelvis, chest and shoulders,

as applicable; wearing the lap

section of the belt across the

abdominal area must be avoided.

Seat belts should be adjusted as

firmly as possible, consistent

with comfort, to provide the pro-

tection for which they have been

designed.

A slack belt will greatly reduce

the protection afforded to the

wearer.

(Continued)

325

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

Care should be taken to avoid

contamination of the webbing

with polishes, oils and chemi-

cals, and particularly battery

acid. Cleaning may safely be

carried out using mild soap and

water. The belt should be

replaced if webbing becomes

frayed, contaminated or dam-

aged. It is essential to replace

the entire assembly after it has

been worn in a severe impact

even if damage to the assembly

is not obvious. Belts should not

be worn with straps twisted.

Each belt assembly must only

be used by one occupant; it is

dangerous to put a belt around

a child being carried on the

occupant's lap.

WARNING

• No modifications or additions

should be made by the user

which will either prevent the

seat belt adjusting devices

from operating to remove

slack, or prevent the seat belt

assembly from being adjusted

to remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt,

be careful not to latch the seat

belt in buckles of other seat.

It's very dangerous and you

may not be protected by the

seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt

and do not fasten and unfas-

ten the seat belt repeatedly

whilst driving. This could

result in loss of control, and

an accident causing death,

serious injury, or property

damage.

(Continued)

• When fastening the seat belt,

make sure that the seat belt

does not pass over objects that

are hard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing in

the buckle. The seat belt may

not be fastened securely.

Safety features of your vehicle

263

Seat belt warning

Driver's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat

belt warning light will illuminate and

warning chime will sound for approx-

imately 6 seconds each time you

turn the Engine Start/Stop button ON

if the seat belt is unfastened.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 9km/h, the

warning light will stay illuminated until

you drive under 6km/h.(if equipped)

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 20km/h the

seat belt warning chime will sound

for approximately 100 seconds and

the corresponding warning light will

blink. (if equipped)

If you unfasten the seat belt whilst

driving under 20km/h, the seat belt

warning light will illuminate until the

seat belt is fastened.

If you unfasten the seat belt whilst

driving over 20km/h, the seat belt

warning chime will sound for approx-

imately 100 seconds and the corre-

sponding warning light will blink.

Front passenger's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the front passenger,

the front passenger’s seat belt warn-

ing lights will illuminate for approxi-

mately 6 seconds each time you turn

the Engine Start/Stop button ON

regardless of belt fastening.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 9km/h, the

warning light the warning light will

stay illuminated.

OJF035091R

OJF035092R

327

Safety features of your vehicle

If you unfasten the seat belt whilst

driving in case of under 20km/h the

seat belt warning light will illuminate

until the seat belt is fastened.

If you unfasten the seat belt whilst

driving over 20km/h, the seat belt

warning chime will sound for approx-

imately 100 seconds and the corre-

sponding warning light will blink.

Rear passenger's seat belt warning

When the IGN is in ON, or the engine

is running, the seat belt warning light

will illuminate for approximately 6

seconds. The light will illuminate

regardless of whether the seat belt is

worn or not.

And then, the rear corresponding

seat belt warning light will illuminate

for approximately 35 seconds, if you

drive over 9km/h when the rear belt

is not fastened.

This warning operates only once

from start to off the vehicle.

However, the seat belt warning light

will illuminate again for approximately

35 seconds, if you drive under 9km/h

for about 29 minutes more.

If you unfasten the seat belt whilst

driving under 20km/h the seat belt

warning light will illuminate for

approximately 35 seconds.

If you unfasten the seat belt whilst

driving over 20km/h, the seat belt

warning chime will sound for approxi-

mately 35 seconds and the corre-

sponding warning light will blink.

OJF035093R

Safety features of your vehicle

283

Lap/shoulder belt

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoul-

der belt anchor to one of 4 positions

for maximum comfort and safety.

The height of the adjusting seat belt

should not be too close to your neck.

You will not be getting the most effec-

tive protection. The shoulder portion

should be adjusted so that it lies

across your chest and midway over

your shoulder near the door and not

your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilst

pressing the height adjuster button

(2).

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the

height adjuster to make sure that it

has locked into position.

Improperly positioned seat belts can

cause serious injuries in an accident.

OJF035031

■ Front seat

WARNING

• Verify the shoulder belt

anchor is locked into position

at the appropriate height.

Never position the shoulder

belt across your neck or face.

• Failure to replace seat belts

after an accident could leave

you with damaged seat belts

that will not provide protec-

tion in the event of another

collision leading to personal

injury or death. Replace your

seat belts after being in an

accident as soon as possible.

329

Safety features of your vehicle

To fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of

the retractor and insert the metal tab

(1) into the buckle (2). There will be

an audible "click" when the tab locks

into the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

the proper length only after the lap

belt portion is adjusted manually so

that it fits snugly around your hips. If

you lean forward in a slow, easy

motion, the belt will extend and let

you move around. If there is a sud-

den stop or impact, however, the belt

will lock into position. It will also lock

if you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you are not able to pull out the

seat belt from the retractor, firmly

pull the belt out and release it. Then

you will be able to pull the belt out

smoothly.

WARNING

You should place the lap belt

portion as low as possible and

snugly across your hips, not on

your waist. If the lap belt is locat-

ed too high on your waist, it may

increase the chance of injury in

the event of a collision. Both

arms should not be under or

over the belt. Rather, one should

be over and the other under, as

shown in the illustration.

Never wear the seat belt under

the arm near the door.

OQL036104R OQL036105R

Safety features of your vehicle

303

Pull the metal tab (3) and insert it (3)

into the buckle (4). There will be an

audible “click” when the tab locks into

the buckle. Make sure the belt is not

twisted.

When using the rear centre seat belt

the buckle with the “CENTER” mark

must be used.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you are not able to pull out the

seat belt from the retractor, firmly

pull the belt out and release it. After

release, you will be able to pull the

belt out smoothly.

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing

the release button (A) in the locking

buckle. When it is released, the belt

should automatically draw back into

the retractor.

If this does not happen, check the

belt to be sure it is not twisted, then

try again.

WARNING

Always have the metal tab (1)

inserted into the buckle (2).

OJF035096L

OJF035094L

OUM036100R

331

Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s

and front passenger’s pre-tensioner

seat belts (retractor pretensioner).

The pre-tensioner seat belts can be

activated, where the frontal collision

is severe enough, together with the

air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractor will

lock into position. In certain frontal

collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-

vate and pull the seat belt into tighter

contact against the occupant's body.

- Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre-

tensioner is to make sure that the

shoulder belts fit in tightly against

the occupant's upper body in cer-

tain frontal collisions.

If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver seat belt when the

pre-tensioner system activates, the

load limiter inside the retractor pre-

tensioner will release some of the

pressure on the affected seat belt. (if

equipped)

✽✽

NOTICE

The pre-tensioner will activate not

only in a frontal collision but also in

a side collision or rollover, if the

vehicle is equipped with a side or

curtain air bag.

WARNING

For your safety, be sure that the

belt webbing is not loose or

twisted and always sit properly

on your seat.

ODE036087R

Safety features of your vehicle

323

The seat belt pre-tensioner system

consists mainly of the following com-

ponents. Their locations are shown in

the illustration:

(1) SRS air bag warning light

(2) Front retractor pre-tensioner

assembly

(3) SRS control module

✽✽

NOTICE

• Pre-tensioner seat belts will be

activated in certain frontal colli-

sions. The pre-tensioner seat belts

can be activated, where the frontal

collision is severe enough, together

with the air bags.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts

are activated, a loud noise may be

heard and fine dust, which may

appear to be smoke, may be visible

in the passenger compartment.

These are normal operating condi-

tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine

dust may cause skin irritation and

should not be breathed for pro-

longed periods. Wash all exposed

skin areas thoroughly after an

accident in which the pre-tension-

er seat belts were activated.

• Because the sensor that activates

the SRS air bag is connected with

the pre-tensioner seat belt, the

SRS air bag warning light on the

instrument panel will illuminate

for approximately 6 seconds after

the Engine Start/Stop button has

been turned to the "ON" position,

and then it should turn off.

WARNING

To obtain maximum benefit

from a pre-tensioner seat belt:

1. The seatbelt must be worn

correctly and adjusted to the

proper position. Please read

and follow all of the important

information and precautions

about your vehicle’s occupant

safety features – including

seat belts and air bags – that

are provided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-

gers always wear seat belts

properly.

OJFHP046415R

333

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING

• Pre-tensioners are designed

to operate only one time. After

activation, pre-tensioner seat

belts must be replaced. All

seat belts, of any type, should

always be replaced after they

have been worn during a colli-

sion.

• The pre-tensioner seat belt

assembly mechanisms

become hot during activation.

Do not touch the pre-tension-

er seat belt assemblies for

several minutes after they

have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect or

replace the pre-tensioner seat

belts yourself. Have the sys-

tem inspected by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

(Continued)

• Do not strike the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service or

repair the pre-tensioner seat

belt system in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-

tensioner seat belt assem-

blies, and failure to heed the

warnings not to strike, modify,

inspect, replace, service or

repair the pre-tensioner seat

belt assemblies may lead to

improper operation or inadver-

tent activation and serious

injury.

• Always wear the seat belts

when driving or riding in a

motor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner

seat belt must be discarded,

contact a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/serv-

ice partner.

CAUTION

If the pre-tensioner seat belt is

not working properly, the SRS

air bag warning light will illumi-

nate even if there is no malfunc-

tion of the SRS air bag. If the

SRS air bag warning light does

not illuminate when the Engine

Start/Stop button is turned to

ON, or if it remains illuminated

after illuminating for approxi-

mately 6 seconds, or if it illumi-

nates whilst the vehicle is being

driven, have the system inspect-

ed by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Safety features of your vehicle

343

Seat belt precautions

Infant or small child

You should be aware of the specific

requirements in your country. Child

and/or infant seats must be properly

placed and installed in the rear seat.

For more information about the use

of these restraints, refer to “Child

restraint system” in this section.

CAUTION

Body work on the front area of

the vehicle may damage the pre-

tensioner seat belt system.

Therefore, have the system

serviced by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

All occupants of the vehicle

must wear their seat belts at all

times. Seat belts and child

restraints reduce the risk of

serious or fatal injuries for all

occupants in the event of a col-

lision or sudden stop. Without a

seat belt, occupants could be

shifted too close to a deploying

air bag, strike the interior struc-

ture or be thrown from the vehi-

cle. Properly worn seat belts

greatly reduce these hazards.

Always follow the precautions

about seat belts, air bags and

occupant seating contained in

this manual.

335

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when

properly restrained in the rear seat

by a child restraint system that

meets the requirements of the Safety

Standards of your country. Before

buying any child restraint system,

make sure that it has a label certify-

ing that it meets Safety Standards of

your country. The restraint must be

appropriate for your child's height

and weight. Check the label on the

child restraint for this information.

Refer to “Child restraint system” in

this section.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child

restraint systems should always

occupy the rear seat and use the

available lap/shoulder belts. The lap

portion should be fastened and

snugged on the hips and as low as

possible. Check if the belt fits period-

ically. A child's squirming could put

the belt out of position. Children are

given the most safety in the event of

an accident when they are restrained

by a proper restraint system in the

rear seat. If a larger child (over age

12) must be seated in the front seat,

the child should be securely

restrained by the available lap/shoul-

der belt and the seat should be

placed in the rearmost position.

Children age 12 and under should be

restrained securely in the rear seat.

NEVER place a child age 12 and

under in the front seat. NEVER place

a rear facing child seat in the front

seat of a vehicle.

WARNING

Every person in your vehicle

needs to be properly restrained

at all times, including infants

and children. Never hold a child

in your arms or lap when riding

in a vehicle. The violent forces

created during a crash will tear

the child from your arms and

throw the child against the inte-

rior. Always use a child restraint

appropriate for your child's

height and weight.

Safety features of your vehicle

363

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child’s neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the centre of

the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still

touches their face or neck they need to

be returned to a child restraint system.

Pregnant women

The use of a seat belt is recom-

mended for pregnant women to

lessen the chance of injury in an

accident. When a seat belt is used,

the lap belt portion should be placed

as low and securely as possible on

the hips, not across the abdomen.

For specific recommendations, con-

sult a physician.

Injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

When this is necessary, you should

consult a physician for recommenda-

tions.

One person per belt

Two people (including children) should

never attempt to use a single seat belt.

This could increase the severity of

injuries in case of an accident.

WARNING - Shoulder

belts on small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to

be in contact with a child’s

neck or face whilst the vehicle

is in motion.

• If seat belts are not properly

worn and adjusted on chil-

dren, there is a risk of death or

serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnant

women

Pregnant women must never

place the lap portion of the

safety belt over the area of the

abdomen where the fetus is

located or above the abdomen

where the belt could crush the

fetus during an impact.

337

Safety features of your vehicle

Do not lie down

To reduce the chance of injuries in

the event of an accident and to

achieve maximum effectiveness of

the restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front and

rear seats should be in an upright

position when the vehicle is moving.

A seat belt cannot provide proper

protection if the person is lying down

in the rear seat or if the front and rea

seats are in a reclined position.

Care of seat belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi-

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doors

or other abuse.

WARNING

Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of seri-

ous or fatal injuries in the event

of a collision or sudden stop.

The protection of your restraint

system (seat belts and air bags)

is greatly reduced by reclining

your seat. Seat belts must be

secured against your hips and

chest to work properly. The

more the seatback is reclined,

the greater the chance an occu-

pant's hips will slide under the

lap belt causing serious internal

injuries. Also, the shoulder belt

may strike the occupant's neck.

Drivers and passengers should

always sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

Safety features of your vehicle

383

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry. If belts become dirty, they can be

cleaned by using a mild soap solu-

tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives

should not be used because they

may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

Entire in-use seat belt assembly or

assemblies should be replaced if the

vehicle has been involved in an acci-

dent. This should be done even if no

damage is visible. In this case, have

the system replaced by a profession-

al workshop. Kia recommends to

consult an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

• When you return the rear seat-

back to its upright position

after the rear seatback has

been folded down, be careful

not to damage the seat belt

webbing or buckle. Be sure

that the webbing or buckle

does not get caught or

pinched in the rear seat. A

seat belt with damaged web-

bing or buckle could possibly

fail during a collision or sud-

den stop, resulting in serious

injury. If the webbing or buck-

les are damaged, get them

replaced immediately.

• Seatbelts can become hot in a

vehicle that has been closed up

in sunny weather. They could

burn infants and children.

339

Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Our recommendation:

Children always in the rear

Children under age 13 should always

ride in the rear seats and must

always be properly restrained to min-

imise the risk of injury in an accident,

sudden stop or sudden manoeuvre.

According to accident statistics, chil-

dren are safer when properly

restrained in the rear seats than in

the front seat. Children too large for a

Child Restraint System must use the

seat belts provided.

Most countries have regulations

which require children to travel in

approved Child Restraint Systems.

The laws governing the age or

height/weight restrictions at which

seat belts can be used instead of

Child Restraint System differs

among countries, so you should be

aware of the specific requirements in

your country, and where you are trav-

elling.

Child Restraint Systems must be

properly installed in the vehicle seat.

Always use a commercially available

Child Restraint System that meets

the requirements of your country.

Child Restraint System (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be

restrained in an appropriate rearward-

facing or forward-facing CRS that has

first been properly secured to the seat

of the vehicle. Read and comply with

the instructions for installation and

use provided by the manufacturer of

the Child Restraint System.

WARNING

Always properly restrain chil-

dren in the vehicle. Children of

all ages are safer when riding in

the rear seats. Never place a

rearward-facing Child Restraint

System on the front passenger

seat, unless the air bag is deac-

tivated.

Safety features of your vehicle

403

Selecting a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

When selecting a Child Restraint

System for your child, always:

• Make sure the Child Restraint

System has a label certifying that it

meets applicable Safety Standards

of your country.

A Child Restraint System may only

be installed if it was approved in

accordance with the requirements

of ECE-R44 or ECE-R129.

• Select a Child Restraint System

based on your child’s height and

weight. The required label or the

instructions for use typically pro-

vide this information.

• Select a Child Restraint System

that fits the vehicle seating position

where it will be used.

For the suitability of Child Restraint

Systems on the vehicle's seating

positions, please refer to the instal-

lation tables on pages 3-47 and 3-

50 to 3-52.

• Read and comply with the warn-

ings and instructions for installation

and use provided with the Child

Restraint System.

Child Restraint System types

There are three main types of Child

Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,

forward-facing and booster Child

Restraint Systems.

They are classified according to the

child’s age, height and weight.

WARNING

• Always follow the Child

Restraint System manufactur-

er’s instructions for installa-

tion and use.

• Always properly restrain your

child in the Child Restraint

System.

• Do not use an infant carrier or

a child safety seat that

“hooks” over a seatback, it

may not provide adequate

protection in an accident.

• After an accident, have the

system checked by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

341

Safety features of your vehicle

Rearward-facing Child Restraint

System

A rearward-facing Child Restraint

System provides restraint with the

seating surface against the back of

the child. The harness system holds

the child in place, and in an accident,

acts to keep the child positioned in

the Child Restraint Systems and

reduce the stress to the fragile neck

and spinal cord.

All children under the age of one

year must always ride in a rearward-

facing Child Restraint System. There

are different types of rearward-facing

Child Restraint Systems: infant-only

Child Restraint Systems can only be

used rearward-facing. Convertible

and 3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems

typically have higher height and

weight limits for the rearward-facing

position, allowing you to keep your

child rearward-facing for a longer

period of time.

Keep using Child Restraint Systems

in the rearward-facing position as

long as children fit within the height

and weight limits allowed by the

Child Restraint System's manufac-

turer.

Forward-facing Child Restraint System

A forward-facing Child Restraint

System provides restraint for the

child’s body with a harness. Keep

children in a forward-facing Child

Restraint System with a harness

until they reach the top height or

weight limit allowed by your Child

Restraint System’s manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the for-

ward-facing Child Restraint System,

your child is ready for a booster seat.

CRS09 OJF035032

Safety features of your vehicle

423

Booster seats

A booster seat is a Child Restraint

System designed to improve the fit of

the vehicle’s seat belt system. A

booster seat positions the seat belt

so that it fits properly over the

stronger parts of your child’s body.

Keep your children in booster seats

until they are big enough to fit in a

seat belt properly.

For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap

belt must lie comfortable across the

upper thighs, not the stomach. The

shoulder belt should lie comfortable

across the shoulder and chest and

not across the neck or face. Children

under age 13 must always be prop-

erly restrained to minimise the risk of

injury in an accident, sudden stop or

sudden manoeuvre.

Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

After selecting a proper Child

Restraint System for your child and

checking that the Child Restraint

System fits properly on the seating

position, there are three general

steps for a proper installation:

• Properly secure the Child

Restraint System to the vehicle.

All Child Restraint Systems must

be secured to the vehicle with the

lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoul-

der belt or with the ISOFIX top-

tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage

and/or with the support leg.

• Make sure the Child Restraint

System is firmly secured. After

installing a Child Restraint System

to the vehicle, push and pull the

seat forward and from side-to-side

to verify that it is securely attached

to the seat. A Child Restraint

System secured with a seat belt

should be installed as firmly as

possible. However, some side-to-

side movement can be expected.

WARNING

Before installing your Child

Restraint System always:

Read and follow the instructions

provided by the manufacturer of

the Child Restraint System.

Failure to follow all warnings

and instructions could increase

the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle headrest prevents

proper installation of a Child

Restraint System, the headrest

of the respective seating posi-

tion shall be readjusted or

entirely removed.

343

Safety features of your vehicle

When installing a Child Restraint

System, adjust the vehicle seat

and seatback (up and down, for-

ward and rearward) so that your

child fits in the Child Restraint

System in a confortable manner.

• Secure the child in the Child

Restraint System. Make sure the

child is properly strapped in the

Child Restraint System according

to the Child Restraint System man-

ufacturer’s instructions.

ISOFIX anchorage and top-

tether anchorage (ISOFIX

anchorage system) for children

The ISOFIX system holds a Child

Restraint System during driving and

in an accident. This system is

designed to make installation of the

Child Restraint System easier and

reduce the possibility of improperly

installing your Child Restraint System.

The ISOFIX system uses anchors in

the vehicle and attachments on the

Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX

system eliminates the need to use

seat belts to secure the Child

Restraint System to the rear seats.

ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars

built into the vehicle. There are two

lower anchors for each ISOFIX seat-

ing position that will accommodate a

Child Restraint System with lower

attachments.

To use the ISOFIX system in your

vehicle, you must have a Child

Restraint System with ISOFIX

attachments.

The Child Restraint System manu-

facturer will provide you with instruc-

tions on how to use the Child

Restraint System with its attach-

ments for the ISOFIX anchorages.

CAUTION

A Child Restraint System in a

closed vehicle can become very

hot. To prevent burns, check the

seating surface and buckles

before placing your child in the

Child Restraint System.

Safety features of your vehicle

443

ISOFIX anchorages have been pro-

vided in the left and right outboard

rear seating positions. Their loca-

tions are shown in the illustration.

ISOFIX anchorages are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and right

outboard seating positions, indicated

by the symbols.

To use the ISOFIX anchorages, push

the upper portion of the ISOFIX

anchorage cover.

❈ (1) : ISOFIX Anchor Position Indicator

()

(2) : ISOFIX Anchor

Securing a Child Restraint

System with the “ISOFIX

Anchorage System”

To install an ISOFIX-compatible

Child Restraint System in either of

the rear outboard seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the ISOFIX anchorages.

2. Move any other objects away from

the anchorages that could prevent

a secure connection between the

Child Restraint System and the

ISOFIX anchorages.

3. Place the Child Restraint System

on the vehicle seat, then attach

the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages

according to the instructions pro-

vided by the Child Restraint

System manufacturer.

4. Follow the instructions of the Child

Restraint System's manufacturer

for proper installation and connec-

tion of the ISOFIX attachments on

the Child Restraint System to the

ISOFIX anchorages.

WARNING

Do not attempt to install a Child

Restraint System using ISOFIX

anchorages in the rear centre

seating position. There are no

ISOFIX anchorages provided for

this seat. Using the outboard

seat anchorages, for the CRS

installation on the rear centre

seating position, can damage

the anchorages.

B230D01NF OJF035035L

345

Safety features of your vehicle

Top-tether anchorages for Child

Restraint Systems are located on the

shelf behind the rear seats.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the ISOFIX system:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your Child Restraint System.

• To prevent the child from

reaching and taking hold of

unretracted seat belts, buckle

all unused rear seat belts and

retract the seat belt webbing

behind the child. Children can

be strangled if a shoulder belt

becomes wrapped around their

neck and the seat belt tightens.

• NEVER attach more than one

Child Restraint System to a

single anchorage. This could

cause the anchor or attach-

ment to come loose or break.

• Always have the ISOFIX sys-

tem inspected by your dealer

after an accident. An accident

can damage the ISOFIX system

and may not properly secure

the Child Restraint System.

■ Sedan

- For Europe

■ Sedan

- Except Europe

OJFH035095L

OJF035095L

■ Wagon

OJFHP037129

Securing a Child Restraint System seat with “Top-tether Anchorage”

system (if equipped)

Safety features of your vehicle

463

1. Route the Child Restraint System

top-tether strap over the seatback.

Placing the top tether strap,

please follow the instructions of

the Child Restraint System manu-

facturer.

2. Connect the top-tether strap to the

top-tether anchorage, then tighten

the top-tether strap according to

the instructions of your Child

Restraint System's manufacturer

to firmly attach the Child Restraint

System to the seat.

OJF035034

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when installing the top-tether:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your Child Restraint System.

• NEVER attach more than one

Child Restraint System to a

single ISOFIX top-tether

anchorage. This could cause

the anchorage or attachment

to come loose or break.

• Do not attach the top-tether to

anything other than the cor-

rect top-tether anchorage. It

may not work properly if

attached to something else.

• Child Restraint System

anchorages are designed to

withstand only those loads

imposed by correctly fitted

Child Restraint System.

Under no circumstances are

they to be used for adult seat

belts or harnesses or for

attaching other items or

equipment to the vehicle.

347

Safety features of your vehicle

Suitability of each seating position for ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group.

IL = suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems (CRS) given in the attached list.

These ISOFIX CRS are those of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories.

X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in this mass group and/or this size class.

Mass Group Size Class Fixture

Vehicle ISOFIX positions

Front Passenger

Rear Outboard

(Driver side)

Rear Outboard

(Passenger side)

Rear Centre

Carrycot

F ISO/L1 - X X -

G ISO/L2 - X X -

0 : UP to 10kg E ISO/R1 - IL IL -

0+ : UP to 13kg

E ISO/R1 - IL IL -

D ISO/R2 - IL IL -

C ISO/R3 - IL IL -

I : 9 to 18kg

D ISO/R2 - IL IL -

C ISO/R3 - IL IL -

B ISO/F2 - IUF, IL IUF, IL -

B1 ISO/F2X - IUF, IL IUF, IL -

A ISO/F3 - IUF, IL IUF, IL -

Safety features of your vehicle

483

Securing a Child Restraint

System with a lap/shoulder belt

When not using the ISOFIX system,

all Child Restraint Systems must be

secured to a rear seat with the lap

part of a lap/shoulder belt.

Installing a Child Restraint System

with a lap/shoulder belt

To install a Child Restraint System

on the rear seats, do the following:

1. Place the Child Restraint System

on a rear seat and route the lap/

shoulder belt around or through

the Child Restraint System, follow-

ing the Child Restraint System

manufacturer’s instructions.

Make sure the seat belt webbing

is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct “click” sound. Position the

release button so that it is easy to

access in case of an emergency.

E2MS103005 OEN036101

349

Safety features of your vehicle

3. Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the Child Restraint System

whilst feeding the shoulder belt

back into the retractor.

4. Push and pull on the Child

Restraint System to confirm that

the seat belt is holding it firmly in

place.

If your Child Restraint System manu-

facturer recommends the use of a

top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt,

see page 3-45.

To remove the Child Restraint

System, press the release button on

the buckle and then pull the

lap/shoulder belt out of the Child

Restraint System and allow the seat

belt to retract fully.

OEN036104

Safety features of your vehicle

503

Suitability of each seating position for "universal" category belted Child Restraint Systems according to

ECE regulations (For Europe)

Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child

safety seats, refer to the following table.

Mass Group

Seating Position

Front passenger Rear outboard Rear Centre

0 : UP to 10 kg

(0-9 months)

UUU

0+ : Up to 13 kg

(0 - 2 years)

UUU

I : 9 kg to 18 kg

(9 months - 4 years)

UUU

II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg

(4 - 12 years)

UUU

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group (When you install the child seat on

Front Passenger seat, you should move the seat position to upward properly, to restrain child seat)

UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group

X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group

351

Safety features of your vehicle

Suitability of each seating position for "universal" category belted Child Restraint Systems according to

ECE regulations (Except Europe)

Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safe-

ty seats, refer to the following table.

Mass Group

Seating Position

Front passenger Rear outboard Rear Centre

0 : UP to 10 kg

(0-9 months)

UF U U

0+ : Up to 13 kg

(0 - 2 years)

UF U U

I : 9 kg to 18 kg

(9 months - 4 years)

UF U U

II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg

(4 - 12 years)

UF U U

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group

UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group (When you install

the child seat on Front Passenger seat, you should move the seat position to upward properly, to restrain child

seat)

X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group

Safety features of your vehicle

523

Recommended child restraint systems – For Europe

CRS Manufacturer information

Britax Römer http://www.britax.com

Mass Group Size Class Fixture Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation

ECE-R44

Approval No.

Group 0-1

(0 ~ 13kg)

E ISO/R1 Baby Safe Plus Britax Römer Reward facing with ISOFIX base E1 04301146

Group 1

(9 ~ 18kg)

B1 ISO/F2X Duo Plus Britax Römer

Forward facing with vehicle ISOFIX

lower anchorage + Top tether

E1 04301133

353

Safety features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s front air bag

(2) Passenger’s front air bag

(3) Side air bag

(4) Curtain air bag

(5) Passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OJFHP036099R

Safety features of your vehicle

543

How does the air bag system

operate

• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the

engine start/stop button is turned

to the ON or START position.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the

event of a serious frontal collision

or side collision (if equipped with a

side air bag or curtain air bag) in

order to help protect the occupants

from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which

the air bags will inflate.

Generally, air bags are designed to

inflate based upon the severity of a

collision and its direction. These

two factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on a

number of factors including vehicle

speed, angles of impact and the

density and stiffness of the vehi-

cles or objects which your vehicle

hits in the collision. The determin-

ing factors are not limited to those

mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to

see the air bags inflate during an

accident.

It is much more likely that you will

simply see the deflated air bags

hanging out of their storage com-

partments after the collision.

✽✽

NOTICE

Also, the air bags inflate instantly in

the event of a rollover (if equipped

with a side air bag or curtain air bag)

in order to help protect the occu-

pants from serious physical injury.

WARNING

• Even in vehicles with air bags,

you and your passengers

must always wear the safety

belts provided in order to min-

imise the risk and severity of

injury in the event of a colli-

sion or rollover.

• SRS and pretensioners con-

tain explosive chemicals.

If scrapping a vehicle without

removing SRS and pretension-

ers from a vehicle, it may cause

fire. Before scrapping a vehi-

cle, contact a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

• Keep the SRS parts and

wirings away from water or any

liquid. If the SRS components

are inoperative due to expo-

sure to water or liquids, it may

cause fire or severe injury.

355

Safety features of your vehicle

• In order to help provide protection

in a severe collision, the air bags

must inflate rapidly. The speed of

the air bag inflation is a conse-

quence of extremely short time in

which a collision occurs and the

need to inflate the air bag between

the occupant and the vehicle struc-

tures before the occupant impacts

those structures.

This speed of inflation reduces the

risk of serious or life-threatening

injuries in a severe collision and is

thus a necessary part of the air

bag design.

However, air bag inflation can also

cause injuries which can include

facial abrasions, bruises and bro-

ken bones because the inflation

speed also causes the air bags to

expand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstances

under which contact with the

steering wheel air bag can cause

fatal injuries, especially if the

occupant is positioned exces-

sively close to the steering wheel.

Noise and smoke

When the air bags inflate, they make

a loud noise and they leave smoke

and powder in the air inside of the

vehicle. This is normal and is a result

of the ignition of the air bag inflator.

After the air bag inflates, you may

feel substantial discomfort in breath-

ing due to the contact of your chest

with both the seat belt and the air

bag, as well as from breathing the

smoke and powder. Open your

doors and/or windows as soon as

possible after the impact in order

to reduce discomfort and prevent

prolonged exposure to smoke and

powder.

Though the smoke and powder are

non-toxic, they may cause irritation

to the skin (eyes, nose and throat,

etc). If this is the case, wash and

rinse with cold water immediately

and consult a doctor if the symptom

persists.

WARNING

• To avoid severe personal

injury or death caused by

deploying air bags in a colli-

sion, the driver should sit as

far back from the steering

wheel air bag as possible (at

least 250 mm (10 inches)

away). The front passengers

should always move their

seats as far back as possible

and sit back in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the

event of a collision, and pas-

sengers may be injured by the

air bag expansion force if they

are not in a proper position.

• Air bag inflation may cause

injuries including facial or

bodily abrasions, injuries

from broken glasses or burns.

Safety features of your vehicle

563

Front passenger's air bag warning

label for child restraint system

In addition, we recommend that you

do not place front-facing child

restraints in the front passenger’s

seat either. If the front passenger air

bag inflates, it could cause serious or

fatal injuries to the child.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch, you can activate or deactivate

the front passenger’s air bag when

necessary.

For more details, please refer to

"Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch" in this chapter.

WARNING

• When the air bags deploy, the

air bag related parts in the

steering wheel, instrument

panel, front seats and/or in

both sides of the roof rails

above the front and rear doors

are very hot. To prevent injury,

do not touch the air bag stor-

age area’s internal compo-

nents immediately after an air

bag has inflated.

• Do not install or place any

accessories near air bag

deployment areas, such as

the instrument panel, win-

dows, pillars, and roof rails.

WARNING

Never place a rear facing child

restraint in the front passenger

seat, unless the passenger-side

air bag is deactivated. An inflat-

ing passenger-side air bag

could impact the rear-facing

child restraint and kill the child.

OYDESA2042

OHM036053L

■ Type A

■ Type B

357

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warning

light in your instrument panel is to

alert you of a potential problem with

your air bag - Supplemental

Restraint System (SRS).

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is turned ON, the warning light

should illuminate for approximately 6

seconds, then go off.

Have the system checked if:

• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the engine start/stop

button to the ON position.

• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on whilst the vehi-

cle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the engine

start/stop button is in ON position.

WARNING

• NEVER use a rearward facing

child restraint on a seat pro-

tected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG

in front of it, DEATH or SERI-

OUS INJURY to the CHILD can

occur.

• When children are seated in

the rear outboard seats of a

vehicle equipped with side

and/or curtain air bags, be

sure to install the child

restraint system as far away

from the door side as possible,

and securely lock the child

restraint system in position.

Inflation of side and/or curtain

air bags could cause serious

injury or death to an infant or

child.

W7-147

Safety features of your vehicle

583

Passenger’s front air bag

ON indicator

The passenger's front air

bag ON indicator illumi-

nates for approximately 4

seconds after the engine

start/stop button to the ON position.

The passenger's front air bag ON

indicator also comes on when the

passenger's front air bag ON/OFF

switch is set to the ON position and

goes off after approximately 60 sec-

onds.

Passenger’s front air bag

OFF indicator

The passenger’s front air

bag OFF indicator illumi-

nates for about 4 seconds

after the engine start/stop

button to the ON position.

The passenger’s front air bag OFF

indicator also comes on when the

passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch is set to the OFF position and

goes off when the passenger’s front

air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the

ON position.

OJFHP036115R

CAUTION

If the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch malfunctions,

the passenger’s front air bag

OFF indicator will not illuminate

(The passenger's front air bag

ON indicator comes on and goes

off after approximately 60 sec-

onds) and the passenger’s front

air bag will inflate in a frontal

impact even if the passenger’s

front air bag ON/OFF switch is

set to the OFF position.

In this case, have the passen-

ger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch and the SRS air bag sys-

tem inspected by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

OJFHP036116R

359

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*

6. Air bag warning light

7.SRS control module(SRSCM) /

Rollover sensor

8. Front impact sensors

9. Side impact sensors*

10. Passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF indicator

(front passenger's seat only)

11. Passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch

12. Side pressure sensors

* : if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors all

SRS components whilethe engine

start/stop button is ON to determine

if a crash impact is severe enough to

require air bag deployment or pre-

tensioner seat belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on the

instrument panel will illuminate for

about 6 seconds after the engine

start/stop button to the ON position,

after which the SRS air bag warning

light should go out.

WARNING

If any of the following conditions

occurs, this indicates a malfunc-

tion of the SRS. In this case,

have the system inspected by a

professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• The light does not turn on

briefly when you turn the

engine start/stop button is ON.

• The light stays on after illumi-

nating for approximately 6

seconds.

• The light comes on whilst the

vehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the

engine start/stop button to the

ON position.

OJFHP046305R

Safety features of your vehicle

603

The front air bag modules are locat-

ed in the centre of the steering

wheel, in the front passenger's panel

above the glove box. When the

SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe

impact to the front of the vehicle, it

will automatically deploy the front air

bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-

ed directly into the pad covers will

separate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Further

opening of the covers then allows full

inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver's or the passenger's

forward motion, reducing the risk of

head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating,

enabling the driver to maintain for-

ward visibility and the ability to steer

or operate other controls.

OQL036106R

Driver’s front air bag (1)

OQL036107R

Driver’s front air bag (2)

OQL036108R

Driver’s front air bag (3)

361

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING

• Do not install or place any

accessories (drink holder,

sticker, etc.) on the front pas-

senger's panel above the

glove box in a vehicle with a

passenger's air bag. Such

objects may become danger-

ous projectiles and cause

injury if the passenger's air

bag inflates.

(Continued)

• When installing a container of

liquid air freshener inside the

vehicle, do not place it near

the instrument cluster nor on

the instrument panel surface.

It may become a dangerous

projectile and cause injury if

the passenger's air bag

inflates.

WARNING

• If an air bag deploys, there

may be a loud noise followed

by a fine dust released in the

vehicle. These conditions are

normal and are not hazardous

- the air bags are packed in

this fine powder. The dust gen-

erated during air bag deploy-

ment may cause skin or eye

irritation as well as aggravate

asthma for some persons.

Always wash all exposed skin

areas thoroughly with cold

water and mild soap after an

accident in which the air bags

were deployed.

(Continued)

OQL036109R

Passenger’s front air bag

Safety features of your vehicle

623

Driver's and passenger's front

air bag

Your vehicle is equipped with a

Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag)

System and the lap/shoulder belts at

both the driver and passenger seat-

ing positions.

The indications of the system's pres-

ence are the letters "AIRBAG"

embossed on the air bag pad cover

in the steering wheel.

The SRS consists of air bags

installed under the pad covers in the

centre of the steering wheel and the

passenger's side front panel above

the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and/or the front

passenger with additional protection

than that offered by the seat belt sys-

tem alone in case of a frontal impact

of sufficient severity. The SRS uses

sensors to gather information about

the driver's seat position, the driver's

and front passenger's seat belt usage

and impact severity.

(Continued)

• The SRS can function only

when the engine start/stop but-

ton to the ON position. If the

SRS air bag warning light does

not illuminate, or continuously

remains on after illuminating

for about 6 seconds when the

Engine Start/Stop button is

turned to the ON position, or

after the engine is started,

comes on whilst driving, the

SRS is not working properly. In

this case, have the system

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

• Before you replace a fuse or

disconnect a battery terminal,

turn the engine start/stop but-

ton to the OFF position. Never

remove or replace the air bag

related fuse(s) the engine

start/stop button is in the ON

position. Failure to heed this

warning will cause the SRS air

bag warning light to illuminate.

OJF035037R

OJF035039

■ Passenger’s front air bag

■ Driver’s front air bag

363

Safety features of your vehicle

The seat belt buckle sensors (if

equipped) determine if the driver and

front passenger's seat belts are fas-

tened. These sensors provide the

ability to control the SRS deployment

based on whether or not the seat

belts are fastened, and how severe

the impact is.

WARNING

Always use seat belts and child

restraints – every trip, every

time, everyone! Air bags inflate

with considerable force and in

the blink of an eye. Seat belts

help keep occupants in proper

position to obtain maximum

benefit from the air bag. Even

with air bags, improperly and

unbelted occupants can be

severely injured when the air

bag inflates. Always follow the

precautions about seat belts, air

bags and occupant safety con-

tained in this manual.

To reduce the chance of serious

or fatal injuries and receive the

maximum safety benefit from

your restraint system:

(Continued)

• Never place a child in any

child or booster seat in the

front seat.

• ABC – Always Buckle Children

in the 2nd row seat. It is the

safest place for children of any

age to ride.

• Front and side air bags can

injure occupants improperly

positioned in the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air

bags, whilst still maintaining

control of the vehicle.

• You and your passengers

should never sit or lean unnec-

essarily close to the air bags.

Improperly positioned drivers

and passengers can be severe-

ly injured by inflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door or

centre console – always sit in

an upright position.

(Continued)

Safety features of your vehicle

643

(Continued)

• Do not allow a passenger to

ride in the front seat when the

passenger’s front air bag OFF

indicator is illuminated,

because the air bag will not

deploy in the event of a mod-

erate or severe frontal crash.

• No objects should be placed

over or near the air bag mod-

ules on the steering wheel,

instrument panel or the front

passenger's panel above the

glove box, because any such

object could cause harm if the

vehicle is in a crash severe

enough to cause the air bags

to deploy.

(Continued)

• Do not tamper with or discon-

nect SRS wiring or other com-

ponents of the SRS system.

Doing so could result in injury,

due to accidental deployment

of the air bags or by rendering

the SRS inoperative.

• If the SRS air bag warning light

remains illuminated whilst the

vehicle is being driven, have

the system inspected by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Air bags can only be used once

– have the system replaced by

a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

(Continued)

• The SRS is designed to deploy

the front air bags only when an

impact is sufficiently severe

and when the impact angle is

less than 30° from the forward

longitudinal axis of the vehi-

cle. Additionally, the air bags

will only deploy once. Seat

belts must be worn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intend-

ed to deploy in side-impact,

rear-impact or rollover crash-

es. In addition, front air bags

will not deploy in frontal

crashes below the deploy-

ment threshold.

• A child restraint system must

never be placed in the front

seat. The infant or child could

be severely injured or killed

by an air bag deployment in

case of an accident.

(Continued)

365

Safety features of your vehicle

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch

The passenger’s front air bag can be

deactivated by the passenger’s front

air bag ON/OFF switch if a child

restraint is installed on the front pas-

senger's seat or if the front passen-

ger's seat is unoccupied by a person.

To ensure the safety of your child,

the passenger’s front air bag must be

deactivated when it should be neces-

sary to install a rearward facing child

seat on the front passenger seat in

exceptional circumstances.

(Continued)

• Children age 12 and under

must always be properly

restrained in the rear seat.

Never allow children to ride in

the front passenger seat. If a

child over 12 must be seated

in the front seat, he or she

must be properly belted and

the seat should be moved as

far back as possible.

• For maximum safety protec-

tion in all types of crashes, all

occupants including the driver

should always wear their seat

belts whether or not an air bag

is also provided at their seat-

ing position to minimise the

risk of severe injury or death

in the event of a crash.

Do not sit or lean unnecessar-

ily close to the air bag whilst

the vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

• Sitting improperly or out of

position can result in serious

or fatal injury in a crash. All

occupants should sit upright

with the seat back in an

upright position, centred on

the seat cushion with their

seat belt on, legs comfortably

extended and their feet on the

floor until the vehicle is

parked and Engine Start/Stop

button is in the OFF position.

• The SRS air bag system must

deploy very rapidly to provide

protection in a crash. If an

occupant is out of position

because of not wearing a seat

belt, the air bag may forcefully

contact the occupant causing

serious or fatal injuries.

OJF035080R

Safety features of your vehicle

663

To deactivate or reactivate the passen-

ger’s front air bag:

To deactivate the passenger’s front

air bag, insert the master key into the

passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch and turn it to the OFF position.

The passenger’s front air bag OFF

indicator will illuminate and stay on

until the passenger’s front air bag is

reactivated.

To reactivate the passenger’s front

air bag, insert the master key into the

passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch and turn it to the ON position.

The passenger’s front air bag OFF

indicator will go out.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When the passenger’s front air

bag ON/OFF switch is set to the

ON position, the passenger’s front

air bag is activated and child or

infant seat should not be installed

on the front passenger seat.

• When the passenger’s front air

bag ON/OFF switch is set to the

OFF position, the passenger’s

front air bag is deactivated.

OJFHP036115R

OJFHP036116R

WARNING

The front air bag ON/OFF switch

could turn by using a similar

small rigid device. Always check

the status of the front air bag

ON/OFF switch and passenger's

front air bag OFF indicator.

CAUTION

• If the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is not working

properly, the air bag warning

light ( )on the instrument

panel will illuminate.

(Continued)

367

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

And, the passenger's front air

bag OFF indicator ( ) will not

illuminate (The passenger's

front air bag ON indicator

comes on and goes off after

approximately 60 seconds), the

SRS Control Module reactivates

the passenger’s front air bag

and the passenger’s front air

bag will inflate in frontal impact

crashes even if the passenger’s

front air bag ON/OFF switch is

set to the OFF position.

In this case, have the system

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

• If the SRS air bag warning light

blinks or does not illuminate

when the ignition switch is

turned to the ON position, or if

it illuminates whilst the vehicle

is being driven, have the sys-

tem inspected by a profession-

al workshop. Kia recommends

to visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

WARNING

• The driver is responsible for

the proper position of the pas-

senger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch.

• Deactivate the passenger's

front air bag only when

Engine Start/Stop button is in

the OFF position, or the mal-

function may occur in the SRS

Control Module.

And there may be a danger

that the driver's and/or front

passenger’s and/or side and

curtain air bag may fail to trig-

ger, or not trigger correctly

during a collision.

• Never install a rearward fac-

ing child seat on the front pas-

senger's seat unless the pas-

senger's front air bag has

been deactivated. The infant

or child could be severely

injured or killed by an air bag

deployment in case of an acci-

dent.

(Continued)

• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the passen-

ger's front air bag ON/OFF

switch, do not install a child

restraint system in the front

passenger's seat. A child

restraint system must never

be placed in the front seat.

Children who are too large for

child restraint systems

should always occupy the

rear seat and use the available

lap/shoulder belts. Children

are afforded the most safety

in the event of an accident

when they are restrained by a

proper restraint system in the

rear seat.

• As soon as the child seat is

no longer needed on the front

passenger's seat, reactivate

the front passenger's air bag.

Safety features of your vehicle

683

Side air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-

fer from the illustration.

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat.

The purpose of the air bag is to pro-

vide the vehicle's driver and/or the

front passenger with additional pro-

tection than that offered by the seat

belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to

deploy only during certain side-

impact collisions, depending on the

crash severity, angle, speed and

point of impact. However, when side

deployment threshold is satisfied at

front-impact, side air bags may

deploy. The side air bags are not

designed to deploy in all side impact

or rollover situations.

The side air bags may deploy on the

side of the impact or on both side.

WARNING - No attaching

objects

No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder, cup

holder, perfume or stickers)

should be placed over or near

the air bag modules on the

steering wheel, instrument

panel, windscreen glass, and

the front passenger's panel

above the glove box. Such

objects could cause harm if the

vehicle is in a crash severe

enough to cause the air bags to

deploy. Do not place any objects

over the air bag or between the

air bag and yourself.

OJF035040

OJF035041

369

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Also, both side of the side air bags

deploy in certain rollover situa-

tions.

• The side air bag may deploy when

the rollover sensor detects the situ-

ation as a rollover.

WARNING

Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies onto

doors, put their arms on the

doors, stretch their arms out of

the window, or place objects

between the doors and passen-

gers when they are seated on

seats equipped with side and/or

curtain air bags.

WARNING

• The side air bag is supplemen-

tal to the driver's and the pas-

senger's seat belt systems and

is not a substitute for them.

Therefore your seat belts must

be worn at all times whilst the

vehicle is in motion. The air

bags deploy only in certain

side impact or rollover*

condi-

tions severe enough to cause

significant injury to the vehicle

occupants.

• For best protection from the

side air bag system and to

avoid being injured by the

deploying side air bag, both

front seat occupants should

sit in an upright position with

the seat belt properly fastened.

The driver's hands should be

placed on the steering wheel at

the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.

The passenger's arms and

hands should be placed on

their laps.

(Continued)

Only vehicle equipped with rollover sensor.

(Continued)

• Do not use any accessory

seat covers.

• Use of seat covers could

reduce or prevent the effec-

tiveness of the system.

• To prevent unexpected

deployment of the side air bag

that may result in personal

injury, avoid impact to the

side impact sensor when the

engine start/stop button is in

the ON position.

• If the seat or seat cover is

damaged, have the system

serviced by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

• Never place or insert any

object into any small opening

near side airbag labels

attached to the vehicle seats.

When the air bag deploys, the

object may affect the deploy-

ment and result in unexpected

accident or bodily harm.

Safety features of your vehicle

703

Curtain air bag

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the

front and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect the

heads of the front seat occupants

and the rear outboard seat occupants

in certain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact. However, when side deploy-

ment threshold is satisfied at front-

impact, side air bags may deploy.

The curtain air bags may deploy on

the side of the impact side.

The curtain air bags are not

designed to deploy in all side

impacts or rollover situations.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Also, both sides of the curtain air

bags deploy in certain rollover sit-

uations.

• The curtain air bag may deploy

when the rollover sensor detects

the situation as a rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

OJF035042

OJF035043

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself. Also, do not

attach any objects around the

area the air bag inflates such

as the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objects

between the door and the

seat. They may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

air bag inflates.

• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side air

bags.

371

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies

against doors, put their arms

on the doors, stretch their

arms out of the window or

place objects between the

doors and passengers when

they are seated on seats

equipped with side and curtain

air bags.

• Never try to open or repair any

components of the side cur-

tain air bag system. If neces-

sary, have the system serv-

iced by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

Failure to follow the above

instructions can result in injury

or death to the vehicle occu-

pants in an accident.

WARNING

• In order for side and curtain

air bags to provide the best

protection, front seat occu-

pants and outboard rear

occupants should sit in an

upright position with the seat

belts properly fastened.

Importantly, children should

sit in a proper child restraint

system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in

the rear outboard seats, they

must be seated in the proper

child restraint system. Make

sure to position the child

restraint system as far away

from the door side as possible,

and secure the child restraint

system in a locked position.

(Continued)

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag. Also, do not attach

any objects around the area

the air bag inflates such as the

door, side door glass, front

and rear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang hard or breakable

objects on the coat hook.

• Do not hang heavy items on

the coat hooks for safety rea-

sons.

Safety features of your vehicle

723

Inflation and non-inflation

conditions of the airbag

There are many types of accidents in

which the air bag would not be

expected to provide additional pro-

tection.

These include rear impacts, second

or third collisions in multiple impact

accidents, as well as low speed

impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

1. SRS control module /

Rollover sensor

2. Front impact sensor

3. Side impact sensor (if equipped)

4. Side impact sensor (if equipped)

5. Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OJFHP037045R/OJF035064R/OJFHP036047L/OJF035048R/OJF035049/OJF035084

Why didn’t my air bag deploy in a collision?

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

373

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING

If your vehicle is equipped with

side and curtain air bag, set the

Engine Start/Stop button is in

the OFF position when the vehi-

cle is being towed.

The side and curtain air bag may

deploy whenthe engine start/stop

button is in the ON position, and

the rollover sensor detects the

situation as a rollover.

WARNING

• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where

air bag or sensors are installed.

This may cause unexpected

air bag deployment, which

could result in serious per-

sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location or

angle of the sensors is altered

in any way, the air bags may

deploy when they should not

or they may not deploy when

they should, causing severe

injury or death.

Therefore, do not try to per-

form maintenance on or

around the air bag sensors.

Have the system serviced by a

professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

(Continued)

• Problems may arise if the sen-

sor installation angles are

changed due to the deforma-

tion of the front bumper, body

or front door and C pillars

where side collision sensors

are installed. In this case,

have the system serviced by a

professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

• Your vehicle has been

designed to absorb impact

and deploy the air bag(s) in

certain collisions. Installing

bumper guards or replacing a

bumper with non-genuine

parts may adversely affect

your vehicles collision and air

bag deployment performance.

Safety features of your vehicle

743

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate

in a frontal collision depending on

the intensity, speed or angles of

impact of the front collision.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-

fer from the illustration.

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are designed

to inflate when an impact is detected

by side collision sensors depending on

the strength, speed or angles of impact

resulting from a side impact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s

and front passenger’s air bags) are

designed to inflate only in frontal colli-

sions, they also may inflate in other

types of collisions if the front impact

sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side

air bags (side and/or curtain air bags)

are designed to inflate only in side

impact collisions, but they may inflate

in other collisions if the side impact

sensors detect a sufficient impact.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads or sidewalks, air bags may

deploy. Drive carefully on unim-

proved roads or on surfaces not

designed for vehicle traffic to prevent

unintended air bag deployment.

✽✽

NOTICE

Also, the side and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when a rollover is

detected by a rollover sensor.

OJF035050

OJFH035051L

OJF035052

375

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions the

air bags may not deploy. The air

bags are designed not to deploy in

such cases because they may not

provide benefits beyond the pro-

tection of the seat belts in such col-

lisions.

• Air bags are not designed to inflate

in rear collisions, because occu-

pants are moved backward by the

force of the impact. In this case,

inflated air bags would not be able

to provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in

side impact collisions, because

occupants move to the direction of

the collision, and thus in side

impacts, front air bag deployment

would not provide additional occu-

pant protection.

• However, if equipped with side and

curtain air bags, the air bags may

inflate depending on the intensity,

vehicle speed and angles of

impact.

OJFHP036053R

OJFH035055LOJFHP036054R

Safety features of your vehicle

763

• In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants in

a direction where the air bags would

not be able to provide any addition-

al benefit, and thus the sensors may

not deploy any air bags.

• Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the vehi-

cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-

cle with a higher ground clearance.

Air bags may not inflate in this

"under-ride" situation because

deceleration forces that are detect-

ed by sensors may be significantly

reduced by such “under-ride” colli-

sions.

• Front air bags may not inflate in

rollover accidents because front air

bag deployment would not provide

additional occupant protection.

OJF035056 OJF035057 OJFH035058

377

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

However, if equipped with side and

curtain air bags, the air bags may

inflate in a rollover, when it is

detected by the rollover sensor.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-

cle collides with objects such as util-

ity poles or trees, where the point of

impact is concentrated to one area

and the full force of the impact is not

delivered to the sensors.

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-

free and so there are no parts you

can safely service by yourself. If the

SRS air bag warning light does not

illuminate, or continuously remains

on, have the system inspected by a

professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

OJFH035059L

Safety features of your vehicle

783

(Continued)

• If components of the air bag

system must be discarded, or

if the vehicle must be

scrapped, certain safety pre-

cautions must be observed.

An authorised Kia dealer

knows these precautions and

can give you the necessary

information. Failure to follow

these precautions and proce-

dures could increase the risk

of personal injury.

(Continued)

• No objects should be placed

over or near the air bag mod-

ules on the steering wheel,

instrument panel, and the

front passenger's panel above

the glove box, because any

such object could cause harm

if the vehicle is in a crash

severe enough to cause the

air bags to inflate.

• If the air bags inflate, have the

system replaced by a profes-

sional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

• Do not tamper with or discon-

nect SRS wiring, or other

components of the SRS sys-

tem. Doing so could result in

injury, due to accidental infla-

tion of the air bags or by ren-

dering the SRS inoperative.

(Continued)

WARNING

• Modification to SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including the

addition of any kind of badges

to the pad covers or modifica-

tions to the body structure,

can adversely affect SRS per-

formance and lead to possible

injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad

covers, use only a soft, dry

cloth or one which has been

moistened with plain water.

Solvents or cleaners could

adversely affect the air bag

covers and proper deploy-

ment of the system.

(Continued)

379

Safety features of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions

• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-

down back seat. All occupants

should sit upright, fully back in their

seats with their seat belts on and

their feet on the floor.

• Passengers should not move

out of or change seats whilst the

vehicle is moving. A passenger

who is not wearing a seat belt dur-

ing a crash or emergency stop can

be thrown against the inside of the

vehicle, against other occupants,

or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed to

restrain one occupant. If more

than one person uses the same

seat belt, they could be seriously

injured or killed in a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on

seat belts. Devices claiming to

improve occupant comfort or repo-

sition the seat belt can reduce the

protection provided by the seat belt

and increase the chance of serious

injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place

hard or sharp objects between

themselves and the air bags.

Carrying hard or sharp objects on

your lap or in your mouth can result

in injuries if an air bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the

air bag covers. All occupants

should sit upright, fully back in their

seats with their seat belts on and

their feet on the floor. If occupants

are too close to the air bag covers,

they could be injured if the air bags

inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects

on or near the air bag covers.

Any object attached to or placed

on the front or side air bag covers

could interfere with the proper

operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.

Modification of the front seats

could interfere with the operation of

the supplemental restraint system

sensing components or side air

bags.

• Do not place items under the

front seats. Placing items under

the front seats could interfere with

the operation of the supplemental

restraint system sensing compo-

nents and wiring harnesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on

your lap. The infant or child could

be seriously injured or killed in the

event of a crash. All infants and chil-

dren should be properly restrained

in appropriate child safety seats or

seat belts in the rear seat.

Adding equipment to or modi-

fying your air bag-equipped

vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by chang-

ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-

tem, front end or side sheet metal or

ride height, this may affect the opera-

tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning label

Air bag warning labels are attached

to alert the passengers of the poten-

tial risk of the air bag system.

Note that these government warn-

ings focus on the risk of children. We

also want you to be aware of the

risks which adults are exposed to

that have been described in previous

pages.

OJF035061

380

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING

• Sitting improperly or out of

position can cause occupants

to be shifted too close to a

deploying air bag, strike the

interior structure or be thrown

from the vehicle resulting in

serious injury or death.

• Always sit upright with the

seatback in an upright posi-

tion, centred on the seat cush-

ion with your seat belt on,

legs comfortably extended

and your feet on the floor.

Features of your vehicle

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

• Immobiliser system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

• Smart key system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

• Theft-alarm system (Only UK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-17

• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-18

• Deadlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

• Door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Trunk (For sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

• Opening the trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

• Closing the trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Emergency trunk safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Smart trunk (For sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

• How to use the Smart Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

• How to deactivate the Smart Trunk function

using the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

• Detecting area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Tailgate (For wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

• Non-power tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

• Power tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

• Smart tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

• Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

• Opening the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

• Closing the bonnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

• Emergency fuel filler lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

• Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60

• Electronic power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60

• Tilt & telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61

• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61

• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

• Reverse parking aid function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

• LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

• Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

• User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79

• Trip modes (Trip computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85

• Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91

• LKAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92

• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92

• Warning Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102

• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102

• Indicator Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

• Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

• Non-operational conditions of

parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Smart parking assist system (SPAS) . . . . . . . . . 4-122

• Operating condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123

• Non-operating condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124

• How the system works (Parking Mode) . . . . . . . . . 4-127

• Additional instructions (messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134

• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

• How the system works (Exit mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

• Additional instructions (messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141

Surround View Monitoring system. . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143

• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143

• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143

• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

• Lighting control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146

• High Beam Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

• Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

• Headlight levelling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

• AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) . . . . . . . . 4-152

Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

• Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

• Windscreen washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-157

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159

• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159

• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159

• Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161

• Trunk(tailgate) room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161

• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

• Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163

• Welcome light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163

• Escort welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163

• Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164

• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164

Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

• Air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166

• Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167

• Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168

• Checking the amount of air conditioner

refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-169

• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170

• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-171

Windscreen defrosting and defogging . . . . . . . . 4-180

• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180

• Operation tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181

• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181

• Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182

Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184

• Centre console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184

• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184

• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185

Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186

• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186

• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186

• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187

• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188

• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189

• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190

• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191

• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-192

• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-193

• Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196

• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197

• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197

• Luggage net (holder) (Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198

• Barrier net (Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198

• Cargo security screen (Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-200

Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-202

• Roof rack (Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-202

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-204

• Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205

• AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206

Features of your vehicle

Record your key number

The key code number

is stamped on the

key code tag

attached to the key

set. Should you lose

your keys, Kia recommends to con-

tact an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner. Remove the key code tag

and store it in a safe place. Also,

record the key code number and

keep it in a safe place (not in the

vehicle).

Key operations

• Used to start the engine.

• Used to lock and unlock the doors.

• Used to lock and unlock the glove

box.

• Used to lock and unlock the trunk.

To remove the mechanical key, press

and hold the release button (1) and

remove the mechanical key (2).

To reinstall the mechanical key, put

the key into the hole and push it until

a click sound is heard.

SMART KEY

OXM043002/OXM043003

■ Smart Key

WARNING - Smart key

Leaving children unattended in

a vehicle with the Smart key is

dangerous even if the start but-

ton is not in the ACC or ON

position. Children copy adults

and they could press the start

button. The smart key would

enable children to operate

power windows or other con-

trols, or even make the vehicle

move, which could result in

serious bodily injury or even

death. Never leave the keys in

your vehicle with unsupervised

children, when the engine is

running.

Features of your vehicle

WARNING

In order to prevent theft of your

vehicle, do not leave spare keys

anywhere in your vehicle. Your

immobiliser password is a cus-

tomer unique password and

should be kept confidential. Do

not leave this number anywhere

in your vehicle.

Immobiliser system

Your vehicle may be equipped with

an electronic engine immobiliser sys-

tem to reduce the risk of unautho-

rised vehicle use.

Your immobiliser system is com-

prised of a small transponder in the

ignition key and electronic devices

inside the vehicle.

With the immobiliser system, when-

ever the engine start/stop button is

changed to the ON position, it

checks and determines and verifies if

the ignition key is valid or not.

If the key is determined to be valid,

the engine will start.

If the key is determined to be invalid,

the engine will not start.

To activate the immobiliser

system:

Change the engine start/stop button

to the OFF position. The immobiliser

system activates automatically.

Without a valid ignition key for your

vehicle, the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobiliser

system:

Change the engine start/stop button

to the ON position.

WARNING

Kia recommends to use parts

for replacement from an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

If an aftermarket key is used,

the ignition switch may not

return to ON after START. If this

happens, the starter will contin-

ue to operate causing damage

to the starter motor and possi-

ble fire due to excessive current

in the wiring.

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

When starting the engine, do not use

the key with other immobiliser keys

around. Otherwise the engine may

not start or may stop soon after it

starts. Keep each key separately in

order to avoid a starting malfunction.

✽

NOTICE

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Smart key function

Lock (1)

All doors (and trunk(tailgate)(tail-

gate)) are locked if the lock button is

pressed.

If all doors (and trunk(tailgate)) are

closed, the hazard warning lights will

blink once to indicate that all doors

(and trunk(tailgate)) are locked.

CAUTION

Do not put metal accessories

near the ignition switch. Metal

accessories may interrupt the

transponder signal and may

prevent the engine from being

started.

CAUTION

The transponder in your ignition

key is an important part of the

immobiliser system. It is

designed to give years of trou-

ble-free service, however you

should avoid exposure to mois-

ture, static electricity and rough

handling. Immobiliser system

malfunction could occur.

CAUTION

Do not change, alter or adjust the

immobiliser system because it

could cause the immobiliser sys-

tem to malfunction. In this case,

have the system serviced by a

professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Malfunctions caused by improp-

er alterations, adjustments or

modifications to the immobiliser

system are not covered by your

vehicle manufacturer warranty.

OUM046433L

Features of your vehicle

Unlock (2)

All doors (and trunk(tailgate)) are

unlocked if the unlock button is

pressed.

The hazard warning lights will blink

twice to indicate that all doors (and

trunk(tailgate)) are unlocked.

However, after pressing this button,

the doors (and trunk(tailgate)) will lock

automatically unless you open any

door within 30 seconds.

Trunk(tailgate) unlock (3)

The trunk(tailgate) is unlocked if the

button is pressed for more than 1

second.

The hazard warning lights will blink

twice to indicate that the trunk(tail-

gate) is unlocked.

However, after pressing this button, the

trunk(tailgate) will lock automatically

unless you open the trunk(tailgate)

within 30 seconds.

Also, once the trunk(tailgate) is

opened and then closed, the

trunk(tailgate) will lock automatically.

Smart key system operation

With a smart key, you can lock or

unlock a door (and trunk(tailgate))

and even start the engine without

inserting the key.

Carrying the smart key, you may lock

and unlock the vehicle doors (and

trunk(tailgate)). Also, you may start

the engine. Refer to the following, for

more details.

Locking

Pressing the button of the front out-

side door handles with all doors (and

trunk(tailgate)) closed and any door

unlocked, locks all the doors (and

trunk(tailgate)). The hazard warning

lights will blink once to indicate that all

doors (and trunk(tailgate)) are locked.

The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 40

in) from the outside door handle. If

you want to make sure that a door has

locked or not, you should check the

door lock button inside the vehicle or

pull the outside door handle.

OXM043002 OJF045003R

Features of your vehicle

Even though you press the button,

the doors will not lock and the chime

sounds if any of the following occurs:

• The smart key is in the vehicle.

• The ENGINE START/STOP button

is in the ACC or ON position.

• Any door except the trunk(tailgate)

is opened.

Unlocking

Pressing the button of the front out-

side door handles with all doors (and

trunk(tailgate)) closed and locked,

unlocks all the doors (and trunk(tail-

gate)). The hazard warning lights will

blink twice to indicate that all doors

(and trunk(tailgate)) are unlocked.

The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1m (28

~ 40 in) from the outside door han-

dle.

When the smart key is recognized in

the area of 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 40 in) from

the front outside door handle, other

people can also open a door without

possession of the smart key.

Trunk(tailgate) unlocking

If you are within 0.7 ~ 1m (28 ~ 40 in)

from the outside trunk(tailgate) han-

dle, with your smart key in posses-

sion, the trunk(tailgate) will unlock

and open when you press the

trunk(tailgate) handle switch.

The hazard warning lights will blink

twice to indicate that the trunk(tail-

gate) is unlocked.

Also, once the trunk(tailgate) is

opened and then closed, the

trunk(tailgate) will lock automatically.

Start-up

You can start the engine without

inserting the key. For detailed infor-

mation refer to “Starting the engine

with a smart key” in chapter 5.

104

Features of your vehicle

Restrictions in handling keys

When leaving keys with parking lot

and valet attendants, the following

procedures will ensure that your

vehicle’s glove box compartment can

not be opened in your absence.

1. Press and hold the release button

(1) and remove the mechanical

key (2).

2. Close and then lock the glove box

using the mechanical key.

3. Leave the smart key with the

attendant. The glove box can not

be opened without the mechanical

key.

Transmitter precautions

The smart key will not work if any of

the following occur:

• Another vehicle’s smart key is being

operated close to your vehicle.

• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).

• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.

• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.

• The weather is extremely cold.

• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station or

an airport which can interfere with

normal operation of the transmitter.

• If the smart key is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone,

the signal from the smart key could

be blocked by normal operation of

your cell phone or smart phone. This

is especially important when the

phone is active such as making call,

receiving calls, text messaging,

and/or sending/ receiving emails.

Avoid placing the smart key and

your cell phone or smart phone in

the same pants or jacket pocket and

maintain adequate distance

between the two devices.

When the smart key does not work

correctly, open and close the door

with the mechanical key. If you have

a problem with the smart key, Kia

recommends to contact an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

OJF045325L

411

Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement

A smart key uses a 3 volt lithium bat-

tery which will normally last for sev-

eral years. When replacement is nec-

essary, use the following procedure.

1. Pry open the rear cover of the

smart key.

2. Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032). When replacing

the battery, make sure the battery

position.

3. Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal.

For smart key replacement, Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

An inappropriately disposed battery

can be harmful to the environment

and human health.

Dispose the battery according to

your local law(s) or regulation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance

could void the user’s authority

to operate the equipment. If the

keyless entry system is inopera-

tive due to changes or modifica-

tions not expressly approved by

the party responsible for com-

pliance, it will not be covered by

your manufacturer’s vehicle

warranty.

CAUTION

Keep the smart key away from

water or any liquid. If smart key

is inoperative due to exposure

to water or other liquids, it will

not be covered by your manu-

facturer’s vehicle warranty.

OXM043005

CAUTION

• If you are unsure how to use

or replace the battery, Kia rec-

ommends to contact an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

• Using the wrong battery can

cause the smart key to mal-

function. Be sure to use the

correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the trans-

mitter, don't drop it, get it wet,

or expose it to heat or sunlight.

124

Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

This system is designed to provide

protection from unauthorised entry

into the vehicle. This system is oper-

ated in three stages: the first is the

“Armed” stage, the second is the

“Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is

the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered,

the system provides an audible

alarm with blinking of the hazard

warning lights.

Armed stage

Park the vehicle and stop the engine.

Arm the system as described below.

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Make sure that all doors, the

engine bonnet and trunk(tailgate)

are closed and latched.

3.• Lock the doors by pressing the

button of the front outside door

handle with the smart key in your

possession.

After completion of the steps

above, the hazard warning lights

will operate once to indicate that

the system is armed.

If the trunk(tailgate) or engine

bonnet remains opened, the haz-

ard warning lights will not operate

and theft-alarm will not arm. After

this, if the trunk(tailgate) and

engine bonnet are closed, the

hazard warning lights will blink

once and the theft-alarm will arm.

• Lock the doors by pressing the

lock button on the smart key.

After completion of the steps

above, the hazard warning lights

will operate once to indicate that

the system is armed.

If the trunk(tailgate) or engine

bonnet remains opened, the haz-

ard warning lights will not operate

and theft-alarm will not arm. After

this, if the trunk(tailgate) and

engine bonnet are closed, the

hazard warning lights will blink

once and the theft-alarm will arm.

Do not arm the system until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If the

system is armed whilst a passen-

ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the

alarm may be activated when the

remaining passenger(s) leaves the

vehicle. If any door (or trunk(tail-

gate)(tailgate)) or engine bonnet is

opened within 30 seconds after the

system enters the armed stage, the

system will be disarmed to prevent

unnecessary alarm.

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stage

Disarmed

stage

413

Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm stage

The alarm will be activated if any of

the following occurs whilst the sys-

tem is armed.

• A front or rear door is opened without

using the smart key.

• The trunk(tailgate) is opened with-

out using the smart key.

• The engine bonnet is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazard

warning lights will blink continuously

for approximately 27 seconds. Then,

an alarm will sound two times with 10

seconds interval. If the alarm situa-

tion does not change after the alarm

has sounded, it will go off again. To

turn off the system, unlock the doors

with the smart key.

Disarmed stage

The system will be disarmed when:

- The door unlock button is pressed.

- The button of the front outside door

is pressed whilst carrying the

smart key.

- The engine is started. (within 3

seconds)

After the doors are unlocked, the haz-

ard warning lights will blink twice to

indicate that the system is disarmed.

After pressing the unlock button, if

any door (or trunk(tailgate)) is not

opened within 30 seconds, the sys-

tem will be rearmed.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the system is not disarmed with

the smart key, open the door with

the mechanical key and start the

engine. Then the system will be

disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

Do not change, alter or adjust the

theft-alarm system because it

could cause the theft-alarm sys-

tem to malfunction have the sys-

tem serviced by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Malfunctions caused by improp-

er alterations, adjustments or

modifications to the theft-alarm

system are not covered by your

vehicle manufacturer warranty.

144

Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm system (Only UK)

Intrusion/tilt sensor ON/OFF

condition (if equipped)

The intrusion/tilt sensor detects

movement inside the vehicle and

inclination of the vehicle after locking.

• To cancel the sensor operation,

press the sensor ON/OFF button

when the system is in the

"Disarmed" stage and the ignition

switch or Engine Start/Stop button

is in the OFF position. The button

light will turn on to indicate that the

sensor is deactivated.

• If you press the button again or turn

the ignition switch or Engine

Start/Stop button to the ON position,

the sensor will be activated again.

If the system is armed when the sen-

sor is in the OFF status, the intru-

sion/tilt sensor will not operate. But,

the alarm will be activated when the

system meets the "intrusion/tilt sen-

sor off condition" of "Theft alarm"

stage. Refer to the follow page.

Deactivate the intrusion/tilt sensor if

there are any chances the vehicle tilts

by the outward influences.

For example,

- When the vehicle is transported by

train, boat or trailer.

- When the vehicle is parked at a

parking tower.

Otherwise, the horn may sound inad-

vertently.

• Make sure all windows are close

whilst the sensor operates. If not,

the sensor detects the inadvertent

movement inside the vehicle (for

example, blowing a wind or enter-

ing a butterfly) and it makes the

horn sounds.

• If boxes are piled high in the vehi-

cle, the sensor may not detect the

movement behind the boxes. Also

the boxes may drop and it makes

the horn sounds.

• If the sensor is stained with foreign

matter such as cosmetics, spray

type air freshener, or spray type

window cleaner, the sensor may

not operate normally.

OJFHP046334R

415

Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm stage

The alarm will be activated if any of

the following occurs whilst the sys-

tem is armed.

Without the intrusion/tilt sensor

(or intrusion/tilt sensor off condi-

tion (if equipped))

• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the transmitter (or smart

key).

• The trunk(tailgate) is opened with-

out using the transmitter (or smart

key).

• The engine bonnet is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazard

warning lights will blink continuously

for 30 seconds, unless the system is

disarmed. To turn off the system,

unlock the doors with the transmitter

(or smart key).

Intrusion/tilt sensor on position

(if equipped)

• Someone or something moves in

the vehicle.

• The inclination of the vehicle is

changed to the certain degree.

• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the transmitter (or smart

key).

• The trunk(tailgate) is opened with-

out using the transmitter (or smart

key).

• The engine bonnet is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazard

warning lights will blink continuously

for 30 seconds, unless the system is

disarmed. To turn off the system,

unlock the doors with the transmitter

(or smart key).

Disarmed stage

The system will be disarmed when

the door unlock button is pressed.

After the doors are unlocked, the

hazard warning lights will blink twice

to indicate that the system is dis-

armed.

After pressing the unlock button, if

any door (or trunk(tailgate)) is not

opened within 30 seconds, the sys-

tem will be rearmed

- If the vehicle is equipped with the

remote window up/down system;

the windows are also closed.

164

Features of your vehicle

• If the system is not disarmed with

the transmitter, open the door with

the key and insert the key into the

ignition switch, turn the ignition

switch to the ON position and wait

for 30 seconds. Then the system

will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not change, alter or adjust the

theft-alarm system because it could

cause the theft-alarm system to mal-

function have the system serviced by

a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Malfunctions caused by improper

alterations, adjustments or modifi-

cations to the theft-alarm system are

not covered by your vehicle manu-

facturer's warranty.

Self-diagnosis (if equipped)

If the hazard warning light blink once

when you lock the doors by using the

transmitter, it means the intrusion/tilt

sensor is working normally.

If the hazard warning light blink and

the horn sounds 3 times when you

lock the doors by using the transmit-

ter, it means the intrusion/tilt sensor

is not working normally. We recom-

mend that you contact an authorised

Kia dealer.

417

Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from

outside the vehicle

To remove the cover

1. Pull out the door handle.

2. Press the lever (3) located inside

the bottom part of the cover with a

key or flat-head screwdriver.

3. Push out the cover(4) whilst press-

ing the lever.

• Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the

front of the vehicle to lock.

• If you Lock(1)/Unlock(2) the driver’s

door with a key, all vehicle doors

will lock/unlock automatically.

• Doors can also be locked and

unlocked with the smart key.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

• When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure the doors

are closed securely.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing con-

ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked

multiple times in rapid succession

with either the vehicle key or door

lock switch, the system may stop

operating temporarily in order to

protect the circuit and prevent

damage to system components.

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING

• If you don’t close the door

securely, the door may open

again.

• Be careful that someone’s

body and hands are not

trapped when closing the door.

CAUTION

Be careful not to damage the

cover whilst removing it or mis-

place it after removing it.

OJF045215R

184

Features of your vehicle

In case of an emergency

If the power door lock switch does

not operate electrically, the only way

to lock the door(s) is with the

mechanical key from the outside key

hole.

You can lock the doors without the

outside key hole as follows:

1. Open the door.

2. Insert the key into the emergency

door lock hole and turn the key

horizontally to lock (1).

3. Close the door securely.

Operating door locks from

inside the vehicle

With the inner door handle

(For Type A)

Driver’s door and front passenger’s

door

If the inner door handle is pulled

when the door is locked, the door will

unlock and open.

WARNING

If people must spend a longer

time in the vehicle whilst it is

very hot or cold outside, there

is risk of injuries or danger to

life. Do not lock the vehicle from

the outside when there are peo-

ple in it.

CAUTION

Do not frequently repeat opening

and closing of doors, or apply

excessive force to a door whilst

the door closer is operating.

OJF045306R

OJFHP046432L

419

Features of your vehicle

Rear door

If the inner door handle is pulled

once when the door is locked, the

door will unlock.

If the inner door handle is pulled

once more, the door will open.

With the door lock button

(For Type B)

• To unlock a door, pull the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position.

The red mark on the button will be

visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Lock” position. If

the door is locked properly, the red

mark on the door lock button will

not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-

dle (2) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the front

door/all doors (if equipped) is pulled

when the door lock button is in the

lock position, the button is unlocked

and the door will open. (if equipped)

• Doors cannot be locked if the

smart key is in the vehicle and any

door is opened.

OJFHP046004R

204

Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch

Operate by pressing the central door

lock switch.

• When pressing the right portion(1)

for driver side or the upper portion(1)

for passenger side (if equipped) of

the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

WARNING - Door lock

malfunction

If a power door lock ever fails to

function whilst you are in the

vehicle, try one or more of the

following techniques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock fea-

ture repeatedly (both electron-

ic and manual) whilst simulta-

neously pulling on the door

handle.

• Operate the other door locks

and handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use

the key to unlock the door

from outside.

• Move to the cargo area and

open the trunk (tailgate).

WARNING

Do not pull the inner door handle

of driver's (or passenger's) door

whilst the vehicle is moving.

OJFHP047511R

OJFW046372R

■ Driver side

■ Passenger side

421

Features of your vehicle

• When pressing the left portion(2)

for driver side or the lower por-

tion(2) for passenger side (if

equipped) of the switch, all vehicle

doors will unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch (or

if the smart key is in the vehicle)

and any door is opened, the doors

will not lock even though the right

portion(1) for driver side or upper

portion(1) for passenger side (if

equipped) of the central door lock

switch is pressed.

• If either the front or rear door is

opened by using the inside door

handle, the indicator light (3) will

blink (if equipped).

• If the unlock switch (2) is used to

unlock the door, indicator (3) light

will turn off (if equipped).

WARNING - Unlocked

vehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked

can invite theft or possible harm

to you or others from someone

hiding in your vehicle whilst

you are gone. Always press the

engine start/stop button to the

OFF position, engage the park-

ing brake, close all windows

and lock all doors when leaving

your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Doors

• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked whilst

the vehicle is in motion to pre-

vent accidental opening of the

door. Locked doors will also

discourage potential intruders

when the vehicle stops or

slows down.

• Be careful when opening

doors and watch for vehicles,

motorcycles, bicycles or

pedestrians approaching the

vehicle in the path of the door.

Opening a door when some-

thing is approaching can

cause damage or injury.

224

Features of your vehicle

WARNING

Do not lock the doors with the

transmitter or the smart key

with anybody left in the vehicle.

The passenger in the vehicle

cannot unlock the doors with

the door lock button. For exam-

ple, if the door is locked with

the transmitter, the passenger

in the vehicle cannot unlock the

door without the transmitter.

Deadlocks (if equipped)

Some vehicles are equipped with a

deadlock system. Deadlocks prevent

opening of a door from either inside

or outside the vehicle once the dead-

locks have been activated providing

an additional measure of vehicle

security.

To lock the vehicle using the deadlock

function, the doors must be locked by

using the transmitter or smart key. To

unlock the vehicle, the transmitter or

smart key must be used again.

Door lock/unlock features

Impact sensing door unlock system

All doors will automatically unlock

when an impact causes the air bags

to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system

All doors will automatically lock after

the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.

You can activate or deactivate the

auto door lock/unlock features in the

vehicle. Refer to “User setting” in this

chapter.

WARNING - Unattended

children

An enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

severe injury to unattended chil-

dren or animals who cannot

escape the vehicle. Furthermore,

children might operate features

of the vehicle that could injure

them, or they could encounter

other harm, possibly from some-

one gaining entry to the vehicle.

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle.

423

Features of your vehicle

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided to

help prevent children from acciden-

tally opening the rear doors from

inside the vehicle. The rear door

safety locks should be used whenev-

er children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock is located on

the edge of each rear door. When the

child safety lock is in the lock position

(1), the rear door will not open if the

inner door handle (2) is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert a

key (or screwdriver) into the hole and

turn it to the lock position.

To allow a rear door to be opened

from inside the vehicle, unlock the

child safety lock.

WARNING - Rear door

locks

If children accidentally open the

rear doors whilst the vehicle is

in motion, they could fall out

and be severely injured or

killed. To prevent children from

opening the rear doors from the

inside, the rear door safety

locks should be used whenever

children are in the vehicle.

OJF045006

244

Features of your vehicle

Opening the trunk

1.Make sure the shift lever is in P

and set the parking brake.

2.Then do one of the following :

- Press the remote key or smart

key trunk unlock button for more

than one second.

- Press the button on the trunk

itself with the smart key in your

possession.

- Use the mechanical key.

• To open the trunk from inside the

vehicle, push the trunk lid release

button.

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

TRUNK (FOR SEDAN)

OJF045008R

CAUTION

Make certain that you close the

trunk before driving your vehi-

cle. Possible damage may occur

to the attached hardware if the

trunk is not closed prior to driv-

ing.

WARNING

The trunk swings upward. Make

sure no objects or people are

near the rear of the vehicle

when opening the trunk.

OJFH045007L

425

Features of your vehicle

Closing the trunk

To close, lower the trunk lid, then

press down on it until it locks. To be

sure the trunk lid is securely fas-

tened, always check by trying to pull

it up again.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the trunk is closed with the smart

key in it, the chime will sound for

approximately 3 seconds and the

trunk will reopen.

WARNING

The trunk lid should be always

kept completely closed whilst

the vehicle is in motion. If it is left

open or ajar, poisonous exhaust

gases may enter the car and seri-

ous illness or death may result.

WARNING - Exhaust

fumes

If you drive with the trunk open,

you will draw dangerous

exhaust fumes into your vehicle

which can cause serious injury

or death to vehicle occupants.

If you must drive with the trunk

open, keep the air vents and all

windows open so that addition-

al outside air comes into the

vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargo

area

Occupants should never ride in

the rear cargo area where no

restraints are available. To avoid

injury in the event of an accident

or sudden stops, occupants

should always be properly

restrained.

264

Features of your vehicle

Emergency trunk safety

release (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emergency trunk release lever locat-

ed inside the trunk. If someone is

inadvertently locked in the trunk,

moving the handle in the direction of

the arrow will release the trunk latch

mechanism and open the trunk.

WARNING

• For emergencies, be fully

aware of the location of the

emergency trunk safety

release lever in this vehicle

and how to open the trunk if

you are accidentally locked in

the trunk.

• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk at any time.

The trunk is a very dangerous

location in the event of a crash.

• Use the release lever for

emergencies only. Use

extreme caution, especially

whilst the vehicle is in motion.

OJFH045009

427

Features of your vehicle

On a vehicle equipped with a smart

key, the trunk can be opened with

no-touch activation using the Smart

Trunk system.

How to use the Smart Trunk

The trunk can be opened with no-

touch activation satisfying all the

conditions below.

• After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked

• Positioned in the detecting area for

more than 3 seconds.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Trunk does not operate

when:

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and is contin-

uously detected.

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and 1.5 m

from the front door handles. (for

vehicles equipped with Welcome

Light)

- A door is not locked or closed.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. Setting

To activate the Smart Trunk, go to

User Settings Mode and select

Smart Trunk on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

SMART TRUNK (FOR SEDAN) (IF EQUIPPED)

OJFH045010

OJF045282L

OJF045283L

■ Type A

■ Type B

284

Features of your vehicle

2. Detect and Alert

If you are positioned in the detecting

area (50 ~100 cm behind the vehi-

cle) carrying a smart key, the hazard

warning lights will blink and chime

will sound for about 3 seconds to

alert you the smart key has been

detected and the trunk will open.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not approach the detecting area if

you do not want the trunk to open. If

you have unintentionally entered the

detecting area and the hazard warn-

ing lights and chime starts to operate,

leave the detecting area with the

smart key. The trunk will stay closed.

3. Automatic opening

The hazard warning lights will blink

and chime will sound 2 times and

then the trunk will slowly open.

OJFH045011

OJFH045012

429

Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart

Trunk function using the smart

key

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3. Trunk open

If you press any button of the smart

key during the Detect and Alert

stage, the Smart Trunk function will

be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to

deactivate the Smart Trunk function

for emergency situations.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If you press the door unlock but-

ton (2), the Smart Trunk function

will be deactivated temporarily.

But, if you do not open any door

for 30 seconds, the smart trunk

function will be activated again.

• If you press the trunk open button

(3) for more than 1 second, the

trunk opens.

• If you press the door lock button

(1) or trunk open button (3) when

the Smart trunk function is not in

the Detect and Alert stage, the

smart trunk function will not be

deactivated.

• In case you have deactivated the

Smart trunk function by pressing

the smart key button and opened a

door, the smart trunk function can

be activated again by closing and

locking all doors.

WARNING

• Make certain that you close

the trunk before driving your

vehicle.

• Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk-

before opening or closing the

trunk.

• Make sure objects in the rear

cargo area do not come out

when opening the trunk on

the slope way. It may cause

serious injury.

• Make sure to deactivate the

Smart trunk function when

washing your vehicle.

Otherwise, the trunk may

open inadvertently.

• The key should be kept out of

reach of children. Children may

inadvertently open the Smart

Trunk whilst playing around

the rear area of the vehicle.

OYDECO2004CN

304

Features of your vehicle

Detecting area

• The Smart Trunk operates with a

welcome alert if the smart key is

detected within 50~100 cm from

the trunk.

• The alert stops at once if the smart

key is positioned outside the

detecting area during the Detect

and Alert stage.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Trunk function will not

work if any of the following

occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can

interfere with normal operation

of the transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobile

two way radio system or a mobile

phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

• The detecting range may decrease

or increase when :

- One side of the tyre is raised to

replace a tyre or to inspect the

vehicle.

- The vehicle is slantingly parked

on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

OJFH045014

431

Features of your vehicle

Non-power tailgate

Opening the tailgate

• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or

unlocked with the smart key or

central door lock/unlock switch.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the

tailgate unlock button on the smart

key is pressed for approximately 1

second.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be

opened by pressing the handle and

pulling it up.

• Once the tailgate is opened and

then closed, the tailgate locks auto-

matically. (All doors must be locked.)

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

TAILGATE (FOR WAGON)

OJFHP047499L

WARNING

The tailgate swings upward.

Make sure no objects or people

are near the rear of the vehicle

when opening the tailgate.

CAUTION

Make certain that you close the

tailgate before driving your

vehicle. Possible damage may

occur to the tailgate lift cylin-

ders and attaching hardware if

the tailgate is not closed prior to

driving.

WARNING - Rear cargo

area

Occupants should never ride in

the rear cargo area where no

restraints are available. To avoid

injury in the event of an acci-

dent or sudden stops, occu-

pants should always be proper-

ly restrained.

WARNING - Exhaust

fumes

If you drive with the tailgate

opened, you will draw dangerous

exhaust fumes into your vehicle

which can cause serious injury

or death to vehicle occupants.

If you must drive with the tail-

gate opened, keep the air vents

and all windows open so that

additional outside air comes

into the vehicle.

324

Features of your vehicle

Closing the tailgate

Lower and push down the tailgate

firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is

securely latched.

Power tailgate (if equipped)

OJFHP047508L

WARNING

Make sure your hands, feet and

other parts of your body are

safely out of the way before

closing the tailgate.

CAUTION

Make sure nothing is near the

tailgate latch and striker whilst

closing the tailgate. It may dam-

age the tailgate's latch.

OJFW046008R

OJFHP047500L

OJFHP047507L

433

Features of your vehicle

(1) Power tailgate open/close button

(2) Power tailgate handle switch

(3) Power tailgate close button

✽✽

NOTICE

If ignition switch is ON position, the

power tailgate can operate when the

automatic shift lever is in P (Park).

✽

NOTICE

Do not put heavy stuffs on the power

tailgate when you operate the power

tailgate. Additional weight on tailgate

could cause damages to the system.

WARNING

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle.

Children or animals might oper-

ate the power tailgate that could

result in injury to themselves or

others, or damage the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure that there are no peo-

ple or objects in the path of the

power tailgate (or smart tail-

gate) prior to use. Serious

injury, damage to the vehicle or

damage to surrounding objects

may result if contact with the

power tailgate (or smart tail-

gate) occurs.

OJFHP047501L

CAUTION

Do not close or open the power

tailgate manually. This may

cause damage to the power tail-

gate. If it is necessary to close

or open the power tailgate man-

ually when the battery is dis-

charged or disconnected, do

not apply excessive force.

344

Features of your vehicle

Opening the tailgate

The power tailgate will open automat-

ically by doing one of the following:

• Press the tailgate unlock button on

the smart key for approximately

one second.

• Press the power tailgate open but-

ton for approximately one second.

• For emergency stop whilst power

tailgate operating, press the power

tailgate open/close button shortly.

• Press the tailgate handle switch

carrying the smart key with you.

OJFW046008L

OJFHP047502L

OJFW046462L

435

Features of your vehicle

Closing the tailgate

• Press the power tailgate close but-

ton for approximately one second

when the tailgate is opened.

The tailgate will close and lock

automatically.

• For emergency stop whilst power

tailgate operating, press the power

tailgate open/close button shortly.

• Press the power tailgate close but-

ton for approximately one second

when the tailgate is opened.

The tailgate will close and lock

automatically.

Power tailgate non-opening

conditions

The power tailgate will not open or

close automatically, when the vehicle

is moving more than 3km/h (2mph).

OJFW046008L

OJFHP047506L

WARNING

The chime will sound continu-

ously if you drive over 3km/h

(2mph) with the tailgate opened.

Stop your vehicle immediately

at a safe place and check if your

tailgate is opened.

CAUTION

Do not operate the power tailgate

more than 5 times continuously.

It may damage the power tailgate

system. If you operate the power

tailgate more than 5 times con-

tinuously, the chime will sound 3

times and the power tailgate will

not operate. At this time, stop

operating the tailgate and leave it

for more than 1 minute.

364

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The power tailgate can be operat-

ed when the engine is not running.

However the power tailgate opera-

tion consumes large amounts of

vehicle electric power. To prevent

the battery from being discharged,

do not operate it excessively e.g.:

more than approximately 10 times

repeatedly.

• To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the power

tailgate in the open position for a

long lime.

• Do not modify or repair any part

of the power tailgate by yourself.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

• When jacking up the vehicle to

change a tyre or repair the vehicle,

do not operate the power tailgate.

This could cause the power tail-

gate to operate improperly.

• In cold and wet climates, the

power tailgate may not work prop-

erly due to freezing conditions.

Automatic reversal

During power opening and closing if

the power tailgate is blocked by an

object or part of the body, the power

tailgate will detect the resistance.

• If the resistance is detected whilst

opening the tailgate, it will stop and

move in the opposite direction.

• If the resistance is detected whilst

closing the tailgate, it will stop and

move in the opposite direction.

However, if the resistance is weak

such as from an object that is thin or

soft, or the tailgate is near the latched

position, the automatic stop and rever-

sal may not detect the resistance.

If the automatic reversal feature oper-

ates continuously more than twice

during opening or closing operation,

the power tailgate may stop at that

position. At this time, close the tailgate

manually and operate the tailgate

automatically again.

OJFW046472L

WARNING

• Never intentionally place any

object or part of your body in

the path of the power tailgate

to make sure the automatic

reversal operates.

• Never operate power tailgate

attached with any heavy

objects (ex. Bicycles). It could

damage the power tailgate.

437

Features of your vehicle

How to reset the power tailgate

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, or if the related fuse

has been replaced or disconnected,

for the power tailgate to operate nor-

mally, reset the power tailgate as fol-

low:

1.Put the shift lever in P (Park).

2. Whilst Pressing the tailgate close

button, press the tailgate handle

switch for more than 3 seconds.

(the chime will sound)

3. Close the tailgate manually.

If the power tailgate does not work

properly after the above procedure,

have the system checked by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the power tailgate does not oper-

ate normally, check again if the gear

position is in right position.

Power tailgate opening height

user setting

The driver may set the height of a

fully opened tailgate by following the

below instruction.

1. Position the tailgate manually to

the height you prefer.

2. Press the tailgate close button for

more than 3 seconds.

3. Close the tailgate manually after

hearing the buzzer sound.

The tailgate will open to the height

the driver has set up.

Smart tailgate (if equipped)

On the vehicle equipped with a smart

key, the tailgate can be opened with

no-touch activation using the Smart

tailgate system.

OJFHP047506L

OJFW046471L

384

Features of your vehicle

How to use the Smart Tailgate

The tailgate can be opened with no-

touch activation satisfying all the

conditions below.

• After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked

• Positioned in the detecting area for

more than 3 seconds.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Tailgate does not oper-

ate when:

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and is contin-

uously detected.

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and 1.5 m

from the front door handles. (for

vehicles equipped with Welcome

Light)

- A door is not locked or closed.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. Setting

To activate the Smart Tailgate, go to

User Settings Mode and select

Smart Tailgate on the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

2. Detect and Alert

If you are positioned in the detecting

area (50 ~100 cm behind the vehi-

cle) carrying a smart key, the hazard

warning lights will blink and chime

will sound for about 3 seconds to

alert you the smart key has been

detected and the tailgate will open.

OJFHP047503L

439

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not approach the detecting area

if you do not want the tailgate to

open. If you have unintentionally

entered the detecting area and the

hazard warning lights and chime

starts to operate, leave the detecting

area with the smart key. The tailgate

will stay closed.

3. Automatic opening

The hazard warning lights will blink

and chime will sound 2 times and

then the tailgate will slowly open.

OJFHP047504L

WARNING

• Make certain that you close

the tailgate before driving

your vehicle.

• Make sure there are no people

or objects around the tailgate

before opening or closing the

tailgate.

• Make sure objects in the rear

cargo area do not come out

when opening the tailgate on

the slope way. It may cause

serious injury.

• Make sure to deactivate the

Smart tailgate function when

washing your vehicle.

Otherwise, the tailgate may

open inadvertently.

• The key should be kept out of

reach of children. Children may

inadvertently open the Smart

Tailgate whilst playing around

the rear area of the vehicle.

404

Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart

Tailgate function using the smart

key

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3. Tailgate open

If you press any button of the smart

key during the Detect and Alert

stage, the Smart Tailgate function

will be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to

deactivate the Smart Tailgate func-

tion for emergency situations.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If you press the door unlock button

(2), the Smart Tailgate function

will be deactivated temporarily.

But, if you do not open any door

for 30 seconds, the Smart Tailgate

function will be activated again.

• If you press the tailgate open but-

ton (3) for more than 1 second, the

tailgate opens.

• If you press the door lock button

(1) or tailgate open button (3)

when the Smart Tailgate function

is not in the Detect and Alert stage,

the Smart Tailgate function will

not be deactivated.

• In case you have deactivated the

Smart Tailgate function by press-

ing the smart key button and

opened a door, the Smart Tailgate

function can be activated again by

closing and locking all doors.

Detecting area

• The Smart Tailgate operates with a

welcome alert if the smart key is

detected within 50~100 cm from

the tailgate.

• The alert stops at once if the smart

key is positioned outside the

detecting area during the Detect

and Alert stage.

OJFW046469L

OUM046433L

■ Smart key

441

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Tailgate function will

not work if any of the following

occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can

interfere with normal operation

of the transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobile

two way radio system or a mobile

phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

• The detecting range may decrease

or increase when :

- One side of the tyre is raised to

replace a tyre or to inspect the

vehicle.

- The vehicle is slantingly parked

on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

Emergency tailgate safety

release

Your vehicle is equipped with the

emergency tailgate safety release

lever located on the bottom of the

tailgate. When someone is inadver-

tently locked in the luggage compart-

ment. The tailgate can be opened by

doing as follows:

1. Remove the cover.

2. Push the release lever to the right.

3. Push up the tailgate.

WARNING

• For emergencies, be fully

aware of the location of the

emergency tailgate safety

release lever in the vehicle

and how to open the tailgate if

you are accidentally locked in

the luggage compartment.

• No one should be allowed to

occupy the luggage compart-

ment of the vehicle at any time.

The luggage compartment is a

very dangerous location in the

event of a crash.

• Use the release lever for

emergencies only. Use with

extreme caution, especially

whilst the vehicle is in motion.

OJFHP047509L

424

Features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s door power window

switch

(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch

(3) Rear door (right) power window

switch

(4) Rear door (left) power window

switch

(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window up/down

(7) Power window lock button

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OJFHP046406R

■■

Front

■■

Rear

443

Features of your vehicle

Power windows

The engine start/stop button must be

in the ON position for power windows

to operate.

Each door has a power window

switch that controls the door's win-

dow. The driver has a power window

lock button which can block the oper-

ation of passenger windows. The

power windows can be operated for

approximately 30 seconds after

engine is turned off. However, if the

front doors are opened, the power

windows cannot be operated even

within the 30 second period.

The driver’s door has a master power

window switch that controls all the

windows in the vehicle.

If the window cannot be close

because it is blocked by objects,

remove the objects and close the

window.

✽✽

NOTICE

Whilst driving with the rear win-

dows down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) in an open (or partially

open position), your vehicle may

demonstrate a wind buffeting or

pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-

mal occurrence and can be reduced

or eliminated by taking the follow-

ing actions. If the noise occurs with

one or both of the rear windows

down, partially lower both front

windows approximately one inch.

If you experience the noise with the

sunroof open, slightly reduce the

size of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing

Auto up/down window

Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the sec-

ond detent position (6) completely

lowers or raises the window even

when the switch is released. To stop

the window at the desired position

whilst the window is in operation, pull

up or press down and release the

switch.

OJF045017R

WARNING

Do not install any accessories

in the area of windows. It may

impact jam protection.

444

Features of your vehicle

If the power window does not operate

normally, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Place the engine start/stop button

to the ON position.

2. Close the window and continue

pulling up the power window

switch for at least 1 second after

the window is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the win-

dow is blocked by an object or part of

the body, the window will detect the

resistance and will stop upward

movement. The window will then

lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)

to allow the object to be cleared.

If the window detects the resistance

whilst the power window switch is

pulled up continuously, the window

will stop upward movement then

lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).

And if the power window switch is

pulled up continuously again within 5

seconds after the window is lowered

by the automatic window reversal

feature, the automatic window rever-

sal will not operate.

✽✽

NOTICE

The automatic reverse feature for the

window is only active when the “auto

up” feature is used by fully pulling

up the switch. The automatic reverse

feature will not operate if the window

is raised using the halfway position

on the power window switch.

OQL046518R

WARNING

Always check for obstructions

before raising any window to

avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

If an object less than 4 mm (0.16

in.) in diameter is caught

between the window glass and

the upper window channel, the

automatic reverse window may

not detect the resistance and will

not stop and reverse direction.

445

Features of your vehicle

Power window lock button

The driver can disable the power

window switches on the rear passen-

gers’ doors by pressing the power

window lock button to the lock posi-

tion (pressed).

When the power window lock button

is pressed :

• The driver’s master control can

operate the front passenger’s power

window but cannot operate the rear

passenger’s power windows.

• The front passenger’s control can

operate the front passenger’s

power window.

• The rear passengers’ control can-

not operate the rear passenger’s

power window.

OJFHP046018R

CAUTION

• To prevent possible damage

to the power window system,

do not open or close two win-

dows or more at the same

time. This will also ensure the

longevity of the fuse.

• Never try to operate the main

switch on the driver's door

and the individual door win-

dow switch in opposite direc-

tions at the same time. If this is

done, the window will stop and

cannot be opened or closed.

WARNING

The automatic reverse feature

doesn't activate whilst resetting

power window system. Make

sure body parts or other objects

are safely out of the way before

closing the windows to avoid

injuries or vehicle damage.

464

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Windows

• NEVER leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised

children, when the engine is

running.

• NEVER leave any child unat-

tended in the vehicle. Even

very young children may inad-

vertently cause the vehicle to

move, entangle themselves in

the windows, or otherwise

injure themselves or others.

• Always double check to make

sure all arms, hands, head

and other obstructions are

safely out of the way before

closing a window.

• Do not allow children play with

the power windows. Keep the

driver’s door power window

lock button in the LOCK posi-

tion (pressed). Serious injury

can result from unintentional

window operation by the child.

• Do not extend heads or any

limbs outside the window

whilst the vehicle is in motion.

447

Features of your vehicle

BONNET

Opening the bonnet

1. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the bonnet. The bonnet should

pop open slightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise

the bonnet slightly, push the sec-

ondary latch (1) left side and lift

the bonnet (2).

3. Raise the bonnet. It will complete-

ly rise by itself after it has been

raised about halfway.

The bonnet warning message will

appear on the LCD display when

bonnet is open.

The warning chime will operate when

the vehicle is being driven at or

above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the bon-

net open.

OJFHP046407L

WARNING

Open the bonnet after turning

off the engine on a flat surface,

shifting the shift lever to the

P(Park) position for automatic

transaxle, and setting the park-

ing brake.

OJF045019R

OJFHP046483N

484

Features of your vehicle

Closing the bonnet

1. Before closing the bonnet, check

the following:

• All filler caps in the engine com-

partment must be correctly

installed.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removed

from the engine compartment.

2. Lower the bonnet until it is about

30 cm above the closed position

and let it drop. Make sure that it

locks into place.

3. Check that the bonnet has

engaged properly. If the bonnet

can be raise slightly, it is not prop-

erly engaged. Open it again and

close it with a little more force.

WARNING

• Always double check to be

sure that the bonnet is firmly

latched before driving away. If

it is not latched, the bonnet

could open whilst the vehicle

is being driven, causing total

loss of visibility, which might

result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with

the bonnet raised. The view

will be blocked and the bon-

net could fall or be damaged.

WARNING

• Before closing the bonnet,

ensure that all obstructions

are removed from the bonnet

opening. Closing the bonnet

with an obstruction present in

the bonnet opening may

result in property damage or

severe personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or

any other combustible materi-

al in the engine compartment.

Doing so may cause a heat-

induced fire.

449

Features of your vehicle

Opening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be opened

from inside the vehicle by pushing

the fuel filler lid button.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the fuel filler lid does not open

because ice has formed around it,

tap lightly or push on the lid to break

the ice and release the lid. Do not pry

on the lid. If necessary, spray around

the lid with an approved de-icer fluid

(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or

move the vehicle to a warm place

and allow the ice to melt.

Wait until the fuel tank is depressur-

ized.The message is displayed when

the fuel filler lid opens after the fuel

tank is depressurized.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It may take up to 20 seconds to

open fuel filler door.

• When the fuel filler door is frozen

and does not open after 20 seconds

at freezing temperature, slightly

tap the fuel filler door and then

attempt to open it.

FUEL FILLER LID

OJFHP046424L

OJFHP046423L

OJF045021R

504

Features of your vehicle

1. Stop the engine.

2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener button.

3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).

4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise (3).

5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid

1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks”. This indicates that

the cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it

lightly and make sure that it is

securely closed.

Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuel

spillage in the event of an accident.

✽✽

NOTICE

Tighten the cap until it clicks once,

otherwise the fuel cap open warning

indicator light will illuminate.

WARNING

• Add fuel into the fuel tank

within 20 minutes after open-

ing the fuel filler lid. After 20

minutes, the fuel tank may

shut off, causing fuel to over-

flow. In this case, re-press the

fuel filler lid opening button.

• Do not leave the fuel filler

door opened for an extended

period of time. It may dis-

charge the battery.

• Close the fuel filler lid after

fueling the vehicle. If you start

the vehicle with the fuel filler

lid opened, the message,

“Check fuel door”, illuminates

on the LCD display.

• Avoid refuelling the vehicle

whilst charging the (high-volt-

age) hybrid battery. It may

cause a fire or an explosion

due to static electricity.

OJF045022L

451

Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler lid release

If the fuel filler lid does not open

using the remote fuel filler lid

release, you can open it manually.

Remove the panel in the cargo area.

Pull the handle out slightly.

In this case, slowly open the fuel tank

cap, because the fuel tank may be

highly pressurized. If fuel leaks out,

or if air hisses out, wait until it disap-

pears, open the fuel tank cap, and

slowly refuel the vehicle. If you quick-

ly pour fuel into the fuel tank, the fuel

may overflow out of the fuel tank.

CAUTION

Do not pull the handle exces-

sively, otherwise the luggage

compartment area trim or

release handle may be damaged.

OJFH045023

WARNING - Refuelling

• If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes or

skin and subject you to the

risk of fire and burns. Always

remove the fuel cap carefully

and slowly. If the cap is vent-

ing fuel or if you hear a hiss-

ing sound, wait until the con-

dition stops before complete-

ly removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off

when refuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

524

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• When using an approved

portable fuel container, be

sure to place the container on

the ground prior to refuelling.

Static electricity discharge

from the container can ignite

fuel vapours causing a fire.

Once refuelling has begun,

contact with the vehicle

should be maintained until the

filling is complete.

Use only approved portable

plastic fuel containers

designed to carry and store

petrol.

• Do not use mobile phones

whilst refuelling. Electric cur-

rent and/or electronic interfer-

ence from mobile phones can

potentially ignite fuel vapours

causing a fire.

(Continued)

• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refu-

elling since you can generate

static electricity by touching,

rubbing or sliding against any

item or fabric (polyester, satin,

nylon, etc.) capable of produc-

ing static electricity. Static

electricity discharge can

ignite fuel vapours resulting

in rapid burning. If you must

re-enter the vehicle, you

should once again eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing a metal part of the vehicle,

away from the fuel filler neck,

nozzle or other petrol source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refuelling

dangers

Automotive fuels are flammable

materials. When refuelling,

please note the following guide-

lines carefully. Failure to follow

these guidelines may result in

severe personal injury, severe

burns or death by fire or explo-

sion.

• Read and follow all warning

posted at the gas station facility.

• Before refuelling note the

location of the Emergency

Petrol Shut-Off, if available, at

the gas station facility.

• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle, you should eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing another metal part of the

vehicle, a safe distance away

from the fuel filler neck, noz-

zle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

453

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION

• Make sure to refuel your vehi-

cle according to the “Fuel

requirements” suggested in

chapter 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, please make sure

that you use parts designed for

replacement in your vehicle.

An incorrect fuel filler cap can

result in a serious malfunction

of the fuel system or emission

control system. For more

detailed information, Kia rec-

ommends to contact an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any

type of fuel spilled on painted

surfaces may damage the paint.

• After refuelling, make sure the

fuel cap is installed securely

to prevent fuel spillage in the

event of an accident.

(Continued)

• When refuelling, always shut

the engine off. Sparks pro-

duced by electrical compo-

nents related to the engine

can ignite fuel vapours caus-

ing a fire. Once refuelling is

complete, check to make sure

the filler cap and filler door

are securely closed, before

starting the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a

lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or

leave a lit cigarette in your

vehicle whilst at a gas station

especially during refuelling.

Automotive fuel is highly

flammable and can, when

ignited, result in fire.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-

elling, leave the vicinity of the

vehicle, and immediately con-

tact the manager of the gas

station and then contact the

local fire department. Follow

any safety instructions they

provide.

544

Features of your vehicle

If your vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, you can slide or tilt your

sunroof with the sunroof control lever

located on the overhead console.

The sunroof can be operated for

approximately 30 seconds when the

engine start/stop button is in the ON

position. However, if the front doors

are opened, the sunroof cannot be

opened even within the 30 seconds

period.

• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof before

operating it.

PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OJF045024

CAUTION - Sunroof

control lever

Do not continue to move the sun-

roof control lever after the sun-

roof is fully opened, closed, or

tilted. Damage to the motor or

system components could occur.

CAUTION

Make sure the sunroof is fully

closed when leaving your vehi-

cle. If the sunroof is opened, rain

or snow may leak through the

sunroof and wet the interior as

well as cause theft.

WARNING - Sunroof break

The sunroof, which is made of

glass, may break if the sufficient

impact is applied. In this case, in

an accident, any improperly-

belted occupant may be tossed

out of the vehicle through the

sunroof, possibly resulting

injury. To minimise all the possi-

ble accident risk, all occupants

must be properly belted and, in

case of a child, be fastened in a

proper child restraint.

WARNING

• In order to prevent accidental

operation of the sunroof,

especially by a child, do not let

a child operate the sunroof.

• Do not sit on the top of the

vehicle. It may cause vehicle

damage.

455

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning

If the driver turns off the engine when

the sunroof is not fully closed, the

warning chime will sound for approx-

imately 7 seconds and a message

will appear on the LCD display.

Close the sunroof securely when

leaving your vehicle.

Sunshade

To open the sunshade

Pull the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the 1st detent position.

OJF045217L

WARNING

• Never adjust the sunroof or

sunshade whilst driving. This

could result in loss of control

and an accident that may

cause death, serious injury, or

property damage.

• If you would like to carry items

on the roof using a cross bar,

do not operate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on the

roof, do not load heavy items

above the sunroof or glass

roof.

• Do not allow children to oper-

ate the sunroof.

CAUTION

Do not extend any luggage out

side the sunroof whilst driving.

OJF045216L

564

Features of your vehicle

To close the sunshade when the

sunroof glass is closed

Push the sunroof control lever forward

or pull it down to the 1st detent position.

To stop the sliding at any point, press

the sunshade control switch momen-

tarily.

✽✽

NOTICE

Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as

material characteristic are normal.

✽

NOTICE

Only the front glass of the panora-

ma sunroof opens and closes.

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

Pull the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the 2nd detent position, the

sunshade and sunroof glass will slide

all the way open. To stop the sunroof

movement at any point, push the sun-

roof control lever momentarily.

OJF045025L

CAUTION

• Do not pull or push the sun-

shade by hand. It could cause

sunshade failure.

• Close the sunroof when driv-

ing through dusty roads. Dust

may cause a malfunction of

the vehicle system.

457

Features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened

Pull the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the 1st or 2nd detent posi-

tion, the sunroof glass will slide all

the way open. To stop the sunroof

movement at any point, push the

sunroof control lever momentarily.

❈ The front part of the sunroof glass

can only be opened and closed.

Tilting the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

Push the sunroof control lever upward,

the sunshade will slide halfway open

then the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened

Push the sunroof control lever

upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

Closing the sunroof

To close the sunroof glass with

the sunshade

Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward or downward to the 2nd detent

position. The sunroof glass and sun-

shade will close automatically.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

To close the sunroof glass only

Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward. The sunroof glass will close

automatically.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

OJF045026L

584

Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body is

detected whilst the sunroof glass or

sunshade is closing automatically, it

will reverse the direction, and then

stop.

The auto reverse function does not

work if a tiny obstacle is between the

sliding glass or sunshade and the

sunroof sash. You should always

check that all passengers and

objects are away from the sunroof

before closing it.

Objects less than 4mm (0.16 inch) in

diameter caught between the sun-

roof glass and the front glass chan-

nel may not be detected by the auto-

matic reverse glass and the glass will

not stop and reverse direction.

OYF049215

WARNING - Sunroof

• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructed

by a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,

arms or body outside the sun-

roof whilst driving.

• Make sure your hands and

head are safely out of the way

before closing a sunroof.

• A panorama sunroof is made

of glass, therefore it may

break in an accident. If you do

not have your seat belt on,

you may stick out of the bro-

ken glass and get injured or

killed. For all passengers

safety, have an appropriate

protection on. (ex. seat belt,

CRS, etc.)

459

Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-

connected or discharged, you must

reset your sunroof system as follows:

1.Start the engine.

2.Close the sunshade and sunroof

completely if opened.

3.Release the sunroof control lever.

4.Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close

(about 10 seconds) until the sun-

shade slightly moves. Then,

release the lever.

5.Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close, until the

sunroof operates as follows again:

Sunshade Open → Glass Slide

Open → Glass Slide Close →

Sunshade Close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof

system has been reset.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor

damage

If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is below

freezing or when the sunroof is

covered with snow or ice, the

glass or the motor could be

damaged.

CAUTION

• Periodically remove any dirt

that may accumulate on the

guide rail.

• If you drive with the sunroof

opened right after a car wash

or rain, water may get inside

the vehicle.

CAUTION

If the sunroof is not reset when

the vehicle battery is discon-

nected or discharged, or related

fuse is blown, the sunroof may

operate improperly.

604

Features of your vehicle

Electronic power steering

Power steering uses the motor to

assist you in steering the vehicle. If

the engine is off or if the power steer-

ing system becomes inoperative, the

vehicle may still be steered, but it will

require increased steering effort.

The motor driven power steering is

controlled by the power steering con-

trol unit which senses the steering

wheel torque and vehicle speed to

command the motor.

The steering effort becomes heavier

as the vehicle’s speed increases and

becomes lighter as the vehicle’s

speed decreases for better control of

the steering wheel.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during normal

vehicle operation, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

• The EPS warning light does not

illuminate.

• The steering effort is high immedi-

ately after turning the engine

start/stop button is in the ON posi-

tion.

This happens as the EPS system

performs the diagnostics. When

the diagnostics is completed, the

steering effort will return to its

normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from

the EPS relay after the engine

start/stop button is in the ON posi-

tion.

• Motor noise may be heard when

the vehicle is at a stop or at a low

driving speed.

• The steering effort can suddenly

increase, if the operation of the

EPS system is stopped to prevent

serious accidents when EPS con-

trol unit detects malfunction of the

EPS system by self-diagnosis.

(Continued)

• The steering effort increases if the

steering wheel is rotated continu-

ously when the vehicle is not in

motion. However, after a few min-

utes, it will return to its normal

conditions.

• If the Electronic Power Steering

System does not operate normally,

the warning light will illuminate

on the instrument cluster. The

steering wheel may become diffi-

cult to control or operate abnor-

mally. In this case, have the system

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, abnor-

mal noise could occur. If tempera-

ture rises, the noise will disappear.

This is a normal condition.

STEERING WHEEL

461

Features of your vehicle

Tilt & telescopic steering

A tilt and telescopic steering wheel

allows you to adjust the steering

wheel before you drive. You can also

raise it to give your legs more room

when you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-

tioned so that it is comfortable for

you to drive, whilst permitting you to

see the instrument panel warning

lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle,

pull down the lock release lever (1),

adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3), then

pull up the lock-release lever (4) to

lock the steering wheel in place. Be

sure to adjust the steering wheel to

the desired position before driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

After adjustment, sometimes the

lock-release lever may not lock the

steering wheel.

It is not a malfunction. This occurs

when two gears engage. In this case,

adjust the steering wheel again and

then lock the steering wheel.

Heated steering wheel

With the engine start/stop button in

the ON position, pressing the heated

steering wheel button warms the

steering wheel. The indicator on the

button will illuminate.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button once again. The

indicator on the button will turn off.

WARNING

• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel whilst driving.

You may lose steering control

and cause severe personal

injury, death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the

steering wheel both up and

down to be certain it is locked

in position.

OJF045028

OJF045029R

624

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The heated steering wheel will turn

off automatically approximately 30

minutes after the heated steering

wheel is turned on.

If you turn off the ignition within 30

minutes after pressing the steering

wheel heater button, from next igni-

tion ON, the heater will be off.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your

steering wheel (see illustration). The

horn will operate only when this area

is pressed. Check the horn regularly

to be sure it operates properly.

CAUTION

Do not install any grip to oper-

ate the steering wheel. This

causes damage to the heated

steering wheel system.

OJF045030

CAUTION

• Do not strike the horn severe-

ly to operate it, or hit it with

your fist. Do not press on the

horn with a sharp-pointed

object.

• When cleaning the steering

wheel, do not use an organic

solvent such as thinner, ben-

zene, alcohole and petrol.

Doing so may damage the

steering wheel.

463

Features of your vehicle

Inside rearview mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror so that the

centre view through the rear window

is seen. Make this adjustment before

you start driving.

Electrochromic mirror (ECM)

The electric rearview mirror automat-

ically controls the glare from the

headlights of the vehicles behind you

in nighttime or low light driving condi-

tions. The sensor mounted in the mir-

ror senses the light level around the

vehicle, and automatically controls

the headlight glare from the vehicles

behind you.

When the engine is running, the glare

is automatically controlled by the sen-

sor mounted in the rearview mirror.

Whenever the shift lever is shifted

into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-

matically go to the brightest setting in

order to improve the drivers view

behind the vehicle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibility

Do not place objects in the rear

seat or cargo area which would

interfere with your vision

through the rear window.

WARNING

Do not adjust the rearview mir-

ror whilst the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol, and an accident which

could cause death, serious

injury or property damage.

WARNING

Do not modify the inside mirror

and don’t install a wide mirror. It

could result in injury, during an

accident or deployment of the

air bag.

CAUTION

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner.

Do not spray glass cleaner

directly on the mirror. It may

cause the liquid cleaner to enter

the mirror housing.

644

Features of your vehicle

To operate the electric rearview mirror:

• The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion whenever the engine start/stop

button in the ON position.

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to

turn the automatic dimming func-

tion off. The mirror indicator light

(2) will turn off.

Press the ON/OFF button (1) to

turn the automatic dimming func-

tion on. The mirror indicator light

(2) will illuminate.

❈(2) : Indicator, (3) : Sensor

Outside rearview mirror

Be sure to adjust the mirror angles

before driving.

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand outside

rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be

adjusted remotely with the remote

switch. The mirror heads can be fold-

ed back to prevent damage during an

automatic car wash or when passing

through a narrow street.

WARNING - Rearview

mirrors

• The outside rearview mirror is

convex. Objects seen in the

mirror are closer than they

appear.

• Use your interior rearview

mirror or direct observation to

determine the actual distance

of following vehicles when

changing lanes.

CAUTION

Do not scrape ice off the mirror

face; this may damage the sur-

face of the glass. If ice should

restrict the movement of the

mirror, do not force the mirror

for adjustment. To remove ice,

use a deicer spray, or a sponge

or soft cloth with warm water.

OJF045227L

465

Features of your vehicle

Remote control

The electric remote control mirror

switch allows you to adjust the posi-

tion of the left and right outside

rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-

tion of either mirror, press the R or L

button (1) to select the right side mir-

ror or the left side mirror, then press a

corresponding point ( ) on the mir-

ror adjustment control to position the

selected mirror up, down, left or right.

After adjustment, press the R or L

button again to prevent the inadver-

tent adjustment.

CAUTION

• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum

adjusting angles, but the

motor continues to operate

whilst the switch is pressed.

Do not press the switch longer

than necessary, the motor

may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the

outside rearview mirror by

hand. Doing so may damage

the parts.

OJFHP046033R

CAUTION

If the mirror is jammed with ice,

do not adjust the mirror by force.

Use an approved spray de-icer

(not radiator antifreeze) to

release the frozen mechanism or

move the vehicle to a warm

place and allow the ice to melt.

WARNING

Do not adjust or fold the outside

rearview mirrors whilst the vehi-

cle is moving.This could result in

loss of control, and an accident

which could cause death, seri-

ous injury or property damage.

664

Features of your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirror

The outside rearview mirror can be

folded or unfolded by pressing the

switch as below.

Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.

Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

Centre (AUTO, 3) :

The mirror will fold or unfold auto-

matically as follows:

• With smart key system

- The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by

the smart key.

- The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by

the button on the outside door

handle.

- The mirror will unfold when you

approach the vehicle (all doors

closed and locked) with a smart

key in possession. (if equipped)

CAUTION

In case it is an electric type out-

side rearview mirror, don’t fold it

by hand. It could cause motor

failure.

CAUTION

The electric type outside

rearview mirror operates even

though the engine Start/Stop

button is in the OFF position.

However, to prevent unneces-

sary battery discharge, do not

adjust the mirrors longer than

necessary whilst the engine is

not running.

OJF045035R

467

Features of your vehicle

Reverse parking aid function

(if equipped)

When you shift the shift lever to the R

(Reverse) position, the outside

rearview mirror(s) will move down-

ward to aid reverse parking.

According to the position of the out-

side rearview mirror switch, the out-

side rearview mirror(s) will operate

as follows:

Left or Right

When the remote control outside

rearview mirror switch is in the left or

right position, both outside rearview

mirrors will move downward.

Neutral

When neither switch is selected, the

outside rearview mirrors will not

move.

The outside rearview mirrors will

automatically revert to their original

positions under the following condi-

tions:

1. Engine start/stop button is turned

to the ACC or OFF position.

2. The shift lever is moved to any

position except R (Reverse).

3. The remote control outside

rearview mirror switch is not

selected.

OJFHP046110R

684

Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Power gauge

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. LCD display (including Trip computer)

6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge

OJFHP047101L/OJFHP047405L

■■

Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may

differ from the illustration.

For more details, refer to the "Gauges"

in this chapter.

■■

Type B

469

Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster

Illumination

The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is changed by

pressing the illumination control but-

ton (“+” or “-”) when the Engine

Start/Stop button is ON, or the tail

lights are turned on.

• If you hold the illumination control

button (“+” or “-”), the brightness

will be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to the

maximum or minimum level, an

alarm will sound.

OJF045131L

WARNING

Never adjust the instrument

cluster whilst driving. This could

result in loss of control and lead

to an accident that may cause

death, serious injury, or property

damage.

OJF045036R

704

Features of your vehicle

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control buttons

on the steering wheel.

[Type A]

(1) : MODE button for changing

modes

(2) / /OK : SELECT scroll switch

for setting the select-

ed item and RESET

scroll switch for reset-

ting items

[Type B]

(1) : MODE button for changing

modes

(2) / /OK : SELECT scroll switch

for setting the

selected item and

RESET scroll switch

for resetting items

(3) : RETURN button for move

the previous mode or item

(if equipped)

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

Gauges

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is calibrated

in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-

meters per hour (km/h).

OJF045037L

OJF045038L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJF045102

OJF045102L

■ Type A (km/h)

■ Type B (MPH, km/h)

471

Features of your vehicle

Power Gauge

The hybrid system gauge indicates

whether the current driving condition

is fuel efficient or not.

• CHARGE : Shows that the energy

made by the vehicle is

being converted to

electrical energy.

(Regenerated energy)

• ECO : Shows that the vehicle is

being driven in an Eco-

friendly manner.

• POWER : Shows that the vehicle is

exceeding the Eco-

friendly range.

✽✽

NOTICE

Accordance to the hybrid system

gauge area the “EV” indicator

comes on or off.

- “EV” indicator ON : Vehicle is

driven by the electric motor.

- “EV” indicator OFF : Vehicle is

driven using the petrol engine.

Hybrid Battery SOC

(State of Charge) Gauge

This gauge indicates the remaining

hybrid battery power. If the SOC is

near the “L (Low) or 0” level, the vehi-

cle automatically operates the

engine to charge the battery.

OJFH045374

OJFH045375

OJFH045375L

■ Type A

■ Type B

724

Features of your vehicle

However, if the Service Indicator

( ) and Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL) ( ) turn on when the

SOC gauge is near the “L (Low) or 0”

level, have the vehicle checked by a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

Never try to start the vehicle if the

fuel tank is empty. In this condition,

the engine cannot charge the high

voltage battery of the hybrid system.

If you try to start the vehicle when

the fuel is empty, the high voltage

battery will become discharged and

be damaged.

Plug-in hybrid mode indicator

• CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode

: The high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is

used to drive the

vehicle.

• CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode

The high-voltage

(hybrid) battery and

petrol engine is

used to drive the

vehicle.

A corresponding message is displayed

to indicate the selected mode.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-

mate amount of fuel remaining in the

fuel tank.

OJF045105

OJF045105L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJFHP046420L

OJFHP046421L

OJFHP046425L/OJFHP046426L/OJFHP046427L

473

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, which

will illuminate when the fuel tank

is nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel

gauge pointer may fluctuate or the

low fuel warning light may come

on earlier than usual due to the

movement of fuel in the tank.

Engine coolant temperature

gauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the

engine is running.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the gauge indicator gets out of

the normal range, toward the “H”

position, it indicates overheating of

the engine. It may damage the engine.

Do not continue driving with the

overheated engine. For further

information, refer to “If the Engine

Overheats” in the chapter 6.

WARNING - Fuel Gauge

Running out of fuel can expose

vehicle occupants to danger.

You must stop and obtain addi-

tional fuel as soon as possible

after the warning light comes

on or when the gauge indicator

comes close to the “0 or E

(Empty)” level.

CAUTION

Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of fuel

could cause the engine to misfire

damaging the catalytic converter.

744

Features of your vehicle

Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-

tance that the vehicle has been driv-

en and should be used to determine

when periodic maintenance should

be performed.

- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo-

meters or miles.

Outside Temperature

This gauge indicates the current out-

side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).

- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C

(-40°F ~ 140°F)

The outside temperature on the dis-

play may not change immediately

like a general thermometer to pre-

vent the driver from being inattentive.

The temperature unit can be

changed by using the “User Settings”

mode of the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

Transaxle Shift Indicator

Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator

(if equipped)

This indicator displays which auto-

matic transaxle shift lever is selected.

•Park :P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

•Drive :D

• Manual Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OJF045135

OJF045138

OJF045133

475

Features of your vehicle

Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator in

Manual Mode (if equipped)

In the Manual Mode, this indicator

informs which gear is desired whilst

driving to save fuel.

• Shifting up :

▲

• Shifting down :

▼

For example

▲

3: Indicates that shifting up to the

3rd gear is desired (currently the

shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st

gear).

▼

4: Indicates that shifting down to

the 4th gear is desired (current-

ly the shift lever is in the 5th or

6th gear).

When the system is not working prop-

erly, the indicator is not displayed.

OJFH045403L

764

Features of your vehicle

LCD Modes

LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.

For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Tu r n B y Tu r n

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

ASCC/LKAS

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC) and Lane

Keeping Assist System(LKAS).

For more details, refer to “Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC)” or “Lane Keeping

Assist System(LKAS)” in chapter 5.

A/V

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

Service

This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and pressure status of each

tyre.

This mode informs of warning messages related to Low tyre pressure or malfunction of

Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) and so on.

When the any door is not closed securely, this symbol illuminated.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.

477

Features of your vehicle

Service Mode

Tyre Pressure (if equipped)

This mode displays the pressure sta-

tus of each tyre.

You can change the tyre pressure

unit in “User settings” mode.

❈ For more details, refer to “User

Settings mode” in this chapter.

Service Interval

Service in

It displays when you need a sched-

uled maintenance service (mileage

or days).

If the remaining mileage or time

reaches 1,500 km (1,500 mi.) or 30

days, “Service in” message is dis-

played for several seconds each time

you set the Engine Start/Stop Button

to the ON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle serv-

iced according to the already inputted

service interval, “Service required”

message is displayed for several sec-

onds each time you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON position.

To reset the service interval to the

mileage and days you inputted before:

- Activate the reset mode by press-

ing the OK button (reset) for more

than 5 second, then press the OK

button (reset) again for more than 1

second (Europe).

- Press the OK button (reset) for more

than 1 second (Except Europe).

OJF045144L

OJF045294L

OJFHP047487L

784

Features of your vehicle

Service in OFF

If the service interval is not set,

“Service in OFF” message is dis-

played on the LCD display.

✽✽

NOTICE

If any of the following conditions

occurs, the mileage and days may be

incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

Master Warning Mode

(if equipped)

• This warning light informs the driv-

er the following situations

- Blind Spot Detection (BSD) mal-

function (if equipped)

- Tyre Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) malfunction (if equipped)

- High Beam Assist (HBA) mal-

function (if equipped)

- Lamp malfunction

- Service reminder and so on.

The Master Warning Light illumi-

nates if one or more of the above

warning situations occur. At this time,

the LCD Modes Icon will change

from ( ) to ( ).

If the warning situation is solved, the

master warning light will be turned off

and the LCD Modes Icon will be

changed back to its previous icon ( ).

OJF045295L

479

User Settings Mode

Description

On this mode, you can change set-

ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

Edit settings after shifting to P

This warning message appears if

you try to adjust the User Settings

whilst driving.

For your safety, change the User

Settings after parking the vehicle,

applying the parking brake and mov-

ing the shift lever to P (Park).

Features of your vehicle

OJF045148L

WARNING

Do not adjust the User Setting

whilst driving. You may lose

your steering control and cause

severe personal injury or acci-

dents.

804

Features of your vehicle

Driving Assist (if equipped)

Items Explanation

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

(if equipped)

If this item is checked, the rear cross traffic alert function will be activated.

For more details, refer to “Blind Spot Detection System” in chapter 5.

Lane Keeping Assist System

(if equipped)

• Lane Departure Warning : To activate the lane departure warning function.

• Standard LKA : To activate the standard LKA mode of LKAS function.

• Active LKA : To activate the active LKA mode of LKAS function

For more details, refer to “LKAS (Lane Keeping Assist System)” in chapter 5.

Smart Cruise Control Response

(if equipped)

Choose the sensitivity of the smart cruise control.

For more details, refer to “Smart Cruise Control System” in chapter 5.

Autonomous Emergency Braking

(if equipped)

To activate or deactivate the AEB system.

For more details, refer to “Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)” in chapter 5.

Forward Collosion Warning

(if equipped)

Choose the sensitivity of the forward collosion warning.

- Late/Normal/Early

For more details, refer to “Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)” in chapter 5.

Speed Limit Information Function

(if equipped)

If this item is checked, the speed limit information function will be activated.

For more details, refer to “Speed Limit Information Function” in chapter 5.

Coasting Guide

(if equipped)

To activate or deactivate the Coasting Guide system and sound.

For more information, refer to “Coasting Guide” in this chapter.

481

Features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Automatic Lock

• Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.

• Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds

15km/h (9.3mph).

• Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is

shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)

position.

Automatic Unlock

• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be cancelled.

• Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop but-

ton is set to the OFF position.

• Driver Door Unlock: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked.

On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is

shifted to the P (Park) position.

Smart Trunk (if equipped)

To activate or deactivate the Smart Trunk system.

For more details, refer to “Smart Trunk” in this chapter.

Power Tailgate

(if equipped)

If this item is checked, the power tailgate function will be activated.

For more details, refer to “Power Tailgate” in this chapter.

Smart Tailgate

(if equipped)

If this item is checked, the smart tailgate function will be activated.

If the power tailgate function is not activated, you cannot activate this function.

For more details, refer to “Smart Tailgate” in this chapter.

Door / Trunk(tailgate)

824

Features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.

• 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.

For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

Head Lamp Delay • If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.

Welcome Light

(If equipped)

• If this item checked, the welcome light function will be activated.

Light

Items Explanation

Park Assist System Vol.

(if equipped)

• Adjust the Park Assist System volume. (Level 1~3)

For more details, refer to “Parking Assist System” in this chapter.

BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

Sound (if equipped)

• If this item checked, the blind spot detection sound will be activated.

For more details, refer to “Blind Spot Detection System” in chapter 5.

Welcome Sound

(if equipped)

• If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.

Sound

483

Features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Service Interval

On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period

(months).

• Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.

• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).

For more details, refer to “Service Mode” in this chapter.

Service interval (if equipped)

Items Explanation

Seat Easy Access

(if equipped)

• Off : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.

• Normal/Enhanced : When you turn off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rear.

6 cm (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.

If you change the Engine Start/Stop Button from OFF position to the AC

function, the driver’s seat will return to the original position.

For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.

Steering Position

(if equipped)

• If this item is checked, the warning function regarding the steering wheel alignment will be acti-

vated.

Wireless charging system

(if equipped)

• If this item checked, the Wireless smart phone charging system will be activated.

Convenience (if equipped)

844

Features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Aux. Battery Saver+

(if equipped)

If this item is checked, the Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be activated. For more details, refer

to "Aux. Battery Saver+" in section "Hybrid System Overview".

Fuel Economy Auto Reset If this item is checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically when refuelling.

Fuel Economy Unit

Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100)

- Speedo meter is km/h type : Km/L or L/100km

- Speedo meter is MPH type : US gallon or UK gallon

Auto rear wiper

(if equipped)

If this item is checked, the rear wiper will be automatically activated when the front wiper is in ON

position and shift lever is in R (Reverse) position.

Temperature Unit Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)

Tyre Pressure Unit

(if equipped)

Choose the tyre pressure unit. (psi, kPa, Bar)

Language

(if equipped)

Choose the language.

Other features

485

Features of your vehicle

Trip modes (Trip computer)

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer (for example

Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the

battery is disconnected.

Trip modes Fuel Economy

Distance to empty

• Total range (a)

Electric distance to empty(b) +

Petrol distance to empty(c)

To change the trip mode, scroll the

MOVE scroll switch ( / ) in the

trip computer mode.

• Tripmeter [A/B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A/B]

• Elapsed Time [A/B]

TRIP A/B

• Distance To Empty

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY

Digital Speedometer

Driving style

Energy flow

OJFHP046431L

OJFHP046431AU

■ Type A

■ Type B

864

Features of your vehicle

• Electric range (b)

The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining high volt-

age battery.

• Petrol range (c)

The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining fuel.

• If the estimated distance is below 1

km (1 mi.), the trip computer will

display “---” as distance to empty.

- Distance range: 1 ~ 9,999 km or 1

~ 9,999 mi.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been

interrupted, the distance to empty

function may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differ

from the actual driving distance as

it is an estimate of the available

driving distance.

• The trip computer may not regis-

ter additional fuel if less than 6

litres (1.6 gallons) of fuel are

added to the vehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance to

empty may vary significantly based

on driving conditions, driving

habits, and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distance

and fuel consumption since the last

average fuel economy reset.

- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9

km/L, L/100Km or MPG (for

Hybrid)/0.0 ~ 99.9, 100 ~999

km/L, L/100Km or MPG (for Plug-

in Hybrid)

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button

(reset) on the steering wheel for

more than 1 second when the aver-

age fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economy

be reset automatically whenever

refuelling, select the “Fuel economy

auto reset” mode in User Setting

menu of the LCD display (Refer to

“LCD Display”).

487

Features of your vehicle

• OFF - You may set to default man-

ually by using the trip switch reset

button.

• When driving - The vehicle will

automatically set to default once 4

hours pass after the Engine

start/stop button is turned to the

OFF position.

• When refuelling - After refuelling

more than 6 litres and driving over

1km/h, the vehicle will reset to

default automatically.

✽✽

NOTICE

The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played, when the vehicle drives

shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles)

or less than 10 seconds after turning

ON the Engine Start/Stop button.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)

• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-

onds when the vehicle speed is

more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).

- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 30

L/100km or 0.0 ~ 50.0 MPG

Trip A/B

Tripmeter (1)

• The tripmeter is the total driving

distance since the last tripmeter

reset.

- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km

or mi.

• To reset the tripmeter, press the

OK button (reset) on the steering

wheel for more than 1 second

when the tripmeter is displayed.

OJF045221L

OJFA045221

■ Type A

■ Type B

884

Features of your vehicle

Average Vehicle Speed (2)

• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-

tance and driving time since the

last average vehicle speed reset.

- Speed range: 0 ~ 260 km/h or

0 ~ 160 MPH

• To reset the average vehicle speed,

press the OK button (reset) on the

steering wheel for more than 1 sec-

ond when the average vehicle

speed is displayed.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The average vehicle speed is not

displayed if the driving distance

has been less than 50 meters (0.03

miles) or the driving time has been

less than 10 seconds since the igni-

tion switch or Engine Start/Stop

button was turned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,

the average vehicle speed keeps

calculating, as long as whilst the

engine is running.

Elapsed Time (3)

• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed time

reset.

- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, press the

OK button (reset) on the steering

wheel for more than 1 second when

the elapsed time is displayed.

✽✽

NOTICE

Even if the vehicle is not in motion,

the elapsed time keeps calculating,

as long as the engine is running.

Digital speedometer

This mode displays the current

speed of the vehicle.

OJFH045222L

489

Features of your vehicle

One time driving information mode

This display shows trip distance (1),

average fuel economy (2) and the

vehicle can be driven with the

remaining fuel (3).

This information is displayed for a

few seconds when you turn off the

engine and then goes off automati-

cally. The information provided is cal-

culated according to each trip.

If the estimated distance is below

1km (1mi.), the distance to empty (3)

will display as “---”.

When low fuel warning light illumi-

nates in the cluster, the refuel mes-

sage will appear.

Hybrid system energy flow

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers

of energy flow in various operating

modes. Eleven Modes show drivers

the current operating condition.

Vehicle Stop

The mode means the vehicle at stop.

(There is no energy flow.)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the

vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the

vehicle. (Engine ➞ Wheel)

OJFH045389L

OJFH045390L

OJFH045391L

OJF045285L

904

Features of your vehicle

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used

to move the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine

charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Battery)

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by

regenerative braking.

(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle

and charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative braking

system charge the hybrid battery

driving deceleration.

(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed by

engine compression.

(Wheel ➞ Engine)

OJFH045393L

OJFH045397L

OJFH045396L

OJFH045395L

OJFH045394LOJFH045392L

491

Features of your vehicle

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The engine charges the hybrid bat-

tery and motor moves the vehicle.

(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine compression can be

used to slow the vehicle. The regen-

erative braking system can be used

to charge the hybrid system.

(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

OJFH045398L

OJFH045399L

OJF045223L

924

Features of your vehicle

LKAS (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

For more information, refer to “Lane

Keeping Assist System (LKAS)” in

chapter 5.

A/V Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

A/V system.

Warning Messages (if equipped)

Shift to P (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates if

you try to turn off the engine without

the shift lever in P (Park) position.

• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop

Button turns to the ACC position (If

you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button once more, it will turn to the

ON position).

Low Key Battery

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the battery of the smart key is

discharged when the Engine

Start/Stop Button changes to the

OFF position.

OJF045142L

OJFHP046433L

493

Features of your vehicle

Press START button whilst turn-

ing wheel (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not

unlock normally when the Engine

Start/Stop Button is pressed.

• It means that you should press the

Engine Start/Stop Button whilst

turning the steering wheel right

and left.

Steering wheel unlocked

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not lock

when the Engine Start/Stop Button

changes to the OFF position.

Check steering wheel lock

system (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not lock

normally when the Engine

Start/Stop Button changes to the

OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the Engine Start/Stop Button

changes to the ACC position twice

by pressing the button repeatedly

without depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depress

the brake pedal to start the engine.

Key not in vehicle

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not in the vehicle

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button.

• It means that you should always

have the smart key with you.

Key not detected

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not detected

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button.

Press start button again

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you can not operate the Engine

Start/Stop Button when there is a

problem with the Engine Start/Stop

Button system.

• It means that you could start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates each time

you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button, have the vehicle inspected

by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

944

Features of your vehicle

Press start button with key

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button whilst the warning message

“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobiliser indica-

tor light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the brake switch fuse is discon-

nected.

• It means that you should replace

the fuse with a new one. If that is

not possible, you can start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in

the ACC position.

Shift to P or N to start engine

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you try to start the engine with

the shift lever not in the P (Park) or

N (Neutral) position.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can start the engine with the

shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.

But, for your safety, we recommend

that you start the engine with the

shift lever in the P (Park) position.

Door, Bonnet, Trunk(tailgate)

Open

• It means that any door, bonnet, or

trunk(tailgate) is open.

OJF045224L

495

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if you turn off the engine when the

sunroof is open.

Icy Road Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driv-

er the road may be icy.

When the following conditions occur,

the warning light (including Outside

Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times

and then illuminates, and also warn-

ing chime sounds once.

- The temperature on the Outside

Temperature Gauge is below

approximately 4°C (40°F).

✽✽

NOTICE

If the icy road warning light appears

whilst driving, you should drive

more attentively and safely refrain-

ing from over-speeding, rapid accel-

eration, sudden braking or sharp

turning, etc.

OJF045216L

OJF045226L

964

Features of your vehicle

Align steering wheel

• This warning message illuminates

if you start the engine when the

steering wheel is turned to more

than 90 degrees to the left or right.

• It means that you should turn the

steering wheel and make the angle

of the steering wheel be less than

30 degrees.

Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

on the service reminder mode if

the washer fluid level in the reser-

voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill the

washer fluid.

Turn on FUSE SWITCH

(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuse switch under the steer-

ing wheel is OFF.

• It means that you should turn the

fuse switch on.

❈ For more details, refer to “Fuses”

in chapter 7.

Check headlights (if equipped)

This warning message illuminates if

there is a malfunction (burned-out

bulb or circuit malfunction) with the

head lights (high and low beam). In

this case, have the vehicle inspected

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When replacing the bulb, use the

same wattage bulb.

For more information, refer to

“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.

• If the different wattage bulb is

equipped with the vehicle, this

warning message is not displayed.

Check high beam assist system

(if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if the high beam assist system has

a malfunction.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Low Fuel

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuel tank is nearly empty.

- When the low fuel level warning

light is illuminates.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

497

Features of your vehicle

Device in wireless charger

(if equipped)

If a smart phone is still left on the

wireless charging pad unattended,

even when the Engine start/stop but-

ton is turned to the ACC or OFF posi-

tion. And the instrument panel's one

time driving information mode has

finished, a warning message will lit

up on the instrument panel.

❈ For more details, refer to “Smart

Phone Wireless Charger” in this

chapter.

Check Active Air Flap System

This warning message illuminates in

the following situations:

- There is a malfunction with the

actuator flap

- There is a malfunction with the

actuator air flap controller

- The air flap does not open

When all of the above conditions are

fixed, the warning will disappear.

Check Hybrid system

This warning message illuminates

when there is a problem with the

hybrid control system.

Refrain from driving when the warn-

ing message is displayed.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Check Hybrid system. Turn off

engine.

This warning message illuminates

when there is a problem with the

hybrid system. The " " indicator

will blink and a warning chime will

sound until the problem is solved.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Check Hybrid system. Do not

start engine.

This warning message illuminates

when the hybrid battery power

(SOC) level is low. A warning chime

will sound until the problem is solved.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Stop vehicle and check power

supply

This warning message illuminates

when a failure occurs in the power

supply system.

In this case, park the vehicle in a

safe location and have the vehicle

towed to a nearest professional

workshop and inspected. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

984

Features of your vehicle

Stop vehicle to charge battery

This warning message illuminates

when the hybrid battery power

(SOC) level is low.

In this case, park the vehicle in a

safe location and wait until the hybrid

battery is charged.

Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery

damage

This warning message illuminates

when the fuel tank is nearly empty.

You should refill the fuel tank to pre-

vent hybrid battery damage.

Refill inverter coolant

This warning message illuminates

when the inverter coolant is nearly

empty.

You should refill the inverter coolant.

Check brakes

This warning message illuminates

when the brake performance is low

or the regenerative brake does not

work properly due to a failure in the

brake system.

In this case, it may take longer for the

brake pedal to operate and the brak-

ing distance may become longer.

Stop vehicle and check brakes

This warning message is displayed

when a failure occurs in the brake

system.

In this case, park the vehicle in a

safe location and have the vehicle

towed to a nearest professional

workshop and inspected. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

499

Features of your vehicle

Coasting guide (if equipped)

A chime will sound and the coasting

guide indicator will blink four times to

inform the driver when to take the foot

off from the accelerator by anticipating

a decelerating event* based on the

analysis of driving routes and road

conditions of the navigation. It encour-

ages the driver to remove foot from the

pedal and allow coasting down the

road with EV motor only. This helps

prevent unnecessary fuel consump-

tion and increases fuel efficiency.

❈ Example of a deceleration event is

going down an extended hill, slow-

ing down approaching a toll booth,

and approaching reduced speed

zones.

• User settings

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

and put the shift lever in P(Park). In

the User Settings Mode, select

Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and

then On to turn on the system.

Cancel the selection of coasting

guide to turn off the system. For the

explanation of the system, press and

hold the [OK] button.

• Operation conditions

To activate the system, take the fol-

lowing procedures. Enter your desti-

nation information on the navigation

and select the driving route. Select

the ECO mode in the Integrated

Driving Control System. Then, satisfy

the following.

- The driving speed should be

between 60 km/h(37 mph) and 160

km/h(99 mph).

❈ The operating speed may vary

due to difference between instru-

ment cluster and navigation effect-

ed by tyre inflation level.

Unplug vehicle to start

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when you

start the engine without unplugging

the charging cable. Unplug the

charging cable, and then start the

vehicle.

Remaining charge time

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed to notify

the remaining time to fully charge the

battery.

Shift to P to charge

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when the

charging connector is plugged with

the shift lever in R (Reverse), N

(Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift

lever to P (Park) and re-start the

charging process.

1004

Features of your vehicle

EV/HEV modes (Plug-in hybrid)

A corresponding message is dis-

played when a mode is selected by

pressing the HEV button.

Low battery. Maintaining Hybrid

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

unable to convert to EV mode even

when pressing the HEV button dur-

ing HEV mode driving due to insuffi-

cient high-voltage(hybrid) battery

level.

Low battery temp. Maintaining

current (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

unable to convert to EV mode even

when pressing the HEV button dur-

ing HEV mode driving due to low bat-

tery temperature.

Charger Error! (Plug-in hybrid)

This messages is displayed when

the charging failed by external charg-

er error.

The purpose of this message is to let

you know the error has occurred in

charger itself not in vehicle.

Low/High System Temp.

Maintaining Hybrid

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

unable to convert to EV mode even

when pressing the HEV button dur-

ing HEV mode driving due to

low/high system temperature.

Switching to Hybrid mode to

allow heating (Plug-in hybrid)

• When the coolant temperature is

lower than -14°C (57°F), and you

turn the climate control On for

heating, the above message will be

displayed in the cluster. Then, the

vehicle will automatically switch to

HEV mode.

• When the coolant temperature is

higher than -14°C (57°F), or you

turn the climate control Off, the

vehicle will automatically return to

EV mode.

4101

Features of your vehicle

Wait until fuel door opens

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when you

attempt to open the fuel filler lid with

the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until

the fuel tank is depressurized.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It may take up to 20 seconds to

open fuel filler lid.

• When the fuel filler lid is frozen

and does not open after 20 seconds

at freezing temperature, slightly

tap the fuel filler lid and then

attempt to open it.

Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid is opened.

Also means “Ready to refuel”.

Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid is open or an abnormal-

ity has occurred.

Refuel after stopping

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid open button is pressed

when a vehicle equipped with a plug-

in hybrid seal-type fuel tank is in

motion (vehicle speed is greater than

0 km/h(mi/h)).

Open fuel door after disconnect-

ing charging cable

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when you

press fuel filler lid open button whilst

charging.

This message explains that refuelling

is allowed to finish charging.

Fuel lid is not opened when charging

cable is connected to vehicle.

Charging Door Open

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message indicates that the

charging door is open whilst in driv-

ing-ready state to encourage you to

inspect and close the door.

(Driving with the charging door open

may result in moisture inflow or dam-

age. This message is used to prevent

such occurrences.)

1024

Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning lights

✽✽

NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights

are OFF after starting the engine. If

any light is still ON, this indicates a

situation that needs attention.

Hybrid system warning

light

This warning light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction with the

hybrid system.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver

that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to the “Seat

Belts” in chapter 3.

4103

Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds

- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level in

reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoir

is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check

the brake fluid level immediately

and add fluid as required (For

more details, refer to “Brake Fluid”

in chapter 7). Then check all brake

components for fluid leaks. If any

leak on the brake system is still

found, the warning light remains

on, or the brakes do not operate

properly, do not drive the vehicle.

In this case, have the vehicle

towed to a professional workshop

and inspected. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-

ice partner.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys-

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure are

required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail whilst you are driv-

ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-

al engine braking and stop the vehi-

cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1044

Features of your vehicle

Regenerative Brake

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

When the regenerative brake does

not operate and the brake does not

perform well. This causes the Brake

Warning light (red) and Regenerative

Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illu-

minate simultaneously.

In this case, drive safely and have the

vehicle inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

The operation of the brake pedal may

be more difficult than normal and the

braking distance can increase.

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ABS (The normal braking sys-

tem will still be operational without

the assistance of the anti-lock

brake system).

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

WARNING - Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-

ing light ON is dangerous. If the

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light illuminates with

the parking brake released, it

indicates that the brake fluid

level is low.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

(yellow colour)

(red colour)

4105

Features of your vehicle

Electronic Brake force

Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate at

the same time whilst driving:

• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

✽✽

NOTICE

- Electronic Brake

force Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on

or both ABS and Parking Brake &

Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,

the speedometer, odometer, or trip-

meter may not work. Also, the EPS

Warning Light may illuminate and

the steering effort may increase or

decrease.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop as

soon as possible.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

WARNING - Electronic

Brake force Distribution

(EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake system

will not work normally and you

may experience an unexpected

and dangerous situation during

sudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speed

driving and abrupt braking.

Have the vehicle inspected by a

professional workshop as soon

as possible. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

1064

Features of your vehicle

Electronic Power

Steering (EPS) Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the emission control system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

CAUTION - Petrol Engine

If the Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-

tial catalytic converter damage

is possible which could result in

loss of engine power.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional

workshop as soon as possible.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

CAUTION - Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Driving with the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may

cause damage to the emission

control systems which could

effect drivability and/or fuel

economy.

4107

Features of your vehicle

Charging System

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

either the alternator or electrical

charging system.

If there is a malfunction with either the

alternator or electrical charging system:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for looseness

or breakage.

If the belt is adjusted properly,

there may be a problem in the elec-

trical charging system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop as soon as possible.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When the engine oil pressure is

low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,

refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). If

the level is low, add oil as required.

If the warning light remains on after

adding oil or if oil is not available,

have the vehicle inspected by a

professional workshop as soon as

possible. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

CAUTION - Engine Oil

Pressure Warning Light

•

If the engine does not stop

immediately after the Engine

Oil Pressure Warning Light is

illuminated, severe damage

could result.

•

If the warning light stays on

whilst the engine is running, it

indicates that there may be

serious engine damage or

malfunction. In this case,

1. Stop the vehicle as soon as

it is safe to do so.

2.Turn off the engine and

check the oil level. If the oil

level is low, fill the engine

oil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If the

warning light stays on after

the engine is started, turn

the engine off immediately.

In this case, have the vehi-

cle inspected by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service

partner.

1084

Features of your vehicle

Low Fuel Level Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Low Tyre Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When one or more of your tyres

are significantly underinflated (The

location of the underinflated tyres

are displayed on the LCD display).

❈For more details, refer to “Tyre

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on after

blinking for approximately 60 seconds

or repeats blinking and off at the

intervals of approximately 3 seconds:

• When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop as soon as possible.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

❈For more details, refer to “Tyre

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

CAUTION - Low Fuel

Level

Driving with the Low Fuel Level

warning light on or with the fuel

level below “0 or E” can cause

the engine to misfire and dam-

age the catalytic converter (if

equipped).

WARNING - Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tyre dam-

age caused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-

bility, immediately take your

foot off the accelerator pedal,

apply the brakes gradually with

light force, and slowly move to

a safe position off the road.

4109

Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant

Temperature Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 120°C (248°F). This

means that the engine is overheat-

ed and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer

to “Overheating” in chapter 6.

Overspeed Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light blinks:

• When you drive the vehicle more

than 120 km/h.

- This is to prevent you from driving

your vehicle with overspeed.

- The overspeed warning chime

also sound for approximately 5

seconds.

Autonomous Emergency

Braking (AEB) Warning

light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction with

the AEB.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION - Engine

Overheating

Do not continue driving with the

engine overheated. Otherwise

engine may be damaged.

120

km/h

1104

Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction on the

pre-safe seat belt, electronic con-

trol suspension, or advanced smart

cruise control or other systems etc.

To identify the details of the warn-

ing, look at the LCD display.

Electronic Parking Brake

(EPB) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPB.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

✽✽

NOTICE - Electronic Parking

Brake (EPB) Warning Light

The Electronic Parking Brake

(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-

nates when the Electronic Stability

control (ESC) Indicator Light comes

on to indicates that the ESC is not

working properly (This does not

indicate malfunction of the EPB).

Adaptive Front Lighting

System (AFLS) Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with

the AFLS.

If there is a malfunction with the

AFLS:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and restart the

engine. If the warning light

remains on, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

EPB

AFLS

4111

Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights

Charging Cable

Connection Indicator

(Plug-in hybrid)

This indicator illuminates in red when

the charging cable is connected.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

This indicator light blinks:

Whilst the ESC is operating.

❈For more details, refer to

“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”

in chapter 5.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) OFF

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

ton.

❈For more details, refer to

“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”

in chapter 5.

1124

Features of your vehicle

Immobiliser Indicator

Light (Without Smart

Key)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the vehicle detects the immo-

biliser in your key properly whilst the

Engine start/stop button is turned to

the ACC or ON position.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobiliser system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

Immobiliser Indicator

Light (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for up

to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properly

whilst the Engine Start/Stop Button

is ACC or ON.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2

seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle can not detect

the smart key which is in the vehi-

cle whilst the Engine Start/Stop

Button is ON.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can start the

engine if you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button with the smart

key. (For more details, refer to

“Starting the Engine” in chapter 5).

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobiliser system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

4113

Features of your vehicle

Turn Signal Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light blinks:

• When you switch on the turn signal

light on.

If any of the following occurs, there

may a malfunction with the turn signal

system. In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

- The indicator light does not blink

but illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks more

rapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-

nate at all.

Low Beam Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on.

High Beam Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position

• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Rear Fog Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the rear fog lights are on.

1144

Features of your vehicle

High beam assist

indicator (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates :

• When the high-Beam is on with the

light switch in the AUTO light posi-

tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming or

preceding vehicles, the high beam

assist system will switch the high

beam to low beam automatically.

❈For more details, refer to “High

beam assist” in chapter 4.

EV Mode Indicator

This indicator illuminates when the

vehicle is driven by the electric

motor.

Ready Indicator

This indicator illuminates :

When the vehicle is ready to be driv-

en.

- ON : Normal driving is possible.

- OFF : Normal driving is not possi-

ble, or a problem has occurred.

- Blinking : Emergency driving.

When the ready indicator goes OFF

or blinks, there is a problem with the

system. In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

4115

Features of your vehicle

Cruise

Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

❈For more details, refer to “Cruise

Control System” in chapter 5.

Cruise SET Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control speed is

set.

❈For more details, refer to “Cruise

Control System” in chapter 5.

AUTO HOLD Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• [White] When you activate the auto

hold system by pressing the AUTO

HOLD button.

• [Green] When you stop the vehicle

completely by depressing the

brake pedal with the auto hold sys-

tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the auto hold system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

❈For more details, refer to “Auto

Hold” in chapter 5.

LKAS (Lane Keeping

Assistant System)

Indicator (if equipped)

The LKAS indicator will illuminate

when you turn the lane keeping

assistant system on by pressing the

LKAS button.

If there is a problem with the system,

the yellow LKAS indicator will illumi-

nate.

❈For more details, refer to “LKAS” in

chapter 5.

AUTO

HOLD

CRUISE

SET

1164

Features of your vehicle

ECO Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the Active ECO system is

activated by pressing the DRIVE

mode button.

• The ECO indicator (green) will illu-

minate to show that the Active

ECO is operating.

❈For more details, refer to “Drive

Mode Integrated Control System”

in chapter 5.

4117

Features of your vehicle

The parking assist system assists

the driver during movement of the

vehicle by chiming if any object is

sensed within the distance of 100 cm

(39 in.) in front and 120 cm (47 in.)

behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem and it is not intended to nor does

it replace the need for extreme care

and attention of the driver.

The sensing range and objects

detectable by the sensors (➀) are

limited. Whenever moving pay as

much attention to what is in front and

behind of you as you would in a vehi-

cle without a parking assist system.

Operation of the parking

assist system

Operating condition

• This system activates when the

parking assist system button is

pressed with the ignition switch ON.

• The indicator of the parking assist

system button turns on automatical-

ly and activates the parking assist

system when you shift the gear to

the R (Reverse) position. It will turn

off automatically when you drive

above 30km/h(18.6 mph) (If SPAS

equipped)

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

The parking assist system

should only be considered as a

supplementary function. The

driver must check the front and

rear view. The operational func-

tion of the parking assist system

can be affected by many factors

and conditions of the surround-

ings, so the responsibility rests

always with the driver.

OJFH045039L

OJFH045040L

■ Rear

■ Front

OJF045041R

1184

Features of your vehicle

• The sensing distance whilst back-

ing up is approximately 120 cm (47

in.) when you are driving less than

10 km/h (6.2 mph).

• The sensing distance whilst mov-

ing forward is approximately 100

cm (39 in.) when you are driving

less than 10 km/h (6.2 mph).

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

• The side sensors are activated

when you shift the gear to the R

(Reverse) position.

• If the vehicle speed is above

20km/h, the system automatically

turns off. To activate again, push

the button.

✽✽

NOTICE

It may not operate if it’s distance

from the object is already less than

approximately 25 cm when the sys-

tem is ON.

Distance

from object

Warning indicator

Warning sound

When driving

forward

When driving

rearward

100cm~61cm Front -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

120cm~61cm Rear -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

60cm~31cm

Front

Buzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -

Buzzer beeps

frequently

30cm

Front

Buzzer sounds

continuously

Rear -

Buzzer sounds

continuously

Type of warning indicator and sound

: with Warning sound

✽✽

NOTICE

• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration

according to objects or sensor status.

• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

4119

Features of your vehicle

Non-operational conditions of

parking assist system

Parking assist system may not

operate normally when:

1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when mois-

ture melts.)

2. Sensor is covered with foreign

matter, such as snow or water, or

the sensor cover is blocked. (It will

operate normally when the materi-

al is removed or the sensor is no

longer blocked.)

3.The parking assist button is off.

There is a possibility of parking

assist system malfunction when:

1. Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,

bumps, or gradient.

2. Objects generating excessive

noise such as vehicle horns, loud

motorcycle engines, or truck air

brakes can interfere with the sen-

sor.

3. Heavy rain or water spray.

4. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sensor.

5. Sensor is covered with snow.

CAUTION

• This system can only sense

objects within the range and

location of the sensors;

It can not detect objects in

other areas where sensors are

not installed. Also, small or

slim objects, such as poles or

objects located between sen-

sors may not be detected by

the sensors.

Always visually check behind

the vehicle when backing up.

• Be sure to inform any drivers

of the vehicle that may be

unfamiliar with the system

regarding the systems capa-

bilities and limitations.

1204

Features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease

when:

1. Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.

2. Undetectable objects smaller than

1 m and narrower than 14 cm in

diameter.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,

spongy material or snow.

✽✽

NOTICE

1. The warning may not sound

sequentially depending on the speed

and shapes of the objects detected.

2. The parking assist system may

malfunction if the vehicle bumper

height or sensor installation has

been modified. Any non-factory

installed equipment or accessories

may also interfere with the sensor

performance.

3. Sensor may not recognize objects

less than 30 cm from the sensor,

or it may sense an incorrect dis-

tance. Use with caution.

4. When the sensor is frozen or stained

with snow or water, the sensor may

be inoperative until the stains are

removed using a soft cloth.

5. Do not push, scratch or strike the

sensor with any hard objects that

could damage the surface of the

sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽

NOTICE

This system can only sense objects

within the range and location of the

sensors, it can not detect objects in

other areas where sensors are not

installed. Also, small or slim objects,

or objects located between sensors

may not be detected.

Always visually check in front and

behind the vehicle when driving.

Be sure to inform any drivers in the

vehicle that may be unfamiliar with

the system regarding the systems

capabilities and limitations.

4121

Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis

When you shift the gear to the R

(Reverse) position and if one or more

of the below occurs you may have a

malfunction in the rear parking assist

system.

• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-

mittently.

If this occurs, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

WARNING

Pay close attention when the

vehicle is driven close to

objects on the road, particularly

pedestrians, and especially

children. Be aware that some

objects may not be detected by

the sensors, due to the objects

distance, size or material, all of

which can limit the effective-

ness of the sensor. Always per-

form a visual inspection to

make sure the vehicle is clear of

all obstructions before moving

the vehicle in any direction.

WARNING

Your new vehicle warranty does

not cover any accidents or dam-

age to the vehicle or injuries to

its occupants related to a park-

ing assist system. Always drive

safely and cautiously.

• is displayed. (if equipped)

(blinks)

1224

Features of your vehicle

The Smart Parking Assist System

helps drivers park their vehicle by

using sensors to measure parking

spaces, control the steering wheel to

semi-automatically park the vehicle

and provide instruction on the LCD

display to help through parking.

Additionally, the system provides

assistance when leaving (parallel

exit) a parking space.

❈ The volume for the Smart Parking

Assist System can be adjusted.

Refer to “User setting” in this

chapter.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The vehicle will not stop for pedes-

trians or objects that may be in its

path, so the driver must monitor

the manoeuvre.

• Use the system only in parking lots

and places used for parking.

• The system does not work if there is

no car parked in front of the park-

ing space you are planning to park

or if it is a diagonal parking space.

• After parking your vehicle using the

system, the vehicle may not be

parked at the exact spot you have

wished. For example, the space

between your vehicle and wall may

not be the distance you have desired.

• Deactivate the system and park

your vehicle manually, when the sit-

uation requires parking manually.

• The Parking Assist System's front

and rear warning sound activates

when the Smart Parking Assist

System is activated.

• After searching for a parking

space is completed, the Smart

Parking Assist System will be can-

celled if the Parking Assist System

is cancelled by pressing the button

to the OFF position.

SMART PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (SPAS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OJF045236R

OJF045237R

OJF045238R

■ Parallel parking

■ Reverse parking

■ Parallel exit

4123

Features of your vehicle

Operating condition

WARNING

• The Smart Parking Assist

System should only be consid-

ered as a supplementary func-

tion. The driver must check the

front and rear view for objects.

The operational function of the

Smart Parking Assist System

can be affected by many fac-

tors and conditions of the sur-

roundings, so the responsibili-

ty rests always with the driver.

• The system may not operate

normally if the vehicle needs

wheel alignment adjustment.

In this case, have the vehicle

checked by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends

to visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

(Continued)

• Kia recommends to always

use the same size tyre and

wheel recommended by an

authorised Kia dealer/ service

partner. If you use a different

tyre or wheel size the system

may not work properly.

If you use a different tyre or

wheel size rather than the size

recommended by an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service part-

ner, the system may not work

properly. Always use the same

size tyre and wheel.

OJF045241R

OJF045239R

OJF045240R

■ Right side

- Parallel parking

■ Left side

- Parallel parking

■ Right side

- Reverse parking

■ Left side

- Reverse parking

■ Left side

- Parallel exit

■ Right side

- Parallel exit

1244

Features of your vehicle

The system will help park the vehicle

in the middle or back of a parked

vehicle. Use the system when all the

below conditions are met.

• When the parking space is a

straight line

• When parallel parking or reverse

(perpendicular) parking is required

• When there is a parked vehicle

• When there is enough space to

move the vehicle

Non-operating condition

Never use the Smart Parking Assist

System:

• At a curved parking space.

• At a diagonal parking space.

• On inclined roads.

• On bumpy roads.

• On slippery or uneven roads.

• When there is a vehicle loaded

with longer or wider cargo com-

pared to the vehicle.

• When big vehicles such as buses

or trucks are parked.

• When a motorcycle or bicycle is

parked.

• When there is heavy snow or rain

• When there is heavy wind.

• When there is a circular pillar or

narrow pillar, or a pillar surrounded

by objects such as a fire extin-

guisher, etc.

• When there is an obstacle such as

a trash can, bicycle, shopping cart,

etc.

• When a vehicle is equipped with a

snow chain or spare tyre.

• When the tyre pressure is lower or

higher than the standard tyre pres-

sure.

• When a trailer connected to the

vehicle.

• When the sensor is positioned

incorrectly by an impact to the

bumper.

• When the vehicle is equipped with

an unauthorised sized wheel.

• When there is a problem with the

wheel alignment.

• When the vehicle is leaned severe-

ly to one side.

4125

Features of your vehicle

WARNING

Do not use the Smart Parking

Assist System in the following

conditions for unexpected

results may occur and cause a

serious accident.

1. Parking on inclines

The driver must apply the accel-

erator and brake pedal when

parking on inclines. If the driver

is unfamiliar with applying the

accelerator and brake pedal, a

vehicle accident may occur.

(Continued)

OJF045244L

(Continued)

2. Parking in snow

Snow may interfere with sensor

operation or the system may be

cancelled if the road is slippery

whilst parking. Also, if the driv-

er is unfamiliar with applying

the accelerator and brake pedal,

a car accident may occur.

(Continued)

3. Parking in narrow space

The system may not search for

parking spaces if the space is

too narrow. Even if the system

is operating, always be careful.

(Continued)

OJF045245L

OJF045246L

1264

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)

4. Parking diagonal

The system is a supplemental for

parallel parking or perpendicular

parking. Diagonal line parking is

not available. Even if the vehicle

is able to enter the space, do not

operate the Smart Parking Assist

System. The system will attempt

parallel parking or reverse (per-

pendicular) parking.

(Continued)

OJF045243L

(Continued)

6. Parking behind a truck

An accident may occur when

parking behind a vehicle higher

than yours. For example, bus,

truck, etc.

Do not solely rely on the Smart

Parking Assist System.

(Continued)

OJF045248L

(Continued)

5. Parking in uneven road

Parking in uneven roads, the

driver needs to properly apply

the pedal (clutch, accelerator or

brake). If not, the system may

be cancelled when the vehicle

slips or an accident may occur.

(Continued)

OJF045247L

4127

Features of your vehicle

How the system works

(Parking Mode)

1.Activate the Smart Parking Assist

System

The shift lever should be placed in

D (Drive).

2.Select parking mode

3.(Optional) Search for parking

space (slowly move forward.)

4.(Optional) Search complete (auto-

matic search by sensor.)

5.(Steering wheel control

(1) Shift according to the instruc-

tion on the LCD display.

(2) Drive slowly with the brake

pedal applied.

6.Parking complete

7.If necessary, manually adjust posi-

tion of vehicle.

If the system already recognized

parking space before activating the

Smart Parking Assist System, you

can proceed from 4stage (Search

complete)

(Continued)

7. Obstacle in parking space

Obstacle such as a pillar may

interfere with the system when

looking for a parking space.

Even though, a parking space is

available the system may not

detect a parking space.

(Continued)

OJF045249L

(Continued)

8. Leaving a parking space near

a wall

When leaving a parking space

that is narrow and near a wall,

the system may not work prop-

erly. When leaving a parking

space similar to the above pic-

ture, the driver must watch out

for obstacles whilst leaving.

OJF045246L

1284

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Before activating the system check

if the conditions are possible to use

the system.

• For your safety, always apply the

brake pedal except for when driving.

1. Activate Smart Parking Assist

System

• Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button (the button indicator

will illuminate).

• The Parking Assist System will be

activated.

A warning sound will be heard if an

obstacle is detected.

• Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button again for more

than 2 seconds to turn off the system.

• The Smart Parking Assist System

defaults to the OFF position when-

ever the ignition switch is turned on.

2. Select Parking Mode

• Select parallel mode or reverse

mode by pressing the Smart

Parking Assist System button with

the shift lever in D (Drive).

• If the system already recognized

parking space before activating the

Smart Parking Assist System, you

can see “Parking search” or “Space

found”.

• The right side parallel mode is

selected automatically when the

Smart Parking Assist System is

activated.

• The mode changes from parallel

mode (right → left) to reverse mode

(right → left) whenever the Smart

Parking Assist System button is

pressed. (for LHD)

• The mode changes from parallel

mode (left → right) to reverse mode

(left → right) whenever the Smart

Parking Assist System button is

pressed. (for RHD)

• If the button is pressed again, the

system will turn off.

OJF045266R

4129

Features of your vehicle

3. Search for parking space

(optional)

• Slowly drive forward maintaining

the distance of approximately 50cm

~ 150cm (19.6in. ~ 59.0in.) with the

parked vehicles. The side sensors

will search for a parking space.

• If the vehicle speed is over 20km/h

(12.4 mph), a message will appear

to notify you to reduce speed.

• If vehicle speed is over 30km/h

(18.6 mph), the system will be can-

celled.

• Turn on the hazard warning flasher

if it is crowded with other vehicles.

• If the parking lot is small, slowly

drive more nearer to the parking

space.

• The search for a parking space will

be completed only when there is

enough space for the vehicle to

move to park.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When searching for a parking

space, the system may not be able

to find a parking space if there is

no vehicle parked, a parking space

is available after driving by or a

parking space is available before

driving by.

• In the following conditions, the

system may not be able to find a

parking space even though a park-

ing space is available, or it may

identify parking spaces that are

not suitable for parking:

(1) When the sensors are frozen or

dirty.

(2) When there is a low or high

object.

(3) When a pillar is near.

(4) Depending on the shapes of the

parked vehicles.

OJF045251LOJF045250L

OJF045253LOJF045252L

■ Right side

- Parallel parking

■ Left side

- Parallel parking

■ Right side

- Reverse parking

■ Left side

- Reverse parking

1304

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Slowly drive forward maintaining

the distance (1) of approximately

100 cm (39.3 in.) with the parked

vehicles. The system may not be able

to find a parking space when driving

too close (within 50cm) to or too far

away (more than 150 cm) from the

parked vehicles.

4. Recognizing parking space

(optional)

When a parking space is found, a

blank box will appear like the above

picture. Drive forward slowly, then the

“Shift to R” message will appear.

CAUTION

After searching for a parking

space is completed, continue

using the system after checking

the surrounding area.

Especially, check the distance of

the outside rearview mirror and

objects whilst using the system

to prevent careless accidents.

OJFHP047476

OJF045255LOJF045254L

OJF045257LOJF045256L

■ Right side

- Parallel parking

■ Left side

- Parallel parking

■ Right side

- Reverse parking

■ Left side

- Reverse parking

4131

Features of your vehicle

5. Search complete

Whilst driving forward to search for a

parking space, the above message

will appear with a beep sound if the

search is complete. Stop the vehicle

and shift to the R (Reverse) position.

6. Steering wheel control

• The above message will appear if

the shift lever is in R (Reverse).

The steering wheel will be con-

trolled automatically.

• The system will be cancelled if you

firmly hold the steering wheel

whilst it is controlled automatically.

• The system will be cancelled if vehi-

cle speed is over 7km/h(4.3mph).

OJF045259LOJF045258L

OJF045261LOJF045260L

■ Right side

- Parallel parking

■ Left side

- Parallel parking

■ Right side

- Reverse parking

■ Left side

- Reverse parking

CAUTION

• Always drive slowly with the

brake pedal applied.

• If the parking space is small

the system may be cancelled

at the Steering wheel control

stage. Do not park your vehicle

if the space is too small.

OJF045345L

1324

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• If you do not follow the instruc-

tions provided, you may fail to

park your vehicle.

However, if the Parking Assist

System warning sound (distance

from object is within 30cm: con-

tinuous beep) occurs, slowly drive

the vehicle to the reverse direction

of the detected object after check-

ing the surrounding.

• Always check the surrounding

before driving your vehicle if the

Parking Assist System warning

sound (distance from object is with-

in 30cm: continuous beep) is heard

for the object is close to your vehicle.

If the vehicle gets too close to the

object, the warning will not sound.

• Be sure to drive slowly to avoid a

collision with other vehicles.

To cancel the system whilst parking

• Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button and hold until the

system is cancelled.

• Press long the Smart parking

assist system button Whilst the

system is searching for a parking

space.

• Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button or Parking Assist

System button whilst the steering

wheel is controlled.

CAUTION

• Always drive slowly with the

brake pedal applied.

• Always check for objects

around your vehicle before

driving.

• If the vehicle does not move

even though the brake pedal

is not depressed, check the

surrounding before depress-

ing the accelerator pedal. Be

sure not to speed over 7km/h

(4.3mph).

• Do not install any cover in the

steering wheel. This may

cause the system to cancel.

WARNING

Do not put your hands between

the steering wheel whilst it is

being automatically controlled.

4133

Features of your vehicle

Gear shift whilst steering wheel control

When the above message appears

with a beep sound, shift the gear and

drive the vehicle with the brake pedal

depressed.

7. Smart Parking Assist System

completed

Complete parking your vehicle

according to the instructions on the

LCD display. If required, manually

control the steering wheel and com-

plete parking your vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

The brake pedal must be depressed

by the driver whilst parking your

vehicle.

OJF045338LOJF045337L

OJF045338LOJF045339L

■ Manual transaxle

■ Automatic transaxle

WARNING

Always be careful whilst park-

ing for other vehicles or pedes-

trians.

CAUTION

Always check the surrounding

before releasing the brake

pedal.

OJF045340L

1344

Features of your vehicle

Additional instructions

(messages)

When the Smart Parking Assist

System is operating, a message may

appear regardless of the parking

order.

The messages will appear according

to the circumstances. Follow the

instructions provided whilst parking

your vehicle with the Smart Parking

Assist System.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In the below conditions the system

will be cancelled. Park your vehi-

cle manually.

- When the ABS is activated

- When the TCS/ESC is turned off

• When vehicle speed is above

20km/h (12.4 mph) whilst search-

ing for a parking space a message

"Reduce speed" will appear.

• In the below condition the system

will not activate

- When the TCS/ESC is turned off

OJF045341L

OJF045342L

OJF045343L

4135

Features of your vehicle

System malfunction

• If there is a problem with the sys-

tem, when the system is turned on,

the above message will appear.

Also, the indicator on the button

will not light up and a beep sound

will be heard.

• If there is a problem with only the

Smart Parking Assist System, the

Parking Assist System will operate.

If you notice any problem, have the

system checked by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

How the system works

(Exit mode)

1.Activate the Smart Parking Assist

System

The shift lever should be placed in

P (Park).

2.Select Exit Mode

When selecting a mode with the

shift lever in N (Neutral) position,

exit mode is selected at the initial

startup, and parking mode is auto-

matically selected after driving.

3.Check surroundings

4.Steering wheel control

(1) Shift according to the instruc-

tion on the LCD display.

(2) Drive slowly with the brake

pedal applied.

5.Exiting complete

If necessary, manually adjust posi-

tion of vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Before activating the system check

if the conditions are possible to use

the system.

• For your safety, always apply the

brake pedal except for when driv-

ing.

OJF045344L

1364

Features of your vehicle

1. Activate Smart Parking Assist

System

• Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button (the button indicator

will illuminate).

• The Parking Assist System will be

activated.

A warning sound will be heard if an

obstacle is detected.

• Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button again for more than

2 seconds to turn off the system.

• The Smart Parking Assist System

defaults to the OFF position when-

ever the ignition switch is turned on.

2. Select Exit Mode

• Select the mode by pressing the

Smart Parking Assist System but-

ton with the shift lever in P (Park)

and the brake pedal depressed.

• For LHD vehicle, the left side paral-

lel mode is select-ed automatically

when the Smart Parking Assist

System is activated.

• For LHD vehicle, to select the right

side parallel mode press the Smart

Parking Assist System button once

more.

• If the button is pressed again, the

system will turn off.

3. Check surroundings

The Smart Parking Assist System

checks the front and rear space to

exit the vehicle from the parking

space.

OJF045265LOJF045264L

■ Left side

- Parallel exit

■ Right side

- Parallel exit

OJF045263LOJF045262L

■ Left side

- Parallel exit

■ Right side

- Parallel exit

OJF045266R

4137

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• When checking surroundings, if

the front or rear vehicle (or object)

is too near, the system may not

work properly.

• In the following conditions, the

system may not be able to find a

parking space even though a park-

ing space is available, or it may

identify parking spaces that are

not suitable for parking:

(1) When the sensors are frozen or

dirty.

(2) When there is a low or high

object.

(3 When a pillar is near.

(4) Depending on the shapes of the

parked vehicles.

• When exiting the parking space if

an obstacle is detected that may

cause an accident, the system may

be cancelled.

• If the space is too small to exit the

system may cancel.

4. Steering wheel control

OJF045339L

OJF045338L

OJF045345L

CAUTION

• If searching surroundings is

completed, continue using the

system after checking the sur-

rounding area.

• The Exit mode may be activated

unintentionally, when the shift

lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral)

if the Smart parking assist sys-

tem button is pressed.

1384

Features of your vehicle

• The above message will appear if

the shift lever is in D (Drive) or R

(Reverse) according to the dis-

tance of the front and rear object

from the sensor.

The steering wheel will be con-

trolled automatically.

• The system will be cancelled if you

firmly hold the steering wheel

whilst it is controlled automatically.

• The system will be cancelled if vehi-

cle speed is over 7km/h (4.3mph).

To cancel the system whilst exiting

Press the Smart Parking Assist

System button or Parking Assist

System button whilst the steering

wheel is controlled.

5. Exiting Complete

When assisting the driver exit the

parking space is completed the

above message will appear.

Turn the steering wheel to the direc-

tion you are leaving and manually

control the steering wheel whilst

leaving the parking space.

CAUTION

Always drive slowly with the

brake pedal applied.

OJF045346L

WARNING

Do not put your hands between

the steering wheel whilst it is

being automatically controlled.

4139

Features of your vehicle

Additional instructions

(messages)

When the Smart Parking Assist

System is operating, a message may

appear regardless of the exiting order.

The messages will appear according

to the circumstances. Follow the

instructions provided whilst parking

your vehicle with the Smart Parking

Assist System.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In the below conditions the system

will be cancelled. Park your vehi-

cle manually.

- When the ABS is activated

- When the TCS/ESC is turned off

• In the below condition the system

will not activate

- When the TCS/ESC is turned off

OJF045341L

OJF045343L

CAUTION

• When leaving the parking

space turn the steering wheel

as much as you can to the

direction you are leaving, and

then drive the vehicle slowly

by depressing the vehicle.

• Always check the surrounding

before driving your vehicle if

the Parking Assist System

warning sound (distance from

object is within 30 cm: contin-

uous beep) is heard for the

object is close to your vehicle.

If the vehicle gets too close to

the object, the warning will not

sound.

• The system will be cancelled

for safety reasons if the vehi-

cle is parked at a small space

near a wall.

1404

Features of your vehicle

System malfunction

• If there is a problem with the sys-

tem, when the system is turned on,

the above message will appear.

Also, the indicator on the button

will not light up and a beep sound

will be heard.

• If there is a problem with only the

Smart Parking Assist System, the

Parking Assist System will operate.

If you notice any problem, have the

system checked by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

The system may not work prop-

erly by providing incorrect mes-

sages when the sensors are

interfered by other vehicle sen-

sors and noise, or it is on a road

that interferes with receiving

signals.

OJF045344L

4141

Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA

The rearview camera will activate

when the back-up light is ON with the

ignition switch ON and the shift lever

in the R (Reverse) position.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem that shows behind the vehicle

through the rearview display mirror

whilst backing-up.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)

system, rearview display will show

behind the vehicle through the

AVN monitor whilst backing-up.

Refer to a separately supplied

manual for detailed information.

WARNING

• This system is a supplemen-

tary function only. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

always check the inside/out-

side rearview mirror and the

area behind the vehicle before

and whilst backing up because

there is a dead zone that can't

be seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lens

clean. If lens is covered with

foreign matter, the camera

may not operate normally.

OJF045042

OJFHP046043R

1424

Features of your vehicle

This is the parking support system to

show around circumstance when you

park the vehicle in monitor. When

you push the button in [ON] position,

it is operated. To cancel the system,

push again.

Operating conditions

- When ignition is ON

- When the transaxle is on D, N or R

- When the vehicle speed is not over

15km/h

• When the vehicle speed is over

15km/h, the SVM system is turned

off. If the vehicle speed is not over

15km/h after turning off the SVM

by over speed, the SVM is not

turned on. To operate again, push

the button.

• When the vehicle moves back-

wards, regardless of On/Off of but-

ton and vehicle speed, the SVM is

operated.

• When the trunk(tailgate) and driv-

er/passenger door are opened and

the outside mirror is folded, the

warning is illuminated in SVM sys-

tem.

• If the SVM system does not oper-

ate normally, contact a profession-

al workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-

ice partner.

* SVM : Surround View Monitoring

SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OJFHP046401R

OJFHP046440R

■ Type A

■ Type B

4143

Features of your vehicle

Battery saver function

• The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-

charged. The system automatically

turns off the parking lights when

the driver removes the ignition key

and opens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights

will turn off automatically if the driver

parks on the side of the road at night.

If necessary, to keep the lights on

when the ignition key is removed,

perform the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switch

on the steering column.

Headlight escort function

If you turn the ignition switch to the

ACC or OFF position with the head-

lights ON, the headlights remain on

for about 5 minutes. However, if the

driver's door is opened and closed,

the headlights are turned off after 15

seconds.

The headlights can be turned off by

pressing the lock button on the trans-

mitter (or smart key) twice or turning

the light switch to the OFF position.

LIGHTING

CAUTION

If the driver gets out of the vehi-

cle through other doors (except

driver's door), the battery saver

function does not operate.

Therefore, It causes the battery

to be discharged. In this case,

make sure to turn off the lamp

before getting out of the vehicle.

1444

Features of your vehicle

Daytime running light

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

can make it easier for others to see

the front of your vehicle during the

day. DRL can be helpful in many dif-

ferent driving conditions, and it is

especially helpful after dawn and

before sunset.

The DRL system turns OFF when:

1. The headlight switch is ON.

2. The engine is OFF.

3. The rear fog light is ON.

4. Engaging the Parking Brake.

❈

Traffic Change (For Europe)

The low beam light distribution is

asymmetric. If you go abroad to a

country with opposite traffic direc-

tion, this asymmetric part will dazzle

oncoming car driver. To prevent daz-

zle, ECE regulation demand several

technical solutions (ex. automatic

change system, adhesive sheet,

down aiming). These headlamps are

designed not to dazzle opposite driv-

ers. So, you need not change your

headlamps in a country with oppo-

site traffic direction.

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight and

a Parking light position.

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of

the following positions:

(1) OFF position

(2) Auto light / AFLS position

(3) Parking light position

(4) Headlight position

OJFH045413L

4145

Features of your vehicle

Parking light position ( )

When the light switch is in the park-

ing light position (3rd position), the

tail, license and instrument panel

lights will turn ON.

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-

light position (4th position), the head,

tail, license and instrument panel

lights will turn ON.

✽✽

NOTICE

The ignition switch must be in the

ON position to turn on the head-

lights.

Auto light/AFLS position

(if equipped)

When the light switch is in the AUTO

light position, the taillights and head-

lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-

matically depending on the amount

of light outside the vehicle.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

adaptive front lighting system

(AFLS), it will also operate when the

headlamp is ON.

OJFH045411L

OJFH045050L

OJFH045412L

1464

Features of your vehicle

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,

push the lever away from you.The lever

will return to its original position. The

high beam indicator will light when the

headlight high beams are switched on.

To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the lights

on for a prolonged time whilst the

engine is not running.

To flash the headlights, pull the lever

towards you. It will return to the nor-

mal (low beam) position when

released. The headlight switch does

not need to be on to use this flashing

feature.

OJFH045410L

WARNING

Do not use high beam when

there are other vehicles. Using

high beam could obstruct the

other driver’s vision.

CAUTION

• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the

instrument panel. This will

ensure better auto-light sys-

tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using a

window cleaner. The cleaner

may leave a light film which

could interfere with sensor

operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of metallic coat-

ing on the front windscreen,

the Auto light system may not

work properly.

OJFH045414L

4147

Features of your vehicle

High Beam Assist (if equipped)

The High Beam Assist is a system

that automatically adjusts the head-

lamp range (switches between high

beam and low beam) according to

the brightness of other vehicles and

road conditions.

Operating condition

1.Place the light switch in the AUTO

position.

2.Turn on the high beam by pushing

the lever away from you.

3.The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-

tor will illuminate.

4.The High Beam Assist will turn on

when vehicle speed is above

45km/h (28mph).

5.The details of operation with the

light switch whilst the High Beam

Assist is on are below.

(1) If the light switch is pushed

away, the High Beam Assist will

turn off and the high beam will

be on continuously.

(2) If the light switch is pulled

towards you when the high

beam is off, the high beam will

be on without cancellation of

the High Beam Assist. (When

you hands off, the lever will

move to the middle and the

high beam will turn off.)

(3) If the light switch is pulled

towards you when the high

beam is on by the High Beam

Assist, the low beam will be on

and the High Beam Assist will

turn off.

(4) If the light switch is turned to

the headlamp position ( )

from AUTO position, the High

Beam Assist will turn off and

the low beam will be on contin-

uously.

OJFH045333L

1484

Features of your vehicle

When the High Beam Assist is oper-

ating, the high beam switches to low

beam in the below conditions.

- When the headlamp is detected

from the on-coming vehicle.

- When the tail lamp is detected

from the front vehicle.

- When headlamp/tail lamp of bicy-

cle/motorcycle is detected.

- When the surrounding is so bright

that high beams are not needed.

- When streetlights or other lights

are detected.

- When the light switch is not in the

AUTO position.

- When the High Beam Assist is off.

- When vehicle speed is below 45

km/h (28 mph).

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist System

is not working properly, the warning

message (“Check High Beam Assist

System”) will come on for a few sec-

ond. After the message disappears,

the master warning light will illumi-

nate. In this case, have the vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to contact an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations may not work

properly when recognition of light

from on-coming or front vehicle is

poor or limited:

• When the light from on-com-

ing or front vehicle is poor

- When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of lamp

damage, hidden from sight,

etc.

(Continued)

- When the lamp of the on-com-

ing or front vehicle is covered

with dust, snow or water.

- When the front vehicle's

headlamps are off but the fog

lamps on and etc.

• When external condition is

intervened

- When there is a similar

shape lamp with the front

vehicle's lamps.

- When the headlamp is not

repaired or replaced at an

authorised dealer.

- When headlamp aiming is

not properly adjusted.

- When driving on a narrow

curved road, rough road,

downhill or uphill.

- When only part of the vehicle

in front is visible on a cross-

road or curved road.

- When there is a traffic light,

reflecting sign, flashing sign

or mirror ahead.

(Continued)

4149

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not disassemble a front view

camera temporarily for tinted win-

dow or attaching any types of coat-

ings and accessories. If you disas-

semble the camera and assemble it

again, take your vehicle to a profes-

sional workshop and have the sys-

tem checked to need a calibration.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

• When you replace or reinstall the

windscreen glass, front view cam-

era, take your vehicle to a profes-

sional workshop and have the sys-

tem checked. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

(Continued)

• Be careful that water doesn't get into

the High Beam Assist unit and do

not remove or damage related parts

of the High Beam Assist system.

• Do not place objects on the crash

pad that reflect light such as mir-

rors, white paper, etc. The system

may malfunction if sunlight is

reflected.

• At times, the High Beam Assist

may not work properly. The sys-

tem is for your convenience only.

It is the responsibility of the driv-

er for safe driving practices and

always check the road conditions

for your safety.

• When the system does not operate

normally, change the lamp posi-

tion manually between the high

beam and low beam.

(Continued)

- When there is a temporary

reflector or flash ahead (con-

struction area).

- When the road conditions

are bad such as being wet,

iced or covered with snow.

- When a vehicle suddenly

appears from a curve.

- When the vehicle is tilted from

a flat tyre or being towed.

- When the LKAS (lane

Keeping Assist system)

warning light illuminates (if

equipped) and etc.

• When front visibility is poor

- When the lamp of the on-com-

ing or front vehicle is covered

with dust, snow or water.

- When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of exhaust

fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

- When the front window is

covered with foreign matters.

- When it is hard to see

because of fog, heavy rain or

snow and etc.

1504

Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change

signals

The ignition switch must be on for the

turn signals to function. To turn on

the turn signals, move the lever up or

down (A). The green arrow indicators

on the instrument panel indicate

which turn signal is operating. They

will self-cancel after a turn is com-

pleted. If the indicator continues to

flash after a turn, manually return the

lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the

turn signal lever slightly and hold it in

position (B). The lever will return to

the OFF position when released.

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of

the turn signal bulbs may be burned

out and will require replacement.

One-touch lane change function

To activate an one-touch lane

change function, move the turn sig-

nal lever slightly for less than 0.7

second and then release it. The lane

change signals will blink 3 times.

✽✽

NOTICE

If an indicator flash is abnormally

quick or slow, a bulb may be burned

out or have a poor electrical connec-

tion in the circuit.

OJFH045409L

4151

Features of your vehicle

Rear fog light

To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the

headlight switch to the headlight on

position and turn the rear fog light

switch (1) to the on position.

The rear fog lights turn on when the

rear fog light switch is turned on after

the headlight switch is in the park-

light position.

To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the

rear fog light switch to the on position

again or turn the headlight switch off.

✽✽

NOTICE

To turn on the rear fog light switch,

the ignition switch must be in the

ON position.

Headlight levelling device

Automatic type

It automatically adjusts the headlight

beam level according to the number

of passengers and loading weight in

the luggage area.

And it offers proper headlight beam

under various conditions.

OJFH045408L

WARNING

If it is not work properly even

though your car is inclined

backward according to passen-

ger's posture, or the headlight

beam is irradiated to the high or

low position, have the system

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Do not attempt to inspect or

replace the wiring yourself.

1524

Features of your vehicle

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting

System) (if equipped)

Adaptive front lighting system uses

the steering angle and vehicle speed,

to keep your field of vision wide by

swiveling and levelling the headlamp.

Change the switch to the AUTO posi-

tion when the engine is running. The

adaptive front lighting system will

operate when the headlamp is ON.

To turn off the AFLS, change the

switch to other positions. After turn-

ing the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling

no longer occurs, but levelling oper-

ates continuously.

If the AFLS malfunction indicator

comes on, the AFLS is not working

properly. Drive to the nearest safe

location and restart the engine. If the

indicator continuously remains on,

have the system checked by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

OJFH045050L

4153

Features of your vehicle

Windscreen wiper/washer

Rear window wiper / washer

(wagon)

A : Wiper speed control (front)

(1) MIST/ – Single wipe

(2) OFF / O – Off

(3) INT / --- – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe

(4) LO / 1 – Low wiper speed

(5) HI / 2 – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*

D : Rear wiper/washer control*

(6) – Continuous wipe

(7) --- – Intermittent wipe*

(8) O – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*

* if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OJF046231L

OJF046232L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OQL046464L

1544

Features of your vehicle

Windscreen wipers

Operates as follows when the igni-

tion switch is turned ON.

(1) MIST/ : For a single wiping

cycle, move the lever to

this (MIST/ ) posi-

tion and release it. The

wipers will operate con-

tinuously if the lever is

held in this position.

(2) OFF / O : Wiper is not in operation

(3) INT / --- : Wiper operates inter-

mittently at the same

wiping intervals. Use

this mode in light rain

or mist. To vary the

speed setting, turn the

speed control knob.

(4) LO / 1 : Normal wiper speed

(5) HI / 2 : Fast wiper speed

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow or ice on the windscreen,

defrost the windscreen for about 10

minutes, or until the snow and/or ice

is removed before using the wind-

screen wipers to ensure proper oper-

ation. If you do not remove the snow

and/or ice before using the wiper

and washer, it may damage the

Wiper and washer, system.

Auto control (if equipped)

The rain sensor (A) located on the

upper end of the windscreen glass

senses the amount of rainfall and

controls the wiping cycle for the

proper interval. The more it rains, the

faster the wiper operates. When the

rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the

speed control knob (1).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO

mode when the ignition switch is ON,

the wiper will operate once to per-

form a self-check of the system. Set

the wiper to OFF (O) position when

the wiper is not in use.

OJF046062L

■ Type A

■ Type B

4155

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION

When the ignition switch is ON

and the windscreen wiper switch

is placed in the AUTO mode, use

caution in the following situa-

tions to avoid any injury to the

hands or other parts of the body:

• Do not touch the upper end of

the windscreen glass facing

the rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of

the windscreen glass with a

damp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the

windscreen glass.

CAUTION

• When washing the vehicle, set

the wiper switch in the OFF

(O) position to stop the auto

wiper operation.

The wiper may operate and be

damaged if the switch is set in

the AUTO mode whilst wash-

ing the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensor

cover located on the upper

end of the driver side wind-

screen glass. Damage to sys-

tem parts could occur and

may not be covered by your

vehicle warranty.

• When starting the vehicle in

winter, set the wiper switch in

the OFF (O) position.

Otherwise, wipers may oper-

ate and ice may damage the

windscreen wiper blades.

Always remove all snow and

ice and defrost the wind-

screen properly prior to oper-

ating the windscreen wipers.

(Continued)

• When tinting the windscreen,

be careful of any fluid getting

into the sensor located in the

top centre of the front wind-

screen. It may damage the

related parts.

1564

Features of your vehicle

Windscreen washers

In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer

fluid on the windscreen and to run

the wipers 1-3 cycles.

Use this function when the wind-

screen is dirty.

The spray and wiper operation will

continue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, check

the washer fluid level. If the fluid level

is not sufficient, you will need to add

appropriate non-abrasive windscreen

washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compartment

on the driver side.

WARNING

Do not use the washer in freez-

ing temperatures without first

warming the windscreen with

the defrosters; the washer solu-

tion could freeze on the wind-

screen and obscure your vision.

CAUTION

To prevent possible damage to

the washer pump, do not oper-

ate the washer when the fluid

reservoir is empty.

OJF045063L

OJF045234L

■ Type A

■ Type B

4157

Features of your vehicle

Headlight washer (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the

headlight washer it will operate at the

same time when you operate the

windscreen washer. However, if this

function is operated once, the head-

light washer will not operate within

15 minutes. It will operate when the

headlight is ON and the ignition

switch or engine start/stop button is

in the ON position.

The washer fluid will be sprayed on

to the headlights.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Check the headlight washers peri-

odically to confirm that the wash-

er fluid is being sprayed properly

onto the headlight lenses.

• The headlight washer can be oper-

ated 15 minutes after being oper-

ated last time.

Rear window wiper and washer

switch

The rear window wiper and washer

switch is located at the end of the

wiper and washer switch lever. Turn

the switch to the desired position to

operate the rear wiper and washer.

(1) - Normal wiper operation

(2) --- - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped)

(3) O - Wiper is not in operation

CAUTION

• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windscreen,

do not operate the wipers

when the windscreen is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use petrol,

kerosene, paint thinner, or

other solvents on or near them.

•

To prevent damage to the

wiper arms and other compo-

nents, do not attempt to move

the wipers manually.

• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers and washer sys-

tem, use anti-freezing washer

fluids in the winter season or

cold weather.

OQL046465L

1584

Features of your vehicle

Push the lever away from you to

spray rear washer fluid and to run the

rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray

and wiper operation will continue

until you release the lever.

OQL045466L

4159

Features of your vehicle

Automatic turn off function

The interior lights automatically turn

off approximately 20 minutes after

the ignition switch is turned off.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

theft alarm system, the interior lights

automatically turns off approximately

5 seconds after the system is armed

stage.

Map lamp

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTION

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the

engine is not running.

It may cause battery discharge.

WARNING

Do not use the interior lights

when driving in the dark.

Accidents could happen

because the view may be

obscured by interior lights.

OJFH045064L

OJF045065

■ Type A

■ Type B

1604

Features of your vehicle

• (2) :

- The map lamp and room lamp

comes on when a door is opened.

The lamps go out after approxi-

mately 30 seconds.

- The map lamp and room lamp

comes on for approximately 30

seconds when doors are unlocked

with a transmitter or smart key as

long as the doors are not opened.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

stay on for approximately 20 min-

utes if a door is opened with the

ignition switch in the ACC or

LOCK/OFF position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

stay on continuously if the door is

opened with the ignition switch in

the ON position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

go out immediately if the ignition

switch is changed to the ON posi-

tion or all doors are locked.

- To turn off the DOOR mode, press

the DOOR button (2) once again

(not pressed).

✽✽

NOTICE

The DOOR mode and ROOM mode

can not be selected at a time.

Front Room Lamp:

• Type A

(3): Press this switch to turn the

front and rear room lamps

on.

(4): Press this switch to turn the

front and rear room lamps

off.

• Type B

(3): Press this switch to turn the

front and rear room lamps on

and off.

4161

Features of your vehicle

Room lamp

• : The light stays on at all times.

Trunk(tailgate) room lamp

(if equipped)

The trunk(tailgate) room lamp comes

on when the trunk(tailgate) is

opened.

CAUTION

The trunk(tailgate) room lamp

comes on as long as the

trunk(tailgate) lid opens. To pre-

vent unnecessary charging sys-

tem drain, close the trunk(tail-

gate) lid securely after using the

trunk(tailgate) room.

OJF045068

■ Type A

OJF045067

■ Type B

OJF045069

OJFHP047488L

■ Sedan

■ Wagon

1624

Features of your vehicle

Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on when

the glove box is opened.

Vanity mirror lamp

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will

automatically turn on the mirror light.

Door courtesy lamp

(if equipped)

The door courtesy lamp comes ON

when the door is opened to assist

entering or exiting the vehicle. It also

serves as a warning to passing vehi-

cles that the vehicle door is open.

OJF045070

CAUTION - Vanity mirror

lamp

Always have the switch in the

off position when the vanity mir-

ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-

visor is closed without the lamp

off, it may discharge the battery

or damage the sunvisor.

OJF045072R

CAUTION

To prevent unnecessary charg-

ing system drain, close the

glove box securely after using

the glove box.

OJF045071R

4163

Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Welcome light (if equipped)

When all the doors (and trunk(tail-

gate)) are locked and closed, the

room lamp and pocket lamp will

come on for about 15 seconds if any

of the below is performed.

• With the smart key system

- When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

Escort welcome

When the headlight(light switch in the

headlight or AUTO position) is on and

all doors (and trunk(tailgate)) are

locked and closed, the position light

and headlight will come on for 15

seconds if any of the below is per-

formed.

• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button, the position light and

headlight will turn off immediately.

Interior light

When the interior light switch is in the

DOOR position and all doors (and

trunk(tailgate)) are locked and

closed, the room lamp will come on

for 30 seconds if any of the below is

performed.

• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button, the room lamp will

turn off immediately.

OJFHP047073R

1644

Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER

✽✽

NOTICE

If you want to defrost and defog the

front windscreen, refer to

“Windscreen defrosting and defog-

ging” in this section.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the rear window, whilst the engine is

running.

To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear window

defroster button located in the centre

facia switch panel. The indicator on

the rear window defroster button illu-

minates when the defroster is ON.

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it off

before operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automati-

cally turns off after approximately 20

minutes or when the ignition switch is

turned off. To turn off the defroster,

press the rear window defroster but-

ton again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster

(if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the

outside rearview mirror defrosters,

they will operate at the same time you

turn on the rear window defroster.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the con-

ductors bonded to the inside

surface of the rear window,

never use sharp instruments or

window cleaners containing

abrasives to clean the window.

OJFH045074

4165

Features of your vehicle

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

System operation

Ventilation

1. Set the mode to the position.

2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1. Set the mode to the position.

2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (if

equipped) on.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through

the ventilation system, temporarily

set the air intake control to the

recirculated air position. Be sure to

return the control to the fresh air

position when the irritation has

passed to keep fresh air in the

vehicle. This will help keep the driv-

er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system

is drawn in through the grilles just

ahead of the windscreen. Care

should be taken that these are not

blocked by leaves, snow, ice or

other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-

screen, set the air intake control to

the fresh air position and fan speed

to the desired position, turn on the

air conditioning system, and adjust

the temperature control to desired

temperature.

• If the windscreen fogs up, set the

mode to the or position.

CAUTION

Operating the blower when the

ignition switch is in the ON posi-

tion could cause the battery to

discharge. Operate the blower

when the engine is running.

1664

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning

Kia air conditioning systems are filled

with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant.

1. Start the hybrid system. Push the

air conditioning button.

2. Set the mode to the position.

3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-

tion.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or

R-1234yf according to the regulation

in your country at the time of produc-

tion.You can find out which air condi-

tioning refrigerant is applied to your

vehicle on the label located inside of

the bonnet. Refer to chapter 8 for the

location of the air conditioning refrig-

erant label.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the temperature

gauge closely whilst driving up

hills or in heavy traffic when out-

side temperatures are high. Air

conditioning system operation

may cause engine overheating.

Continue to use the blower fan but

turn the air conditioning system

off if the temperature gauge indi-

cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in

humid weather air conditioning

may create water droplets inside

the vehicle. Since excessive water

droplets may cause damage to

electrical equipment, air condi-

tioning should only be used with

the windows closed.

CAUTION

• The refrigerant system should

only be serviced by trained and

certified technicians to insure

proper and safe operation.

• The refrigerant system should

be serviced in a well-ventilat-

ed place.

• The air conditioning evaporator

(cooling coil) shall never be

repaired or replaced with one

removed from a used or sal-

vaged vehicle and new replace-

ment MAC evaporators shall be

certified (and labeled) as meet-

ing SAE Standard J2842.

4167

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation

tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• Use air conditioning to reduce

humidity and moisture inside the

vehicle on rainy or humid days.

• During air conditioning system

operation, you may occasionally

notice a slight change in engine

speed as the air conditioning com-

pressor cycles. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

• When using the air conditioning

system, you may notice clear water

dripping (or even puddling) on the

ground under the passenger side

of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-

tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-

tem in the recirculated air position

provides maximum cooling, how-

ever, continual operation in this

mode may cause the air inside the

vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you may

occasionally notice a misty air flow

because of rapid cooling and

humid air intake. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter

The climate control air filter installed

behind the glove box filters the dust

or other pollutants that come into the

vehicle from the outside through the

heating and air conditioning system.

A : Outside air

B : Recirculated air

C : Climate control

air filter

D : Blower

E : Evaporator core

F : Heater core

OUM046438L

1684

Features of your vehicle

If dust or other pollutants accumulate

in the filter over a period of time, the

air flow from the air vents may

decrease, resulting in moisture accu-

mulation on the inside of the wind-

screen even when the outside (fresh)

air position is selected. If this hap-

pens, have the climate control air filter

replaced by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

If the car is being driven in severe

conditions such as dusty, rough

roads, more frequent climate con-

trol air filter inspections and

changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenly

decreases, have the system

checked by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Air Conditioning refrigerant

label

❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant

label in the vehicle may differ from the

illustration.

Each symbols and specification on

air conditioning refrigerant label

means as below ;

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

You can find out which air condition-

ing refrigerant is applied your vehicle

at the label inside of the engine room.

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail loca-

tion of air conditioning refrigerant label.

OJFH065049L

OJFH065048L

Example

■ Type B

■ Type A

4169

Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air con-

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also

has a bad influence on the air condi-

tioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

*: Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or

R-1234yf according to the regula-

tion in your country at the time of

producing. You can find out which

air conditioning refrigerant is

applied your vehicle at the label

inside of engine room. Refer to

chapter 8 for more detail location

of air conditioning refrigerant label.

WARNING - Vehicles

equipped with R-1234yf*

Because the refriger-

ant is mildly inflam-

mable and at very

high pressure, the air

conditioning system

should only be serv-

iced by trained and

certified technicians.

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and

refrigerant is used.

Otherwise, it may cause damage

to the vehicle and personal injury.

WARNING - Vehicles

equipped with R-134a*

Because the refriger-

ant is at very high

pressure, the air con-

ditioning system

should only be serv-

iced by trained and certified

technicians. It is important that

the correct type and amount of

oil and refrigerant is used.

Otherwise, it may cause damage

to the vehicle and personal injury.

1704

Features of your vehicle

OJFHP046083R/OJFHP046084R

System Overview

1. Passenger's temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. Front windscreen defroster button

4. Rear window defroster button

5. Air conditioning button

6. Air intake control button

7. OFF button

8. Fan speed control button

9. Mode selection button

10. Driver’s temperature control knob

11. SYNC temperature control selection button

12. Climate information screen selection button

13. DRIVER ONLY button

14. ECON (Economy air conditioning) button

■■

Type B

■■

Type A

Automatic climate control system

4171

Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con-

ditioning

1. Press the AUTO button. The

modes, fan speeds, air intake and

air-conditioning will be controlled

automatically according to the

temperature setting.

2. Turn the temperature control knob

to the desired temperature.

✽✽

NOTICE

• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button or switch of

the following:

- Mode selection button

- Air conditioning button

- Front windscreen defroster but-

ton (Press the button one more

time to deselect the front wind-

screen defroster function. The

'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the

information display once again.)

- Air intake control button

- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con-

trolled manually whilst other

functions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and to

improve the effectiveness of the

climate control, use the AUTO

button and set the temperature to

22°C / 71°F (for Europe) or 23°C /

73°F (for Except Europe).

OJF045085

■ Passenger’s side ■ Driver’s side

OJF045089

1724

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Never place anything over the sen-

sor located on the instrument panel

to ensure better control of the heat-

ing and cooling system.

Mode selection

OJF045086

OJF045076R

4173

Features of your vehicle

The mode selection button controls

the direction of the air flow through

the ventilation system.

The air flow outlet port is converted

as follows:

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windscreen and

side window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

(A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windscreen with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

OJFH045087

1744

Features of your vehicle

Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windscreen with a small amount of air

directed to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or

closed separately using the thumb-

wheel.

Also, you can adjust the direction of

air delivery from these vents using

the vent control lever as shown.

✽✽

NOTICE - 2nd row outlet

vents (E,F)

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet

vents is controlled by the front cli-

mate control system and delivered

through the inside air duct of the

floor (E, F).

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet

vents (E, F) may be weaker than

the instrument panel vents for the

long air duct.

OJFH045088 OJF045078R

4175

Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to the

maximum (HI) by turning the knob to

the extreme right.

The temperature will decrease to the

minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to

the extreme left.

When turning the knob, the tempera-

ture will increase or decrease by

0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest

temperature setting, the air condi-

tioning will operate continuously.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature equally

• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust

the driver and passenger side tem-

perature equally.

The passenger side temperature

will be set to the same temperature

as the driver side temperature.

• Turn the driver side temperature

control knob. The driver and pas-

senger side temperature will be

adjusted equally.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature individually

• Press the “SYNC” button again to

adjust the driver and passenger

side temperature individually. The

illumination of button turns off.

• Operate the driver side tempera-

ture control knob to adjust the driv-

er side temperature.

• Operate the passenger side tem-

perature control knob to adjust the

passenger side temperature.

Temperature conversion (°C

↔

°F)

(if equipped)

You can switch the temperature mode

between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as

follows;

Whilst pressing the OFF button,

depress the AUTO button for 3 sec-

onds or more.The display will change

from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or

from Fahrenheit to Centigrade.

OJF045090

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OJF045089

1764

Features of your vehicle

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air

position.

To change the air intake control posi-

tion, push the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air

position selected, air

from the passenger

compartment will be

drawn through the heat-

ing system and heated

or cooled according to

the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh)

air position selected, air

enters the vehicle from

outside and is heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

✽✽

NOTICE

Prolonged operation of the heater in

the recirculated air position (with-

out air conditioning selected) may

cause fogging of the windscreen and

side windows and the air within the

passenger compartment may

become stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculated

air position selected will result in

excessively dry air in the passenger

compartment.

OJFHP046091R

4177

Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to the

desired speed by pushing the fan

speed control button.

The higher the fan speed is, the

more air is delivered.

Pressing the OFF button turns off the

fan.

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the air

conditioning system on (indicator

light will illuminate).

Press the button again to turn the air

conditioning system off.

WARNING

• Continue using the climate

control system in the recircu-

lated air position may allow

humidity to increase inside

the vehicle which may fog the

glass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with

the air conditioning or heating

system on. It may cause seri-

ous harm or death due to a

drop in the oxygen level

and/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climate

control system in the recircu-

lated air position can cause

drowsiness or sleepiness,

and loss of vehicle control.

Set the air intake control to

the outside (fresh) air position

as much as possible whilst

driving.

OJFH045092 OJFH045093

1784

Features of your vehicle

OFF mode

Press the front blower OFF button to

turn off the front air climate control

system. However, you can still oper-

ate the mode and air intake buttons

as long as the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

Climate information screen selec-

tion (if equipped)

Press the climate information screen

selection button to display climate

information on the screen.

Driver Only

If you press the DRIVER ONLY but-

ton and the indicator light illuminates,

cold air mostly blows in the direction

of the driver’s seat. However, some

of the cold air may come out of other

seats’ ducts to keep indoor air pleas-

ant.

If you use the button with no passen-

ger in the front passenger seat, ener-

gy consumption will be reduced.

OJFHP046095R

OJFH045094 OJFHP046371R

4179

Features of your vehicle

DRIVER ONLY button will be turned

off under the following conditions:

1) Defrost on

2) SYNC on

3) Adjusted front passenger seat

temperature

4) DRIVER ONLY button re-push

Economy air conditioning button

(ECON)

If you push the ECON button whilst

the air conditioning system is work-

ing, the air conditioning system will

work less and may improve fuel effi-

ciency.

If you want maximum air conditioning

turn the ECON system off by push-

ing the ECON button.

OJFHP046370R

1804

Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control

system

To defog inside windscreen

1. Set the fan speed to the desired

position.

2. Select desired temperature.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature and outside (fresh) air

position will be selected automati-

cally.

If the air conditioning and outside

(fresh) air position are not selected

automatically, adjust the correspon-

ding button manually. If the posi-

tion is selected, lower fan speed is

adjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windscreen

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.

2. Set the temperature to the extreme

hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature and outside (fresh)

air position will be selected auto-

matically.

WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OJF045098

OJF045099

4181

Features of your vehicle

Operation tips

• For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the extreme

right/hot position and the fan speed

control to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired

whilst defrosting or defogging, set

the mode to the floor-defrost posi-

tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windscreen, rear win-

dow, outside rear view mirrors, and

all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the

bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill

to improve heater and defroster

efficiency and to reduce the proba-

bility of fogging up the inside of the

windscreen.

Defogging logic (if equipped)

To reduce the probability of fogging

up the inside of the windscreen, the

air intake or air conditioning are con-

trolled automatically according to

certain conditions such as or

position. To cancel or return the

defogging logic, do the following.

WARNING - Windscreen

heating

Do not use the or posi-

tion during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The

difference between the temper-

ature of the outside air and the

windscreen could cause the

outer surface of the windscreen

to fog up, causing loss of visi-

bility. In this case, set the mode

selection to the position

and fan speed control to the

lower speed.

1824

Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).

3. Whilst pressing the air condition-

ing button (A/C), press the air

intake control button at least 5

times within 3 seconds.

The indicator on the air intake button

will blink 3 times. It indicates that the

defogging logic is cancelled or

returned to the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog

logic status.

Auto defogging system

Auto defogging reduces the possibil-

ity of fogging up the inside of the

windscreen by automatically sensing

the moisture of inside the wind-

screen.

This indicator illuminates

when the auto defogging

system senses the mois-

ture of inside the wind-

screen and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,

higher steps operate as follow.

(For European region)

Step 1 : Blowing air flow toward the

windscreen

Step 2 : Increasing air flow toward

the windscreen

Step 3 : Operating the air condition-

ing.

Step 4 : Outside air position

(For except european region)

Step 1 : Outside air position

Step 2 : Operating the air condition-

ing

Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the

windscreen

Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windscreen

OJFH045111 OJF045336R

4183

Features of your vehicle

To cancel or reset the Auto

Defogging System

Press the front windscreen defroster

button for 3 seconds when the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

When the Auto Defogging System is

cancelled, ADS OFF symbol will

blink 3 times and the ADS OFF will

be displayed on the climate control

information screen.

When the Auto Defogging System is

reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6

times without a signal.

1844

Features of your vehicle

These compartments can be used to

store small items.

Centre console storage

To open the centre console storage,

pull up the lever.

Glove box

The glove box can be locked and

unlocked with a master key. (if

equipped)

To open the glove box, pull the lever

(1) and the glove box will automati-

cally open. Close the glove box after

use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammable

materials

Do not store cigarette lighters,

propane cylinders, or other

flammable/explosive materials

in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the

vehicle is exposed to hot tem-

peratures for extended periods.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartment.

• Always keep the storage com-

partment covers closed whilst

driving. Do not attempt to

place so many items in the

storage compartment that the

storage compartment cover

cannot close securely.

OJFH045113 OJF045114R

4185

Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder (if equipped)

To open the sunglass holder, press

the cover and the holder will slowly

open. Place your sunglasses with the

lenses facing out. To close the sun-

glass holder, push it up.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of injury in an

accident or sudden stop, always

keep the glove box door closed

whilst driving.

CAUTION

Do not keep food in the glove

box for a long time.

OJF045115

WARNING

• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-

glass holder. Such objects

can be thrown from the holder

in the event of a sudden stop

or an accident, possibly injur-

ing the passengers in the

vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass

holder whilst the vehicle is

moving. The rear view mirror

of the vehicle can be blocked

by an opened sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glasses

forcibly into a sunglass holder

to prevent breakage or defor-

mation of the glasses. It may

cause personal injury if you

try to open it forcibly when the

glasses are jammed in the

holder.

1864

Features of your vehicle

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)

For the cigarette lighter to work, the

ignition switch must be in the ACC

position or the ON position.

To use the cigarette lighter, push it all

the way into its socket. When the ele-

ment has heated, the lighter will pop

out to the “ready” position.

Kia recommends to use parts for

replacement from an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Ashtray (if equipped)

To use the ashtray, open the cover.

To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it

out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTION

The use of plug-in accessories

(shavers, hand-held vacuums,

and coffee pots, etc.) may dam-

age the socket or cause electri-

cal failure.

WARNING

• Do not hold the lighter in after

it is already heated because it

will overheat.

• If the lighter does not pop out

within 30 seconds, remove it

to prevent overheating.

• Do not insert foreign objects

into the socket of the cigarette

lighter. It may damage the cig-

arette lighter.

WARNING - Ashtray use

• Do not use the vehicle’s ash-

trays as waste receptacles.

• Putting lit cigarettes or match-

es in an ashtray with other

combustible materials may

cause a fire.

OJF045116R OJF045117R

4187

Features of your vehicle

Cup holder

✽✽

NOTICE

• Keep your drinks sealed whilst

driving to prevent spilling your

drink. If liquid spills, it may get

into the vehicle's electrical/elec-

tronic system and damage electri-

cal/electronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids, do

not dry the cup holder at high

temperature. This may damage

the cup holder.

WARNING - Hot liquids

• Do not place uncovered cups

of hot liquid in the cup holder

whilst the vehicle is in motion.

If the hot liquid spills, you may

burn yourself. Such a burn to

the driver could lead to loss of

control of the vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of a per-

sonal injury in the event of a

sudden stop or collision, do

not place uncovered or unse-

cured bottles, glasses, cans,

etc., in the cup holder whilst

the vehicle is in motion.

• If uncovered cups and cans

containing any form of liquid

are put into the front/centre

seat cup holders and the vehi-

cle brakes heavily, the liquid

may flow into the narrow

openings around cup holders

and console, and soak into

the vehicle's internal electri-

cal system.

(Continued)

To avoid subsequent system

malfunction, always firmly

cover any container holding

liquid.

WARNING

Keep cans or bottles out of

direct sun light and do not put

them in a vehicle that is heated

up. It may explode.

1884

Features of your vehicle

Cups or small beverage cans may be

placed in the cup holders.

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct light

through the front or side windows.

To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.

To use the sunvisor for the side win-

dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from

the bracket (1) and swing it to the

side (2).

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the

visor and slide the mirror cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor extension for-

ward or backward (4).

The ticket holder (5) is provided for

holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

OJF045119R

OJF045120

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTION - Vanity mirror

lamp (if equipped)

If you use the vanity mirror lamp,

turn off the lamp before return-

ing the sunvisor to its original

position, otherwise it could

result in battery discharge and

possible sunvisor damage.

OJF045121R

4189

Features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warm

the front seats during cold weather.

With the ignition switch in the ON

position, push either of the switches

to warm the driver's seat or the front

passenger's seat.

During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat

warmer is not needed, keep the

switches in the "OFF" position.

• Each time you press the switch,

the temperature setting of the seat

will change as follows :

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

• The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position whenever the ignition

switch is turned on.

✽✽

NOTICE

With the seat warmer switch in the

ON position, the heating system in

the seat turns off or on automatically

depending on the seat temperature.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( )

→

CAUTION

• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solvent

such as paint thinner, ben-

zene, alcohol and petrol.

Doing so may damage the sur-

face of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the

seat warmer, do not place any-

thing on the seats that insu-

lates against heat, such as

blankets, cushions or seat

covers whilst the seat warmer

is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on seats equipped

with seat warmers. Damage to

the seat warming components

could occur.

• Do not change the seat cover.

It may damage the seat warmer

or airventilation system.

OJF045123R

OJF045124R

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

1904

Features of your vehicle

Air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The temperature setting of the seat

changes according to the switch

position.

• If you want to warm your seat cush-

ion, press the switch (red colour).

• If you want to ventilate your seat

cushion, press the switch (blue

colour).

• Each time you press the button,

the airflow will change as follows:

• The seat warmer (with air ventila-

tion) defaults to the OFF position

whenever the ignition switch is

turned on.

WARNING - Seat warmer

burns

Passengers should use extreme

caution when using seat warm-

ers due to the possibility of

excess heating or burns. The

seat warmer may cause burns

even at low temperatures, espe-

cially if used for long periods of

time. In particular, the driver

must exercise extreme care for

the following types of passen-

gers:

1. Infants, children, elderly or

handicapped persons, or

hospital outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skin

or those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals

4. Intoxicated individuals

5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness (sleeping pills,

cold tablets, etc.)

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

CAUTION

When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol

and petrol. Doing so may dam-

age the surface of the heater or

seats.

OJF045125R

4191

Features of your vehicle

Power outlet

The power outlet is designed to pro-

vide power for mobile telephones or

other devices designed to operate

with vehicle electrical systems. The

devices should draw less than 10

amps with the engine running.

CAUTION

• Use the power outlet only

when the engine is running

and remove the accessory

plug after use. Using the

accessory plug for prolonged

periods of time with the

engine off could cause the

battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-

sories which are less than 10A

in electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or

heater to the lowest operating

level when using the power

outlet.

• Close the cover when not in

use.

(Continued)

• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interference

when plugged into a vehicle’s

power outlet. These devices

may cause excessive audio

static and malfunctions in

other electronic systems or

devices used in your vehicle.

• Refrain from using the heater

or A/C if you need to use the

multipurpose socket. If the

heater or A/C has to be used

simultaneously, have it to the

lowest setting.

• Some add-on electrical equip-

ment will induce electromag-

netic interference. This will

lead to subsequent malfunc-

tion or hinder good reception

of the Audio/Video and electri-

cal system.

• Always make sure that electric

add-ons are fully plugged into

the multipurpose sockets.

Insecure contacts may lead to

electrical malfunctions.

OJF045122R

OJFHP047490L

■ Type A

■ Type B

1924

Features of your vehicle

USB charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed to

recharge batteries of small size elec-

trical devices using a USB cable. The

electrical devices can be recharged

when the Engine Start/Stop button is

in ACC/ON/START position.

The battery charging state may be

monitored on the electrical device.

Disconnect the USB cable from the

USB port after use.

• Some devices are not supported

for fast charging but will be

charged with normal speed.

• Use the USB charger when the

engine is running to prevent bat-

tery discharge.

• Only devices that fits the USB port

can be used.

• The USB charger can be used only

for battery charging purposes.

• Battery chargers cannot be

charged.

WARNING

Do not put a finger or a foreign

element (pin, etc.) into a power

outlet and do not touch with a

wet hand. You may get an elec-

tric shock.

OJF045229L

4193

Features of your vehicle

Wireless smart phone charg-

ing system (if equipped)

A wireless smart phone charging

system located in front of the centre

console.

Firmly close all doors, and turn the

ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start

wireless charging, place the smart

phone equipped with wireless charg-

ing function on the wireless charging

pad.

For best wireless charging results,

place the smart phone on the centre

of the charging pad.

The wireless charging system is

designed for one smart phone

equipped with QI per single usage

only. Please refer to the smart phone

accessory cover or the smart phone

manufacturer homepage to check

whether your smart phone supports

QI function.

Wireless smart phone charging

1. Remove any object on the smart

phone charging pad including the

smart key. If there is any foreign

object on the pad other than a

smart phone, the wireless charging

function may not operate properly.

2. Place the smart phone on the cen-

tre of the wireless charging pad.

3. The indicator light will change to

orange once the wireless charging

begins. After the charging is com-

plete, the orange light will change

to green.

4. You can choose to turn the wireless

charging function to either ON or

OFF by selecting the USM on the

instrument cluster. (Please refer to

“Instrument Cluster” for details).

If the wireless charging does not

work, gently move your smart phone

around the pad until the charging indi-

cator light turns yellow. Depending on

the smart phone, the charging indica-

tor light may not turn green even after

the charging is complete.

OJFHP046202R

1944

Features of your vehicle

If the wireless charging is not func-

tioning properly, the orange light will

blink and flash for ten seconds then

turn off. In such cases, remove the

smart phone from the pad and

replace it on the pad again, or double

check the charging status.

If you leave the smart phone on the

charging pad when the vehicle igni-

tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert

you through warning messages and

sound (applicable for vehicles with

voice guidance function) after the

‘Good bye’ function on the instru-

ment cluster ends.

CAUTION

• Securely close the tray cover

when using the wireless smart

phone charge function.

Otherwise, some liquid held

by the cup holder may flow

onto the wireless charging

pad during sudden stops.

• Close the tray cover when the

smart phone is placed in it at

all times. If the vehicle is in

motion without the tray cover

closed, it is more likely that

the driver may use the smart

phone. The use of smart

phones whilst driving may

lead to possible injuries and

accidents.

• If it is not possible to close the

tray cover due to the size of

the smart phone, do not use

the wireless smart phone

charging function at all.

(Continued)

• When the tray cover is broken,

do not use the wireless charg-

ing function before the tray

cover is repaired.

• When the interior temperature

of the wireless charging sys-

tem rises above a set temper-

ature, the wireless charging

will cease to function. After

the interior temperature drops

below the threshold, the wire-

less charging function will

resume.

• If any metallic object such as

coins is located between the

wireless charging system and

the smart phone, the charging

may be disrupted. Also, the

metallic object may heat up.

(Continued)

4195

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• If there is any metallic object

between the smart phone and

the wireless charging pad,

immediately remove the smart

phone. Remove the metallic

object after it has completely

cooled down.

• The wireless charging may

not function properly when

there is a heavy accessory

cover on the smart phone.

• The wireless charging will

stop when using the wireless

smart key search function to

prevent radio wave disruption.

• The wireless charging will

stop when the smart key is

moved out of the vehicle with

the ignition in ON.

(Continued)

• Place the smart phone on the

centre of the charge pad for

best results. The smart phone

may not charge when placed

near the rim of the charging

pad. When the smart phone

does get charged, it may heat

up excessively.

• For smart phones without

built-in wireless charging sys-

tem, an appropriate accessory

has to be equipped.

• Smart phones of some manu-

facturers may display mes-

sages on weak current. This is

due to the particular charac-

teristic of the smart phone and

does not imply a malfunction

on wireless charging function.

(Continued)

• The wireless charging will

stop when any of the doors is

opened (applicable for vehi-

cles equipped with smart

keys).

• The wireless charging will

stop when the vehicle is

turned OFF.

• The wireless charging will

stop when the smart phone is

not in complete contact with

the wireless charging pad.

• Items equipped with magnetic

components such as credit

card, telephone card, bank-

book, any transportation ticket

and such may become dam-

aged during wireless charging.

(Continued)

1964

Features of your vehicle

Coat hook

❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus-

tration.

To use the coat hook, pull down the

upper portion of coat hook.

(Continued)

• The indicator light of some

manufacturers’ smart phones

may still be yellow after the

smart phone is fully charged.

This is due to the particular

characteristic of the smart

phone and not a malfunction

of the wireless charging.

• When any smart phone with-

out a wireless charging func-

tion or a metallic object is

placed on the charging pad, a

small noise may sound. This

small sound is due to the vehi-

cle discerning compatibility of

the object placed on the

charging pad. It does not

affect your vehicle or the

smart phone in any way.

OJF045235

CAUTION

Do not hang heavy clothes, since

those may damage the hook.

WARNING

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects

except clothes. Also, do not put

heavy, sharp or breakable

objects in the clothe pockets. In

an accident or when the curtain

air bag is inflated, it may cause

vehicle damage or personal

injury.

OJF046403

4197

Features of your vehicle

Floor mat anchor(s)

(if equipped)

When using a floor mat on the front

floor carpet, make sure it attaches to

the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-

cle. This keeps the floor mat from

sliding forward.

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:

1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).

2. Hang the curtain on both sides of

the hook.

OXM043309

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJF045304

WARNING

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat

to the vehicle.

• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-

cle's floor mat anchor(s)

before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that

cannot be firmly attached to the

vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top

of one another (e.g. all-weather

rubber mat on top of a carpeted

floor mat). Only a single floor

mat should be installed in each

position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was

manufactured with driver's side

floor mat anchors that are

designed to securely hold the

floor mat in place. To avoid any

interference with pedal opera-

tion, Kia recommends that the

Kia floor mat designed for use

in your vehicle be installed.

1984

Features of your vehicle

Luggage net (holder) (Wagon)

(if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in the

cargo area, you can use the four

holders located in the cargo area to

attach the luggage net.

If necessary, Kia recommends to

contact an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner to obtain a

luggage net.

Barrier net (Wagon)

(if equipped)

When you load cargo on the rear

seat or rear cargo area, you must

install the barrier net behind the front

seatback or rear seatback.

It is designed to help protect the

heads of the occupants by prevent-

ing objects from flying forward in

frontal collisions.

There are two hook holders on both

side of the headliner over the head-

rests for upper side fixation.

OJFHP047491L

■ Wagon

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the goods

or the vehicle, care should be

taken when carrying fragile or

bulky objects in the luggage

compartment.

OJFHP047495L

WARNING

To avoid eye injury, DO NOT

overstretch the luggage net.

ALWAYS keep your face and

body out of the luggage net’s

recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-

gage net when the strap has vis-

ible signs of wear or damage.

4199

Features of your vehicle

To use the barrier net

1. Pull up the net by the handle in the

centre (1).

2. Compress the one side net upper

shaft to lengh direction before

insert the hook into the large hole

(2) until it reaches the very top.

3. Then secure it by sliding it into the

small hole (3).

4. Hold the hooked side and then

with the other hand, hook the

other side of the net.

OJFHP047496L

WARNING

• Do not put passengers in the

rear seat or cargo area behind

the barrier net.

• Do not put passenger in the

rear centre seat when the bar-

rier net is installed behind the

rear seats.The barrier net may

interfere with use of the rear

centre safety belt.

• Do not load cargo in the area

higher than the barrier net's

upper end.

• Do not load heavy cargo in the

area higher than the seatback

to avoid accident even if the

barrier net is installed.

• Do not load cargo which has

sharp edge that can pass

through the barrier net.

• Do not apply excessive force

to the barrier net by hanging

on to the net or by suspend-

ing heavy cargo and so on.

CAUTION

Be careful not the scratch the

side panel when inserting the

hook into the hole.

2004

Features of your vehicle

When the barrier net is not in use :

1. Remove the hook by pulling it

through the large holes.

2. Slide the net down.

To remove the barrier net

1. Press the lock release button(1)

located at the end of both sides.

2. Whilst pressing the button(1), pull

out the barrier net(2).

✽✽

NOTICE

The cargo security screen must be

removed first to remove the barrier

net.

Cargo security screen (Wagon)

Use the cargo security screen to

hide items stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen,

pull the handle backward and insert

the edges into the slots.

OJFHP047498LOJFHP047497L

4201

Features of your vehicle

WARNING

• Do not place objects on the

cargo security screen. Such

objects may be thrown about

inside the vehicle and possi-

bly injure vehicle occupants

during an accident or when

braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in

the luggage compartment. It

is designed for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the

vehicle and locate the weight

as far forward as possible.

CAUTION

Since the cargo security screen

may be damaged or malformed,

do not put the luggage on it

when it is used.

2024

Features of your vehicle

Roof rack (Wagon)

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can

load cargo on top of your vehicle.

Crossbars and fixing components

needed to install the roof rack on

your vehicle may be obtained from

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner or other qualified shop.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The crossbars (if equipped) should

be placed in the proper load carry-

ing positions prior to placing items

onto the roof rack.

• If the vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, be sure not to position

cargo onto the roof rack in such a

way that it could interfere with

sunroof operation.

• When the roof rack is not being

used to carry cargo, the crossbars

may need to be repositioned if

wind noise is detected.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTION

• When carrying cargo on the

roof rack, take the necessary

precautions to make sure the

cargo does not damage the

roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects

on the roof rack, make sure

they do not exceed the overall

roof length or width.

• When you are carrying cargo

on the roof rack, do not operate

the sunroof (if equipped).

OJFHP047492L

4203

Features of your vehicle

WARNING

• The following specification is

the maximum weight that can

be loaded onto the roof rack.

Distribute the load as evenly as

possible across the crossbars

(if equipped) and roof rack and

secure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage in

excess of the specified weight

limit on the roof rack may

damage your vehicle.

• The vehicle centre of gravity

will be higher when items are

loaded onto the roof rack.

Avoid sudden starts, braking,

sharp turns, abrupt

manoeures or high speeds

that may result in loss of vehi-

cle control or rollover result-

ing in an accident.

(Continued)

• Always drive slowly and turn

corners carefully when carry-

ing items on the roof rack.

Severe wind updrafts, caused

by passing vehicles or natural

causes, can cause sudden

upward pressure on items

loaded on the roof rack. This

is especially true when carry-

ing large, flat items such as

wood panels or mattresses.

This could cause the items to

fall off the roof rack and cause

damage to your vehicle or

others around you.

• To prevent damage or loss of

cargo whilst driving, check

frequently before or whilst

driving to make sure the items

on the roof rack are securely

fastened.

ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)

RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

2044

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If you install an after market HID

head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and

electronic device may malfunction.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)

system, refer to a separately sup-

plied manual for detailed informa-

tion.

Antenna

Shark fin antenna

The shark fin antenna will receive the

transmit data.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OJFHP047493R

CAUTION

• Do not clean the inside of the

rear window glass or quarter

glass with a cleaner or use a

scraper to remove any foreign

deposits as this may cause

damage to the antenna ele-

ments.

• Avoid adding metallic coating

such as Ni, Cd, and so on.

These can interfere with

AM/FM reception.

• To prevent damage to the rear

glass antenna, never use sharp

instruments or window cleaner

containing abrasives to clean

the window. Clean the inside

surface of the rear glass win-

dow with a piece of soft cloth.

• When putting a sticker on the

inside surface of the rear win-

dow, be careful not to damage

to the rear glass antenna.

• Do not put sharp instruments

nearby the rear glass antenna.

• Tinted rear window may affect

the proper functioning of the

antenna.

4205

Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel audio controls

(if equipped)

The steering wheel may incorporate

audio control buttons.

VOLUME ( / ) (1)

• Press the lever upward ( ) to

increase the volume.

• Press the lever downward ( ) to

decrease the volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

The SEEK/PRESET lever has differ-

ent functions based on the system

mode. For the following functions the

lever should be pressed for 0.8 sec-

onds or more.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK

select button.

CD/USB/iPod

mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is

pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it

will work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-

TION buttons.

CD/USB/iPod

mode

It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN

button.

MODE ( ) (3)

Press the button to change audio

source.

FM ➟ AM ➟ CD ➟ USB/iPod

➟ AUX ➟

MY MUSIC ➟

Bluetooth

wireless

technology audio

MUTE ( ) (4)

• Press the button to mute the

sound.

• Press the button to turn off the

microphone during a telephone

call.

Detailed information for audio control

buttons are described in the following

pages in this section.

OJFHP046441R

CAUTION

Do not operate audio remote

control buttons simultaneously.

2064

Features of your vehicle

AUX, USB port

You can use an AUX port to connect

audio devices and an USB port to

plug in an USB or iPod

✽✽

NOTICE

When using a portable audio device

connected to the power outlet, noise

may occur during playback. If this

happens, use the power source of the

portable audio device.

iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OJFHP046128R

Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

• Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

• Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

• AUTO HOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

• Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Autonomous emergency braking (AEB) . . . . . . . 5-43

• System setting and activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

• AEB warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 5-46

• Brake operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

• Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle

in front (front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

• Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

• Recognizing pedestrians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53

Cruise Control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

• Cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58

• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58

• To temporarily accelerate with the

cruise control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

• To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

• To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60

• To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60

Speed limit control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61

• To set speed limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61

• To turn off the speed limit control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63

Speed Limit Information Function (SLIF) . . . . . 5-64

• System setting and activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65

• Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66

• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69

Advanced smart cruise control system. . . . . . . . . 5-70

• Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71

• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

• To adjust the sensitivity of advanced

smart cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81

• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-87

• Plug-in hybrid vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) . . . . . . . . . . 5-89

• LKAS operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

• Warning light and message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

• LKAS function change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Blind spot detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98

• BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99

• RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102

• Driver's Attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105

Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108

• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108

• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108

• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109

• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110

• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110

• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

• Snowy or Icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 5-116

• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116

• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-116

• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-116

• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116

• Use approved window washer anti-freeze

in system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117

• Don't let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117

• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-117

• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117

Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• Base kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• Vehicle kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

• Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,

open the windows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.

Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colourless, odourless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death

by asphyxiation.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you

hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle,

have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the

engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in

an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn

into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate/trunk open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.

2. Open side vents.

3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher

speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the

windscreen are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

Driving your vehicle

Before entering vehicle

• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights are

clean.

• Check the condition of the tyres.

• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections

Fluid levels, such as engine oil,

engine coolant, brake fluid, and

washer fluid should be checked on a

regular basis, with the exact interval

depending on the fluid. Further

details are provided in chapter 7,

“Maintenance”.

Before starting

• Close and lock all doors.

• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.

• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.

• Check all gauges.

• Check the operation of warning

lights when the engine start/stop

button switch is turned to the ON

position.

• Release the parking brake and

make sure the brake warning light

goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are

familiar with your vehicle and its

equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING

Driving whilst distracted can

result in a loss of vehicle con-

trol, that may lead to an accident,

severe personal injury, and

death. The driver’s primary

responsibility is in the safe and

legal operation of a vehicle, and

use of any handheld devices,

other equipment, or vehicle sys-

tems which take the driver’s

eyes, attention and focus away

from the safe operation of a vehi-

cle or which are not permissible

by law should never be used

during operation of the vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Driving under

the influence of alcohol or

drugs

Drinking and driving is danger-

ous. Drunk driving is the num-

ber one contributor to the high-

way death toll each year. Even a

small amount of alcohol will

affect your reflexes, percep-

tions and judgement. Driving

whilst under the influence of

drugs is as dangerous or more

dangerous than driving drunk.

You are much more likely to

have a serious accident if you

drink or take drugs and drive.

If you are drinking or taking

drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride

with a driver who has been drink-

ing or taking drugs. Choose a

designated driver or call a cab.

WARNING

• When you intend to park or

stop the vehicle with the

engine on, be careful not to

depress the accelerator pedal

for a long period of time. It may

overheat the engine or exhaust

system and cause fire.

• When you make a sudden

stop or turn the steering

wheel rapidly, loose objects

may drop on the floor and it

could interfere with the opera-

tion of the foot pedals, possi-

bly causing an accident. Keep

all things in the vehicle safely

stored.

• If you do not focus on driving,

it may cause an accident. Be

careful when operating what

may disturb driving such as

audio or heater. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

always drive safely.

WARNING

All passengers must be proper-

ly belted whenever the vehicle

is moving. Refer to “Seat belts”

in chapter 3 for more informa-

tion on their proper use.

WARNING

Always check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-

ple, especially children, before

putting a vehicle into “D (Drive)”

or “R (Reverse)”.

Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

Illuminated engine start/stop

button

Whenever the front door is opened,

the engine start/stop button will illu-

minate for your convenience. The

light will go off after about 30 sec-

onds when the door is closed. It will

also go off immediately when the

engine start/stop button is ON posi-

tion.

Engine start/stop button posi-

tion

OFF

To turn off the hybrid system

(START/RUN position) or vehicle

power (ON position), press the engine

start/stop button with the shift lever in

the P (Park) position. When you press

the engine start/stop button without

the shift lever in the P (Park) position,

the engine start/stop button will not

change to the OFF position but to the

ACC position.

Vehicles equipped with anti-theft

steering column lock

The steering wheel locks when the

engine start/stop button is in the OFF

position to protect you against theft.

It locks when the door is opened.

If the steering wheel is not locked

properly when you open the driver's

door, the warning chime will sound.

Try locking the steering wheel again.

If the problem is not solved, have the

system checked by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

In addition, if the engine start/stop

button is in the OFF position after the

driver's door is opened, the steering

wheel will not lock and the warning

chime will sound. In such a situation,

close the door. Then the steering

wheel will lock and the warning

chime will stop.

OJFHP056004R

Not illuminated

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If the steering wheel doesn't unlock

properly, the engine start/stop but-

ton will not work. Press the engine

start/stop button whilst turning the

steering wheel right and left to

release the tension.

ACC(Accessory)

Press the engine start/stop button

whilst it is in the OFF position without

depressing the brake pedal.

The steering wheel unlocks (if

equipped with anti-theft steering col-

umn lock) and electrical accessories

are operational.

If the engine start/stop button is in the

ACC position for more than 1 hour,

the button is turned off automatically

to prevent battery discharge.

Press the engine start/stop button

whilst it is in the ACC position without

depressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checked

before the hybrid system is started.

Do not leave the hybrid system

start/stop button in the ON position

for a long time. The battery may dis-

charge, because the engine is not

running.

CAUTION

You are able to turn off the

hybrid system (START/RUN) or

vehicle power (ON), only when

the vehicle is not in motion. In an

emergency situation whilst the

vehicle is in motion, you are able

to turn the hybrid system off and

to the ACC position by pressing

the engine start/stop button for

more than 2 seconds or 3 times

successively within 3 seconds.

If the vehicle is still moving, you

can restart the hybrid system

without depressing the brake

pedal by pressing the engine

start/stop button with the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position.

Amber

Redish orange

Driving your vehicle

START/RUN

To start the hybrid system, depress

the brake pedal and press the engine

start/stop button with the shift lever in

the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi-

tion. For your safety, start the hybrid

system with the shift lever in the P

(Park) position.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you press the engine start/stop

button without depressing the brake

pedal for automatic transaxle vehi-

cles, the hybrid system will not start

and the engine start/stop button

changes as follow:

OFF

➔

ACC

➔➔

OFF or ACC

✽

NOTICE

If you leave the engine start/stop

button in the ACC or ON position

for a long time, the battery will dis-

charge.

WARNING

• Never press the engine

start/stop button whilst the

vehicle is in motion.This would

result in loss of directional

control and braking function,

which could cause an accident.

• The anti-theft steering column

lock (if equipped) is not a sub-

stitute for the parking brake.

Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is engaged in P

(Park), set the parking brake

fully and shut the engine off.

Unexpected and sudden vehi-

cle movement may occur if

these precautions are not

taken.

(Continued)

Not illuminated

(Continued)

• Never reach for the engine

start/ stop button or any other

controls through the steering

wheel whilst the vehicle is in

motion. The presence of your

hand or arm in the area could

cause loss of vehicle control,

an accident and serious bodi-

ly injury or death.

• Do not place any movable

objects around the driver's

seat as they may move whilst

driving, interfere with the driv-

er and lead to an accident.

Driving your vehicle

Starting the hybrid system

✽✽

NOTICE

• The hybrid system will start by

pressing the Engine Start/Stop

button, only when the smart key is

in the vehicle.

• Even when the smart key is in the

vehicle, and when it is far away

from the driver, the hybrid system

may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is in the ACC or ON position,

any door is open, the system

checks for the smart key. When

the smart key is not in the vehicle,

the " " indicator will blink and

the warning "Key not in vehicle"

will come on. When all doors are

closed, the chime will also sound

for about 5 seconds. Keep the

smart key in the vehicle when in

the ACC position or if the hybrid

system is ON.

1. Always carry the smart key with

you.

2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton. If the hybrid system starts, the

" " indicator will come on.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up whilst the vehicle remains sta-

tionary.

Start driving at moderate engine

speeds. (Steep accelerating and

decelerating should be avoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator whilst

starting the vehicle. Do not race

the engine whilst warming it up.

• If ambient temperature is low, the

" " indicator may remain illu-

minated longer than the normal

amount of time.

WARNING

• Always wear appropriate

shoes when operating your

vehicle. Unsuitable shoes,

such as high heels, ski boots,

sandals, flip-flops, etc., may

interfere with your ability to

use the brake and accelerator

pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with

the accelerator pedal

depressed.

The vehicle can move and

lead to an accident.

Driving your vehicle

105

✽✽

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• If the " " indicator turns off

whilst you are in motion, do not

attempt to move the shift lever to

the P (Park) position.

If traffic and road conditions per-

mit, you may put the shift lever in

the N (Neutral) position whilst the

vehicle is still moving and press

the Engine Start/Stop button in an

attempt to restart the hybrid sys-

tem.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the hybrid system.

✽

NOTICE

• If the battery is weak or the smart

key does not work correctly, you

can start the hybrid system by

pressing the engine start/stop but-

ton with the smart key.

The side with the lock button

should be contacted directly.

When you press the engine

start/stop button directly with the

smart key, the smart key should

contact the button at a right angle.

(Continued)

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you cannot start the hybrid system

normally.

Replace the fuse with a new one. If

it is not possible, you can start the

hybrid system by pressing the

engine start/stop button for 10 sec-

onds whilst it is in the ACC posi-

tion. The engine can start without

depressing the brake pedal. But

for your safety always depress the

brake pedal before starting the

engine.

CAUTION

Do not press the engine

start/stop button for more than

10 seconds except when the

stop lamp fuse is blown.

OJFHP056009R

511

Driving your vehicle

Automatic transaxle operation

The automatic transaxle has 6 for-

ward speeds and one reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected

automatically, depending on the

position of the shift lever.

✽✽

NOTICE

The first few shifts on a new vehicle,

if the battery has been disconnected,

may be somewhat abrupt. This is a

normal condition, and the shifting

sequence will adjust after shifts are

cycled a few times by the TCM

(Transaxle Control Module) or

PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OJF055012R

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the lock release button when shifting.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.

Driving your vehicle

125

For smooth operation, depress the

brake pedal when shifting from N

(Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear.

Transaxle ranges

The indicator lights in the instrument

cluster displays the shift lever posi-

tion when the engine start/stop but-

ton switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park). This

position locks the transaxle and pre-

vents the front wheels from rotating.

To shift from P (Park), you must

depress firmly on the brake pedal

and make sure your foot is off the

accelerator pedal.

If you have done all of the above

and still cannot shift the lever out of

P (Park), see "Shift-lock override" in

this chapter.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)

before turning the hybrid system off.

WARNING - Automatic

transaxle

• Always check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position; then set the parking

brake fully and shut the

engine off. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement

can occur if these precautions

are not followed in the order

identified.

• Do not use the engine brake

(shifting from a high gear to

lower gear) rapidly on slip-

pery roads.

The vehicle may slip causing

an accident.

CAUTION

• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate

the engine in R (Reverse) or

any forward gear position with

the brakes on.

• When stopped on an uphill

grades, do not hold the vehi-

cle stationary with engine

power. Use the brake pedal or

the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral)

or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R

(Reverse) when the engine is

above idle speed.

513

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are not

engaged. The vehicle will roll freely

even on the slightest incline unless

the parking brake or service brakes

are applied.

CAUTION

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into or out of R

(Reverse); you may damage the

transaxle if you shift into R

(Reverse) whilst the vehicle is in

motion, except as explained in

“Rocking the vehicle”, in this

manual.

CAUTION

The transaxle may be damaged

if you shift into P (Park) whilst

the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING

Do not drive with the shift lever

in N (Neutral).

The engine brake will not work

and lead to an accident.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) whilst

the vehicle is in motion will

cause the drive wheels to lock

which will cause you to lose

control of the vehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-

tion in place of the parking

brake. Always make sure the

shift lever is latched in the P

(Park) position and set the

parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattend-

ed in a vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

145

- Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Follow below steps when parking

and you want the vehicle to move

when pushed.

1.After parking your vehicle, step on

the brake pedal and move the shift

lever to [P] with the ignition button in

[ON] or whilst the engine is running.

2.If the parking brake is applied

unlock the parking brake.

- For EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) equipped vehicles, push

the brake pedal with the ignition

button in [ON] or whilst the

engine is running to disengage

the parking brake. If [AUTO

HOLD] function is used whilst

driving (If [AUTO HOLD] indicator

is on in the cluster), press [AUTO

HOLD] switch and [AUTO HOLD]

function should be turn off.

3.Whilst pressing the brake pedal,

turn the ignition button [OFF].

- For smart key equipped vehicles,

the ignition switch can be moved

to [OFF] only when the shift lever

is in [P].

4.Change the gear shift lever to [N]

(Neutral) whilst pressing the brake

pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK

RELEASE] button or inserting,

pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead

screw-driver) into the [SHIFT

LOCK RELEASE] access hole at

the same time. Then, the vehicle

will move when external force is

applied.

CAUTION

• With the exception of parking

in neutral gear, always park the

vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety

and engage the parking brake.

• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)

gear, first make sure the park-

ing ground is level and flat. Do

not park in [N] gear on any

slopes or gradients.

If parked and left in [N], the

vehicle may move and cause

serious damage and injury.

(Continued)

• After the ignition switch has

been turned off, the electronic

parking brake cannot be dis-

engaged.

• For EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) equipped vehicles with

[AUTO HOLD] function used

whilst driving, if the ignition

button has been turned [OFF],

the electronic parking brake

will be engaged automatically.

Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func-

tion should be turned off before

the ignition button is turned off.

515

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving

position. The transaxle will automati-

cally shift through a 6-gear sequence,

providing the best fuel economy and

power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or climbing grades,

depress the accelerator pedal fully

(more than 82%) until the kick down

mechanism works with a clicking

noise, at which time the transaxle will

automatically downshift to the next

lower gear.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive).

• A clicking noise heard from the

kick down mechanism by depress-

ing the accelerator pedal fully is a

normal condition.

Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or

in motion, manual mode is selected

by pushing the shift lever from the D

(Drive) position into the manual gate.

To return to D (Drive) range opera-

tion, push the shift lever back into the

main gate.

In manual mode, moving the shift

lever backwards and forwards will

allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward

once to shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one

gear.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In manual mode, the driver must

execute upshifts in accordance

with road conditions, taking care

to keep the engine speed below the

red zone.

• In manual mode, only the 6 for-

ward gears can be selected. To

reverse or park the vehicle, move

the shift lever to the R (Reverse)

or P (Park) position as required.

• In manual mode, downshifts are

made automatically when the

vehicle slows down. When the

vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-

cally selected.

• In manual mode, when the engine

rpm approaches the red zone shift

points are varied to upshift auto-

matically.

• To maintain the required levels of

vehicle performance and safety,

the system may not execute cer-

tain gearshifts when the shift lever

is operated.

(Continued)

OJF055257R

Driving your vehicle

165

(Continued)

• When driving on a slippery road,

push the shift lever forward into

the +(up) position. This causes the

transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear

which is better for appropriate

driving on a slippery road. Push

the shift lever to the -(down) side

to shift back to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system

For your safety, the automatic

transaxle has a shift lock system

which prevents shifting the transaxle

from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transaxle from P (Park)

into R (Reverse):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the hybrid system or turn the

ignition switch to the ON position.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the brake pedal is repeatedly

depressed and released with the

shift lever in the P (Park) position, a

chattering noise & vibration near the

shift lever may be heard. This is a

normal condition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved

from the P (Park) position into R

(Reverse) position with the brake

pedal depressed, continue depress-

ing the brake, then do the following:

1. Place the engine start/stop button

switch in the LOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release access

hole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole and

press down on the tool.

WARNING

Always fully depress the brake

pedal before and whilst shifting

out of the P (Park) position into

another position to avoid inad-

vertent motion of the vehicle

which could injure persons in

or around the vehicle.

OJF055013R

517

Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever.

6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock

override access hole then install

the cap.

7. Have the system inspected by a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Good driving practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This may be

extremely hazardous. Always leave

the vehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can

cause them to overheat and mal-

function. Instead, when you are

driving down a long hill, slow down

and shift to a lower gear. When you

do this, engine braking will help

slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a

lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

gear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do

not depend on placing the

transaxle in P (Park) to keep the

vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears. On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator pedal.

Driving your vehicle

185

Moving up a steep grade from a

standing start

To move up a steep grade from a

standing start, depress the brake

pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive).

Select the appropriate gear depend-

ing on load weight and steepness of

the grade, and release the parking

brake. Depress the accelerator grad-

ually whilst releasing the brake pedal.

When accelerating from a stop on a

steep hill, the vehicle may have a

tendency to roll backwards.

Shifting the shift lever into 2

(Second Gear) will help prevent the

vehicle from rolling backwards.

WARNING

If your vehicle becomes stuck in

snow, mud, sand, etc., then you

may attempt to rock the vehicle

free by moving it forward and

backward. Do not attempt this

procedure if people or objects

are anywhere near the vehicle.

During the rocking operation the

vehicle may suddenly move for-

ward of backward as it becomes

unstuck, causing injury or dam-

age to nearby people or objects.

WARNING

• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant is

significantly more likely to be

seriously injured or killed than

a properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control

of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off the

roadway and the driver over-

steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed

limits.

519

Driving your vehicle

Power brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

If the hybrid system is not on or is

turned off whilst driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.

You can still stop your vehicle by

applying greater force to the brake

pedal than typical. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be longer than

with power brakes.

When the hybrid system is not on,

the reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not depress the brake pedal con-

tinuously without the " " indica-

tor ON. The battery may be dis-

charged.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)

Always test your brakes in

this fashion after driving

through deep water. To dry the

brakes, apply them lightly

whilst maintaining a safe for-

ward speed until brake per-

formance returns to normal.

• Always, confirm the position

of the brake and accelerator

pedal before driving. If you

don’t check the position of the

accelerator and brake pedal

before driving, you may

depress the accelerator

instead of the brake pedal. It

may cause a serious accident.

WARNING - Brakes

• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.

This will create abnormal high

brake temperatures, excessive

brake lining and pad wear, and

increased stopping distances.

• When descending a long or

steep hill, shift to a lower gear

and avoid continuous applica-

tion of the brakes. Continuous

brake application will cause

the brakes to overheat and

could result in a temporary

loss of braking performance.

• Wet brakes may impair the

vehicle’s ability to safely slow

down; the vehicle may also

pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Applying

the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been

affected in this way.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

205

Disc brakes wear indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high-pitched warning sound from

your front brakes or rear brakes (if

equipped). You may hear this sound

come and go or it may occur when-

ever you depress the brake pedal.

Please remember that some driving

conditions or climates may cause a

brake squeal when you first apply (or

lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-

mal and does not indicate a problem

with your brakes.

Electronic parking brake (EPB)

Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (Electronic parking

brake):

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the warning light comes

on.

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-

ly if the Auto Hold button is on when

the engine is turned off.

CAUTION

• To avoid costly brake repairs,

do not continue to drive with

worn brake pads.

• Always replace the front or

rear brake pads as pairs.

WARNING - Brake wear

This brake wear warning sound

means your vehicle needs serv-

ice. If you ignore this audible

warning, you will eventually lose

braking performance, which

could lead to a serious accident.

OJF055018R

521

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

On a steep incline or when pulling a

trailer if the vehicle does not stand

still, do as follows:

1. Apply the EPB.

2. Pull up the EPB switch for more

than 3 seconds.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (Electronic park-

ing brake), press the EPB switch in

the following condition:

• Have the engine start/stop button

in the ON position.

• Depress the brake pedal.

Make sure the brake warning light

goes off.

To release EPB (Electronic parking

brake) automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of P

(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of N

(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D

(Drive).

• Depress the accelerator pedal

slowly when the following condi-

tions are satisfied:

1. Start the engine.

2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

3. Close the driver's door, engine

bonnet and trunk(tailgate).

4. The shift lever is in R (Rear), D

(Drive) or manual mode.

Make sure the brake warning light

goes off.

CAUTION

Do not operate the parking

brake whilst the vehicle is mov-

ing except in an emergency sit-

uation. It could damage the

vehicle system and endanger

driving safety.

OJF055019R

Driving your vehicle

225

✽✽

NOTICE

• For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the engine

stop/start button is in the OFF

position, but you cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brake

pedal and release the parking

brake manually with the EPB

switch when you drive downhill or

when backing up the vehicle.

EPB (Electronic parking brake) may

be automatically applied when:

• The EPB is overheated

• Requested by other systems

• The hybrid system is turned off

with the EPB applied

✽✽

NOTICE

• If Auto Hold is operating (Green

light), EPB is applied automatical-

ly when the hybrid system is

turned off.

• If Auto Hold is in ready position

(White light), EPB is applied auto-

matically after 1 second from the

hybrid system off timing. In this

case, if the EPB switch is pressed

within 1 second, the EPB will not

be applied.

CAUTION

• If the parking brake warning

light is still on even though the

EPB has been released, have

the system checked by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/ service partner.

• Do not drive your vehicle with

the EPB applied. It may cause

excessive brake pad and

brake rotor wear.

523

Driving your vehicle

System warning

• If you try to drive off depressing the

accelerator pedal with the EPB

applied, but doesn't release auto-

matically, a warning will sound and

a message will appear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-

tened and the engine bonnet or

trunk(tailgate) is opened, a warn-

ing will sound and a message will

appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-

cle, a warning may sound and a

message may appear.

If the above situation occurs,

depress the brake pedal and release

EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

OJF057248L

WARNING

• To prevent unintentional

movement when stopped and

leaving the vehicle, do not use

the shift lever in place of the

parking brake. Set the parking

brake and make sure the shift

lever is securely positioned in

P (Park).

• Never allow anyone who is

unfamiliar with the vehicle to

touch the parking brake. If the

parking brake is released

unintentionally, serious injury

may occur.

• All vehicles should always

have the parking brake fully

engaged when parking to

avoid inadvertent movement

of the car which can injure

occupants or pedestrians.

CAUTION

• A click or electric brake motor

whine sound may be heard

whilst operating or releasing

the EPB, but these conditions

are normal and indicate that the

EPB is functioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with a

parking lot attendant or valet,

make sure to inform him/her

how to operate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction if

you drive with the EPB applied.

• When you automatically

release EPB by depressing

the accelerator pedal, depress

it slowly.

Driving your vehicle

245

System warning

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

System warning

If the EPB is applied whilst Auto Hold

is activated because of ESC

(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

OJF055249L

OJF055250L

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTION

Depress the brake pedal when

the above message appears for

the Auto Hold and EPB may not

activate.

OJF055251L

OJF055252L

■ Type A

■ Type B

525

Driving your vehicle

EPB malfunction indicator

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if the

engine start/stop button is changed

to the ON position and goes off in

approximately 3 seconds if the sys-

tem is operation normally.

If the EPB malfunction indicator

remains on, comes on whilst driving,

or does not come on when the igni-

tion switch or the engine start/stop

button is changed to the ON position,

this indicates that the EPB may have

malfunctioned.

If this occurs, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

The EPB malfunction indicator may

illuminate when the ESC indicator

comes on to indicate that the ESC is

not working properly, but it does not

indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

OJF055056

CAUTION

• The EPB warning light may illu-

minate if the EPB switch oper-

ates abnormally. Shut the

engine off and turn it on again

after a few minutes. The warn-

ing light will go off and the EPB

switch will operate normally.

However, if the EPB warning

light is still on, have the system

checked by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

(Continued)

• If the parking brake warning

light does not illuminate or

blinks even though the EPB

switch was pulled up, the EPB

is not applied.

• If the parking brake warning

light blinks when the EPB

warning light is on, press the

switch, then pull it up. Once

more press it back to its origi-

nal position and pull it back

up. If the EPB warning does

not go off, have the system

checked by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Driving your vehicle

265

Emergency braking

If there is a problem with the brake

pedal whilst driving, emergency

braking is possible by pulling up and

holding the EPB switch. Braking is

possible only whilst you are holding

the EPB switch.

✽✽

NOTICE

During emergency braking by the

EPB, the parking brake warning

light will illuminate to indicate that

the system is operating.

When the EPB (Electronic parking

brake) does not release

If the EPB does not release normal-

ly, load the vehicle on a flatbed tow

truck and have the system checked

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

Do not operate the parking

brake whilst the vehicle is mov-

ing except in an emergency sit-

uation.

CAUTION

If you continuously notice a

noise or burning smell when the

EPB is used for emergency

braking, have the system

checked by a professional work-

shop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

527

Driving your vehicle

AUTO HOLD

The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle

in a standstill even though the brake

pedal is not depressed after the driv-

er brings the vehicle to a complete

stop by depressing the brake pedal.

Set up

1. With the driver's door, engine bon-

net closed, fasten the driver's seat

belt or depress the brake pedal

and then press the Auto Hold but-

ton. The white AUTO HOLD indi-

cator will come on and the system

will be in the standby position.

2. When you stop the vehicle com-

pletely by depressing the brake

pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator

changes from white to green.

3. The vehicle will remain stationary

even if you release the brake pedal.

4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be

released.

OJF055264R

OJF055263R

Driving your vehicle

285

Leaving

If you press the accelerator pedal

with the shift lever in D (Drive) or

manual mode, the Auto Hold will be

released automatically and the vehi-

cle will start to move. The indicator

changes from green to white.

Cancel

To cancel the Auto Hold operation,

press the Auto Hold switch. The

AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.

To cancel the Auto Hold operation

when the vehicle is at a standstill,

press the Auto Hold switch whilst

depressing the brake pedal.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:

- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door is opened

- The engine bonnet is opened

- The shift lever is in P (Park) or R

(Reverse)

- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold

automatically switches to EPB in

such cases:

- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door is opened

- The engine bonnet is opened

- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes

- The vehicle is standing on a steep

slope

- The vehicle moved several times

(Continued)

WARNING

When driving off from Auto

Hold by depressing the acceler-

ator pedal, always check the

surrounding area near your

vehicle.

Slowly depress the accelerator

pedal for a smooth launch.

OJF055265R

529

Driving your vehicle

(Continued)

In these cases, the brake warning

light comes on, the AUTO HOLD

indicator changes from green to

white, and a warning sounds and a

message will appear to inform you

that EPB has been automatically

engaged. Before driving off again,

press foot brake pedal, check the

surrounding area near your vehi-

cle and release parking brake

manually with the EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicator

lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is

not working properly. In this case,

have your vehicle inspected by a

professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to contact an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Whilst operating Auto Hold, you

may heard mechanical noise.

However, it is normal operation

noise.

WARNING

• Press the accelerator pedal

slowly when you start the

vehicle.

• For your safety, cancel the

Auto Hold when you drive

downhill or back up the vehi-

cle or park the vehicle.

CAUTION

If there is a malfunction with the

driver’s door, engine bonnet

open detection system, the Auto

Hold may not work properly.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

contact an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

Driving your vehicle

305

Warning messages

Parking brake automatically locked

When the EPB is applied from Auto

Hold, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

AUTO HOLD deactivating.

Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

✽✽

NOTICE

When this message is displayed, the

Auto Hold and EPB may not oper-

ate. For your safety, depress the

brake pedal.

OJF055122L

OJF055123L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJF055120L

OJF055121L

■ Type A

■ Type B

531

Driving your vehicle

Press brake pedal to deactivate

AUTO HOLD

If you did not apply the brake pedal

when you release the Auto Hold by

pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

AUTO HOLD conditions not met.

Close door, bonnet, trunk, and fas-

ten seatbelt

When you press the [AUTO HOLD]

switch, if the driver’s door, engine

bonnet are not closed or the driver’s

seat belt is unfastened, a warning

will sound and a message will

appear on the LCD display. At this

moment, press the [AUTO HOLD]

button after closing the driver’s door,

engine bonnet and fastening the seat

belt.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

OJF055126L

OJF055127L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJF057124L

WARNING

ABS (or ESC) will not prevent

accidents due to improper or

dangerous driving manoeuvres.

Even though vehicle control is

improved during emergency

braking, always maintain a safe

distance between you and

objects ahead. Vehicle speeds

should always be reduced dur-

ing extreme road conditions.

The braking distance for vehicle

equipped with an anti-lock brak-

ing system (or Electronic

Stability Control) may be longer

than for those without it in the

following road conditions.

During these conditions the

vehicle should be driven at

reduced speeds:

• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

• With tyre chains installed.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

325

(Continued)

• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has different

surface height.

The safety features of an ABS

(or ESC) equipped vehicle

should not be tested by high

speed driving or cornering. This

could endanger the safety of

yourself or others.

The ABS continuously senses the

speed of the wheels. If the wheels

are going to lock, the ABS system

repeatedly modulates the hydraulic

brake pressure to the wheels.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the wheels,

you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the

brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-

tion in the brake pedal. This is normal

and it means your ABS is active.

In order to obtain the maximum ben-

efit from your ABS in an emergency

situation, do not attempt to modulate

your brake pressure and do not try to

pump your brakes. Press your brake

pedal as hard as possible or as hard

as the situation warrants and allow

the ABS to control the force being

delivered to the brakes.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the vehi-

cle begins to move after the engine is

started. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the anti-lock brake

system is functioning properly.

533

Driving your vehicle

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-

tem, your vehicle still requires suf-

ficient stopping distance. Always

maintain a safe distance from the

vehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.

The anti-lock brake system cannot

prevent accidents resulting from

excessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the anti-lock brake

system may result in a longer stop-

ping distance than for vehicles

equipped with a conventional

brake system.

CAUTION

• If the ABS warning light is on

and stays on, you may have a

problem with the ABS. In this

case, however, your regular

brakes will work normally.

(Continued)

W-78

(Continued)

• The ABS warning light will

stay on for approximately 3

seconds after the engine

start/stop button switch is ON.

During that time, the ABS will

go through self-diagnosis and

the light will go off if every-

thing is normal.

If the light stays on, you may

have a problem with your

ABS. In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to contact an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

Driving your vehicle

345

✽✽

NOTICE

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the

engine may not run as smoothly and

the ABS warning light may turn on

at the same time. This happens

because of the low battery voltage. It

does not mean your ABS is malfunc-

tioning.

• Do not pump your brakes!

• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

Electronic stability control

(ESC) (if equipped)

The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) system is designed to stabi-

lize the vehicle during cornering

manoeuvres. ESC checks where you

are steering and where the vehicle is

actually going. ESC applies the

brakes at individual wheels and inter-

venes with engine management sys-

tem to stabilize the vehicle.

OJF055023R

CAUTION

• When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as an

icy road, and operate your

brakes continuously, the ABS

will be active continuously

and the ABS warning light

may illuminate. Pull your vehi-

cle over to a safe place and

stop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABS

warning light is off, then your

ABS system is normal.

Otherwise, you may have a

problem with the ABS. In this

case, have your vehicle

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

contact an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

535

Driving your vehicle

The Electronic stability control (ESC)

system is an electronic system

designed to help the driver maintain

vehicle control under adverse condi-

tions. It is not a substitute for safe

driving practices. Factors including

speed, road conditions and driver

steering input can all affect whether

ESC will be effective in preventing a

loss of control. It is still your respon-

sibility to drive and corner at reason-

able speeds and to leave a sufficient

margin of safety.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’

sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-

responding sensation in the brake

pedal. This is normal and it means

your ESC is active.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the vehi-

cle begins to move after the engine is

started. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the Electronic sta-

bility control (ESC) System is func-

tioning properly.

WARNING

Never drive too fast for the road

conditions or too quickly when

cornering. Electronic stability

control (ESC) will not prevent

accidents. Excessive speed in

turns, abrupt manoeuvres and

hydroplaning on wet surfaces

can still result in serious acci-

dents. Only a safe and attentive

driver can prevent accidents by

avoiding manoeuvres that cause

the vehicle to lose traction.

Even with ESC installed, always

follow all the normal precautions

for driving - including driving at

safe speeds for the conditions.

Driving your vehicle

365

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

• When the engine start/stop

button is turned ON, ESC

and ESC OFF indicator

lights illuminate for approxi-

mately 3 seconds, then

ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-

ton for at least half a sec-

ond after turning the igni-

tion ON to turn ESC off.

(ESC OFF indicator will

illuminate). To turn the

ESC on, press the ESC

OFF button (ESC OFF

indicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,

you may hear a slight tick-

ing sound. This is the ESC

performing an automatic

system self-check and

does not indicate a prob-

lem.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-

tion, ESC indicator light

blinks.

• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-

ing properly, you can feel a

slight pulsation in the vehi-

cle. This is only the effect

of brake control and indi-

cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the

mud or slippery road, the

engine rpm (revolution per

minute) may not increase

even if you press the

accelerator pedal deeply.

This is to maintain the sta-

bility and traction of the

vehicle and does not indi-

cate a problem.

ESC operation off

ESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESC

off states.

If the engine stops when

ESC is off, ESC remains off.

Upon restarting the engine,

the ESC will automatically

turn on again.

537

Driving your vehicle

• ESC off state 1

To cancel ESC operation, press the

ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) short-

ly (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF

) illuminates). At this state, the

engine control function does not oper-

ate. It means the traction control func-

tion does not operate. Brake control

function only operates.

• ESC off state 2

To cancel ESC operation, press the

ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for

more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-

cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates

and ESC OFF warning chime will

sound. At this state, the engine con-

trol function and brake control func-

tion do not operate. It means the car

stability control function does not

operate any more.

Indicator light

When engine start/stop button switch

is turned to ON, the indicator light

illuminates, then goes off if the ESC

system is operating normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-

ever ESC is operating or illuminates

when ESC fails to operate.

ESC OFF indicator light comes on

when the ESC is turned off with the

button.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

OJF055253L

OJF055254L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJF055255L

OJF055232L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Driving your vehicle

385

ESC OFF usage

When driving

• ESC should be turned on for daily

driving whenever possible.

• To turn ESC off whilst driving,

press the ESC OFF button whilst

driving on a flat road surface.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC

is turned off by pressing the ESC

OFF button for more than 3 sec-

onds (ESC OFF light illuminated).

If the ESC is left on, it may prevent

the vehicle speed from increasing,

and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affect

ABS or brake system operation.

Vehicle stability management

(VSM)

This system provides further

enhancements to vehicle stability

and steering responses when a vehi-

cle is driving on a slippery road or a

vehicle detected changes in coeffi-

cient of friction between right wheels

and left wheels when braking.

VSM operation

When the VSM is operating:

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

( ) light will blink.

• The steering wheel may be con-

trolled.

When the vehicle stability manage-

ment is operating properly, you can

feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle.

This is only the effect of brake control

and indicates nothing unusual.

WARNING

Never press the ESC OFF but-

ton whilst ESC is operating

(ESC indicator light blinks).

If ESC is turned off whilst ESC

is operating, the vehicle may

slip out of control.

CAUTION

Driving with varying tyre or

wheel sizes may cause the ESC

system to malfunction. When

replacing tyres, make sure they

are the same size as your origi-

nal tyres.

WARNING

The Electronic Stability Control

system is only a driving aid; use

precautions for safe driving by

slowing down on curved,

snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow-

ly and don’t attempt to acceler-

ate whenever the ESC indicator

light is blinking, or when the

road surface is slippery.

539

Driving your vehicle

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on bank road such as gra-

dient or incline

• Driving rearward

• ESC OFF indicator light ( )

remains on the instrument cluster

• EPS (Electronic Power Steering)

indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation off

If you press the ESC OFF button to

turn off the ESC, the VSM will also

cancel and the ESC OFF indicator

light ( ) illuminates.

To turn on the VSM, press the button

again. The ESC OFF indicator light

goes out.

Malfunction indicator

The VSM can be deactivated even if

you don’t cancel the VSM operation

by pressing the ESC OFF button. It

indicates that a malfunction has

been detected somewhere in the

EPS (Electronic Power Steering)

system or VSM system. If the ESC

indicator light ( ) or EPS warning

light remains on, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 22 km/h

(13 mph) on curves.

• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 10 km/h

(6 mph) when a vehicle is braking

on a split-mu road. The split-mu

road is made of surfaces which

have different friction forces.

WARNING

• The Vehicle Stability

Management system is not a

substitute for safe driving

practices but a supplementary

function only. It is the respon-

sibility of the driver to always

check the speed and the dis-

tance to the vehicle ahead.

Always hold the steering

wheel firmly whilst driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to

activate according to the dri-

ver’s intention, even with the

VSM installed. Always follow

all the normal precautions for

driving at safe speeds for the

conditions – including driving

in inclement weather and on a

slippery road.

• Driving with varying tyre or

wheel sizes may cause the

VSM system to malfunction.

When replacing tyres, make

sure they are the same size as

your original tyres.

Driving your vehicle

405

Hill-start assist control (HAC)

A vehicle has the tendency to slip back

on a steep hill when it starts to go after

stopping. The Hill-start Assist Control

(HAC) prevents the vehicle from slip-

ping back by operating the brakes

automatically for about 1~2 seconds.

The brakes are released when the

accelerator pedal is depressed or after

about 1~2 seconds.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The HAC does not operate when

the transaxle shift lever is in the P

(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though

the ESC is off but it does not acti-

vate when the ESC has malfunc-

tioned.

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)

The Emergency Stop Signal system

alerts the driver behind by blinking

the stop light when the vehicle is

braked rapidly and severely.

The system is activated when:

• The vehicle suddenly stops (vehi-

cle speed is over 55km/h and the

vehicle deceleration at greater

than 7 m/s

)

• The ABS is activating

When the vehicle speed is under 40

km/h and the ABS deactivates or the

sudden stop situation is over, the

stop light blinking will stop. Instead,

the hazard warning flasher will turn

on automatically.

The hazard warning flasher will turn

off when vehicle speed is over

10km/h after the vehicle has

stopped. Also, it will turn off when the

vehicle is driven at low speed for

some time. You can turn it off manu-

ally by pushing the hazard warning

flasher switch.

WARNING

The HAC is activated only for

about 1~2 seconds, so when the

vehicle is starting off always

depress the accelerator pedal.

541

Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brake

is not engaged and that the park-

ing brake indicator light is out

before driving away.

• Driving through water may get the

brakes wet. They can also get wet

when the vehicle is washed. Wet

brakes can be dangerous! Your

vehicle will not stop as quickly if the

brakes are wet. Wet brakes may

cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

lightly until the braking action returns

to normal, taking care to keep the

vehicle under control at all times. If

the braking action does not return to

normal, stop as soon as it is safe to

do so and have your vehicle inspect-

ed by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to call an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

• Do not coast down hills with the

vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-

ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in

gear at all times, use the brakes to

slow down, then shift to a lower

gear so that engine braking will

help you maintain a safe speed.

WARNING

• Whenever you leave or park

your vehicle, always set the

parking brake as far as possi-

ble and fully engage the vehi-

cle's transaxle into the P (Park)

position. If the parking brake is

not fully engaged, the vehicle

may move inadvertently and

injure yourself and others.

• All vehicles should always

have the parking brake fully

engaged when parking to

avoid inadvertent movement

of the vehicle which can injure

occupants or pedestrians.

CAUTION

The Emergency Stop Signal

(ESS) system will not work if the

hazard warning flasher is

already on.

Driving your vehicle

425

• Do not "ride" the brake pedal.

Resting your foot on the brake

pedal whilst driving can be danger-

ous because it can result in the

brakes overheating and losing their

effectiveness. It also increases the

wear of the brake components.

• If a tyre goes flat whilst you are

driving, apply the brakes gently

and keep the vehicle pointed

straight ahead whilst you slow

down. When you are moving slow-

ly enough for it to be safe to do so,

pull off the road and stop in a safe

place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with an

Automatic Transaxle, do not let

your vehicle creep forward. To

avoid creeping forward, keep your

foot firmly on the brake pedal when

the vehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.

Firmly engage the parking brake

and place the shift lever in P (auto-

matic transaxle). If your vehicle is

facing downhill, turn the front

wheels into the kerb to help keep

the vehicle from rolling.

If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn

the front wheels away from the

kerb to help keep the vehicle from

rolling. If there is no kerb or if it is

required by other conditions to

keep the vehicle from rolling, block

the wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-

ing brake can freeze in the engaged

position. This is most likely to hap-

pen when there is an accumulation

of snow or ice around or near the

rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.

If there is a risk that the parking

brake may freeze, apply it only tem-

porarily whilst you put the shift lever

in P (Automatic Transaxle) and

block the rear wheels so the vehicle

cannot roll. Then release the park-

ing brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the

upgrade with the accelerator

pedal. This can cause the transaxle

to overheat. Always use the brake

pedal or parking brake.

543

Driving your vehicle

The AEB system is to reduce or to

avoid accident risk. It recognizes the

distance from the vehicle ahead or

the pedestrian through the sensors

(i.e. radar and camera), and, if nec-

essary, warns the driver of accident

risk with the warning message or the

warning alarms.

System setting and activation

System setting

The driver can activate the AEB by

placing the engine start/stop button

switch to the ON position and by

selecting 'User Settings', 'Driving

Assist', and 'Autonomous Braking

System'. The AEB deactivates, when

the driver cancels the system setting.

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the Autonomous

Emergency Braking (AEB):

• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is not

intended to, nor does it replace

the need for extreme care and

attention of the driver. The

sensing range and objects

detectable by the sensors are

limited. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or whilst cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. AEB does not stop the

vehicle completely and does

not avoid collisions.

OJF057180L

OJF057128L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Driving your vehicle

445

The warning light illumi-

nates on the LCD display,

when you cancel the AEB

system. It illuminates even

with the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) state 2 OFF.

The driver can monitor the AEB

ON/OFF status on the LCD display.

When the warning light remains ON

with the AEB activated, have the sys-

tem checked by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings

in the instrument cluster LCD display. The options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning include the following:

OJF057178L

OJF057179L

■ Type A

OJF057129L

OJF057075L

■ Type B

545

Driving your vehicle

• EARLY - When this condition is

selected, the initial

Forward Collision Warning

is activated earlier than

normal. This setting maxi-

mizes the amount of dis-

tance between the vehicle

or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

• NORMAL - When this condition is

selected, the initial

Forward Collision

Warning is activated nor-

mally. This setting allows

for a nominal amount of

distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian

ahead before the initial

warning occurs.

• LATE - When this condition is

selected, the initial Forward

Collision Warning is activat-

ed later than normal. This

setting reduces the amount

of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead

before the initial warning

occurs.

Prerequisite for activation

The AEB gets ready to be activated,

when the AEB is selected on the

LCD display, and when the following

prerequisites are satisfied.

- The ESC is activated.

- The driving speed is over 10km/h.

(However, AEB is activated within

certain driving speed.)

- When recognizing the vehicle or

the pedestrian in front. (However,

AEB does not activate according to

conditions in front and vehicle sys-

tems, but it notices only certain

warnings.)

WARNING

• The AEB automatically acti-

vates upon placing the igni-

tion switch to the ON position.

The driver can deactivate the

AEB by canceling the system

setting on the LCD display.

• The AEB automatically deacti-

vates upon canceling the

ESC. When the ESC is can-

celled, the AEB cannot be

activated on the LCD display.

• Set or cancel AEB with con-

trolling switches on steering

wheel after stopping the vehi-

cle in the safe place for your

safety.

Driving your vehicle

465

AEB warning message and

system control

The AEB produces warning mes-

sages and warning alarms in accor-

dance with the collision risk levels of

followings like vehicle’s sudden brak-

ing in front or lack of vehicle to vehicle

distance or collision to pedestrians.

Also, it controls the brakes in accor-

dance with the collision risk levels.

Forward Warning (1st warning)

The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

Collision Warning (2nd warning)

• The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

• The vehicle will reduce its speed to

a certain limit.

- The brake activates gradually for

vehicles ahead.

- The brake control activates within

an arranged limit to ease the

impact from a collision.

OJF055076L OJF055077L

547

Driving your vehicle

Emergency braking (3

warning)

• The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

• The AEB controls the brakes with-

in certain limit to release shock

from the collision.

The AEB controls the maximum

brakes just before the collision.

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The AEB provides additional brak-

ing power for optimum braking per-

formance, when the driver

depresses the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the brake pedal,

or when the driver abruptly oper-

ates the steering wheel.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly cancelled, when risk factors dis-

appear.

OJF055078L

WARNING

The AEB cannot avoid all colli-

sions. The AEB might not com-

pletely stop the vehicle before

collision, due to ambient,

weather and road conditions.

The driver has the responsibili-

ty to drive safely and control the

vehicle.

WARNING

The AEB operates in accordance

with the risk levels, such as the

distance from the vehicle/pass-

er-by in front, the speed of the

vehicle/passer-by in front, and

the driver's vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The driver should always pay

great caution to vehicle opera-

tion, even though there is no

warning message or warning

alarm.

Driving your vehicle

485

Sensor to detect the distance

from the vehicle in front

(front radar)

The sensor is to maintain a certain

distance from the vehicle in front.

However, the smudged sensor lens

with foreign substances, such as

snow and rain, adversely affects the

sensing performance. It may even

temporarily cancel the AEB. Always

keep the sensor lens clean.

Warning message and warning

light

When the sensor cover or the sensor

lens is smudged with the foreign sub-

stances, such as snow or rain, the

AEB operation may temporarily stop.

In this case, the warning message

appears to warn the driver.

This is not a malfunction with the

AEB. To operate the AEB again,

remove the foreign substances.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not install any accessories,

such as license plate molding or

sticker, on the sensor area. Nor

arbitrarily replace the bumper.

Those may adversely affect the

sensing performance.

• Always keep the sensor/bumper

area clean.

• Use only soft clothes to wash the

vehicle. Also, do not spray highly-

pressurized water on the sensor

installed on the bumper.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-

sary force on the frontal sensor

area. When the sensor moves out

of the correct position due to

external force, the system may not

normally operate even without the

warning light or message. In this

case, have the vehicle inspected by

a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Use only the genuine Kia sensor

cover. Do not arbitrarily apply

paint on the sensor cover.

OJFHP056162

OJF055187L

549

Driving your vehicle

System malfunction

• When the AEB is not working prop-

erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will

illuminate and the warning mes-

sage will appear for a few seconds.

After the message disappears, the

master warning light ( ) will illu-

minate. In this case, have the vehi-

cle inspected by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

• The AEB warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC warning light.

OJF055181L

OJF055079L

■ Type A

■ Type B

WARNING

• The AEB is only a supplemen-

tal system for the driver’s con-

venience. The driver should

hold the responsibility to con-

trol the vehicle operation. Do

not solely depend on the AEB

system. Rather, maintain a

safe braking distance, and, if

necessary, depress the brake

pedal to lower the driving

speed.

• The AEB may unnecessarily

produce the warning message

and the warning alarms. Also,

due to the sensing limitation,

the AEB may not produce the

warning message and the

warning alarm at all.

• When there is a malfunction

with the AEB, the braking con-

trol does not operate upon

detecting a collision risk even

with other braking systems

normally operating.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

505

Limitation of the system

The AEB is an assistant system for a

driver in a certain risky driving condi-

tion and it does not take every

responsibility for all risks from driving

condition.

The AEB monitors the driving situa-

tions through the radar and the cam-

era sensor. Thus, for a situation out

of the sensing range, the AEB may

not normally operate. The driver

should pay great caution in the fol-

lowing situations. The AEB operation

may be limited.

Recognizing vehicles

- The radar or the camera is con-

taminated with foreign substances.

- It heavily rains or snows.

- There is interruption by electric

waves.

- There is severe irregular reflection

from the radar.

- The vehicle in front has a narrow

body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle)

- The driver’s view is unclear due to

the backlight, the reflected light, or

darkness.

- The camera cannot contain the full

image of the vehicle in front.

- The vehicle in front is a special

vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded

truck or a trailer.

(Continued)

• The AEB operates only for the

vehicle / pedestrian in front,

whilst driving forward. It does

not operate for any animals or

vehicles in the opposite direc-

tion.

• The AEB does not recognize

the vehicle, which horizontally

drives across the crossroad,

or the vehicle, which is parked

in the horizontal direction.

• If the vehicle ahead makes a

sudden stop, the braking sys-

tem will not be activated suffi-

ciently, which could lead to a

collision. Always be aware of

dangerous situations when

driving.

• Sudden braking of the vehicle

whilst the system is ON might

cause the passenger or mate-

rials inside to move and lead

to injuries.

• If the brake is depressed

when a collision is about to

occur, the system may not be

activated.

551

Driving your vehicle

- The vehicle in front does not turn

ON the rear lights, does not have

rear lights, has asymmetric rear

lights, or has rear lights out of angle.

- The outside brightness is greatly

changed, such as entering/exiting

the tunnel.

- The vehicle driving is unstable.

- The radar/camera sensor recogni-

tion is limited.

- When driving on uneven surfaces

or roads with sudden gradient

changes.

- In construction zones or on railroad

tracks, or there are metallic objects

on the road.

- The vehicle driving indoors or in an

underground parking lot.

- Driving on a curve

The AEB performance decreases

whilst driving on a curve. The AEB

may not recognize the vehicle in front

even in the same lane. It may unnec-

essarily produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm, or it

may not produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm at all.

Whilst driving on a curve, pay great

caution, and, if necessary, depress

the brake pedal.

Whilst driving on a curve, the AEB

may recognize the vehicle in front in

the next lane. Pay great caution, and,

if necessary, depress the brake pedal.

Or, depress the accelerator pedal to

maintain the driving speed. Always,

take a look around the vehicle for

your safety.

OJF055026OJF055025

Driving your vehicle

525

- Driving on a slope

The AEB performance decreases

whilst driving upward or downward

on a slope, not recognizing the vehi-

cle in front in the same lane. It may

unnecessarily produce the warning

message and the warning alarm, or it

may not produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm at all.

When the AEB suddenly recognizes

the vehicle in front whilst passing

over a slope, you may experience

sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward whilst

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal.

- Changing lanes

Even though the vehicle in the next

lane enters into your lane, it may not

be recognized by the AEB, until it

enters the AEB sensing range.

Especially when the vehicle in the

next lane abruptly enters into your

lane, it is more likely not be recog-

nized. Always pay great attention.

When the stopped vehicle in front

gets out of the lane, it may not be

recognized by your AEB. Always pay

great attention.

OJF055027 OJF055029OJF055028

553

Driving your vehicle

- Recognizing the vehicle

When the vehicle in front has heavy

loading extended rearward, or when

the vehicle in front has higher ground

clearance, it may induce a haz-

ardous situation.

Recognizing pedestrians

- The pedestrian is not fully captured

by the camera sensor, or the

pedestrian does not walk in the

upright position.

- The pedestrian moves very fast.

- The pedestrian abruptly appears in

front.

- The pedestrian wears clothes in

the colour similar to the back-

ground.

- The outside is too bright or too

dark.

- The vehicle drives at night or in the

darkness.

- There is an item similar to a per-

son’s body structure.

- The pedestrian is small.

- The pedestrian has impaired

mobility.

- It is difficult to distinguish the

pedestrian from the surroundings.

- The sensor recognition is limited.

- There is a group of pedestrians.

OJF055030

WARNING

• Cancel the AEB in the User

Settings on the LCD display,

before towing another vehicle.

Whilst towing, the brake appli-

cation may adversely affect

your vehicle safety.

• Pay great caution to the vehi-

cle in front, when it has heavy

loading extended rearward, or

when it has higher ground

clearance.

• The sensor only detects

pedestrian, not carts, bicy-

cles, motorcycles, luggage

bags, or strollers.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

545

✽✽

NOTICE

The system may temporarily cancel

due to the strong electric waves.

(Continued)

• The AEB does not operate in a

certain situation. Thus, never

test-operate the AEB against

a person or an object. It may

cause a severe injury or even

death.

• When reinstalling the wind-

screen or LKAS camera after

replacement of removal, have

the system inspected by a

professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

555

Driving your vehicle

1. Cruise indicator

2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows you

to program the vehicle to maintain a

constant speed without pressing the

accelerator pedal.

This system is designed to function

above approximately 30 km/h (20

mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OJF055037R

OJF055261R

■ Type A

■ Type B

WARNING

• If the cruise control is left on,

(cruise indicator light is illu-

minated), the cruise control

can be switched on acciden-

tally. Keep the cruise control

system off when the cruise

control is not in use, to avoid

inadvertently setting a speed.

• Use the cruise control system

only when travelling on open

highways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise control

when it may not be safe to

keep the vehicle at a constant

speed, for instance, driving in

heavy or varying traffic, or on

slippery (rainy, icy or snow-

covered) or winding roads or

over 6% up-hill or down-hill

roads.

(Continued)

• Pay particular attention to the

driving conditions whenever

using the cruise control sys-

tem.

• Be careful when driving

downhill using the cruise con-

trol system, which may

increase the vehicle speed.

Driving your vehicle

565

✽✽

NOTICE

• During normal cruise control oper-

ation, when the SET switch is acti-

vated or reactivated after applying

the brakes, the cruise control will

energize after approximately 3 sec-

onds. This delay is normal.

• To activate cruise control, depress

the brake pedal at least once after

turning the engine start/stop button

switch to the ON position or starting

the engine. This is to check if the

brake switch which is important

part to cancel cruise control is in

normal condition.

Cruise control switch

CANCEL/O : Cancels cruise control

operation.

CRUISE / : Turns cruise control

system on or off.

RES+ : Resumes or increases cruise

control speed.

SET- : Sets or decreases cruise con-

trol speed.

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE / button on

the steering wheel, to turn the sys-

tem on. The cruise indicator light

will illuminate.

OJF055060L

OJF055038

OJF055038L

■ Type A

■ Type B

557

Driving your vehicle

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,

which must be more than approxi-

mately 30 km/h (20 mph).

3. Move the lever down (to SET-),

and release it at the desired

speed. The cruise set indicator

light will illuminate. Release the

accelerator pedal at the same

time. The desired speed will auto-

matically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly whilst

going downhill.

OJF055039

OJF055039L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Driving your vehicle

585

To increase cruise control set

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will increase by 2 km/h (1

mph) each time you move the lever

up (to RES+) in this manner.

To decrease the cruising

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually

slow down. Release the lever at the

speed you want to maintain.

OJF055040

OJF055040L

■ Type A

■ Type B

OJF055039

OJF055039L

■ Type A

■ Type B

559

Driving your vehicle

• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1

mph) each time you move the lever

down (to SET-) in this manner.

To temporarily accelerate with

the cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the cruise control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with cruise control operation or

change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator pedal.

To cancel cruise control, do

one of the following:

• Depress the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) if equipped

with an Automatic Transaxle.

• Press the CANCEL/O button locat-

ed on the steering wheel.

• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by approx-

imately 20 km/h (12 mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 25 km/h (15

mph).

Each of these actions will cancel

cruise control operation (the cruise

set indicator light will go off), but it

will not turn the system off. If you

wish to resume cruise control opera-

tion, move up the lever (to RES+)

located on your steering wheel. You

will return to your previously preset

speed.

OJF055041

OJF055041L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Driving your vehicle

605

To resume cruising speed at

more than approximately 30

km/h (20 mph).

If any method other than the

CRUISE / button was used to

cancel cruising speed and the sys-

tem is still activated, the most recent

set speed will automatically resume

when the RES+ switch is pushed.

It will not resume, however, if the

vehicle speed has dropped below

approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

To turn cruise control off, do

one of the following:

• Press the CRUISE/ button (the

cruise indicator light will be turn

off).

• If your vehicle equipped the speed

limit system, press the CRUISE/

button twice. (The cruise indi-

cator light will be turn off.)

• Turn the engine start/stop button

off.

Both of these actions cancel cruise

control operation. If you want to

resume cruise control operation,

repeat the steps provided in “To set

cruise control speed” on the previous

page.

OJF055040

OJF055040L

■ Type A

■ Type B

561

Driving your vehicle

You can set the speed limit when you

do not want to drive over a specific

speed.

If you drive over the preset speed

limit, the warning system operates

(set speed limit will blink and chime

will sound) until the vehicle speed

returns within the speed limit.

✽✽

NOTICE

Whilst speed limit control is in oper-

ation, the cruise control system can-

not be activated.

To set speed limit :

1. Press the cruise switch twice to

set speed limit. Once you press it

only one time, the cruise control

system is ready.

The speed limit indicator light will illu-

minate.

SPEED LIMIT CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OJF055038L

OJF055153L

Driving your vehicle

625

2. Move the lever down (to SET-).

3. Move the lever up (to RES+) or

down (to SET-), and release it at

the desired speed. Move the lever

up (to RES+) or down (to SET-)

and hold it. The speed will increase

or decrease by 5 km/h (3 mph).

Move the lever up (to RES+) or

down (SET-) and release it imme-

diately. The speed will increase or

decrease by 1 km/h.

The set speed limit will display on

the instrument cluster.

The set speed limit will be displayed.

To drive over the preset speed limit

you must depress hard on the accel-

erator pedal (more than approxi-

mately 80%) until the kick down

mechanism works with a clicking

noise. Then the set speed limit will

blink and chime will sound until you

return the vehicle speed within the

speed limit.

OJF055154L

OJF055039L

OJF055040L

563

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Depressing the accelerator pedal

less than approximately 50%, the

vehicle will not speed over the pre-

set speed limit but maintain the

vehicle speed within the speed

limit.

• A clicking noise heard from the

kick down mechanism by depress-

ing the accelerator pedal fully is a

normal condition.

To turn off the speed limit con-

trol, do one of the following:

• Press the cruise switch.

• Turn the engine start/stop button

off.

If you press the cancel O switch

once, the set speed limit will cancel,

but it will not turn the system off. If

you wish to reset the speed limit,

move the lever up (to RES+) or down

(to SET-) to the desired speed.

OJF055038L

CAUTION

The “---” indicator will blink if

there is a problem with speed

limit control system.

If this occurs, have the system

checked by a professional work-

shop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

OJF055153L

Driving your vehicle

645

The SLIF displays the speed limit

Information and overtaking restric-

tion through the instrument cluster

and the navigation. The SLIF detects

the traffic signs through the camera,

which is attached on the upper part

of the inner front windscreen.

The SLIF also utilizes the navigation

information to display the speed limit

information.

SPEED LIMIT INFORMATION FUNCTION (SLIF) (IF EQUIPPED)

OUM054149

WARNING

• Speed Limit Information

Function (SLIF) is only a sup-

plemental system and is not

always able to correctly dis-

play speed limits and overtak-

ing restrictions.

• The driver still holds the

responsibility not to exceed

the designated speed limit.

• Do not install any accessories

and stickers. Do not tint the

front windscreen, especially

near the rearview mirror.

• The SLIF detects the traffic

signs through the camera to

display the speed limit infor-

mation.

Therefore, the SLIF may not

properly operate, when it is

hard to detect the traffic

signs.

For further details, please

refer to the 'Driver's Attention'

in this section.

(Continued)

• Pay extreme caution to keep

the camera sensor out of

water.

• Do not arbitrarily disassemble

the camera assembly, nor

apply any impact on the cam-

era assembly.

• Do not locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mir-

ror) over the dashboard.

Any light reflection may cause

a malfunction of the SLIF. The

system is not available in all

countries.

• When the windscreen glass is

replaced or when the LDWS

camera or related parts are

repaired or removed, have the

system checked by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

565

Driving your vehicle

System setting and activation

System setting

• The driver can activate the SLIF by

selecting 'User Settings → Driving

Assist → SLIF (Speed Limit

Information Function)'

• When the SLIF is activated, the sym-

bols appear on the instrument clus-

ter to display the speed limit informa-

tion and overtaking restriction.

• When the SLIF is activated in the

navigation setting, the above infor-

mation and the restriction are also

displayed on the navigation.

System activation

• The SLIF displays the speed limit

information and displays the over-

taking restriction, when your vehi-

cle passes by the relevant traffic

signs.

• The SLIF displays the previous

speed limit information, right after

the ignition switch is placed to the

ON position.

• You may find different speed limit

information for the same road. The

information is displayed depending

on the driving situations. Because,

traffic signs with additional sign

(e.g. rainy, arrow, etc.) are also

detected and compared with vehi-

cle internal data (e.g. wiper opera-

tion, turn signal, etc.).

OJF055185L

OJF055186L

Driving your vehicle

665

✽✽

NOTICE

The speed limit information on the

instrument cluster may differ from

the one on the navigation. In this

case, check the speed unit setting on

the navigation.

Display

• The symbol is displayed on the

instrument cluster and the naviga-

tion, when the SLIF does not have

any reliable speed limit informa-

tion.

• The symbol is displayed on the

instrument cluster and the naviga-

tion, when the SLIF detects a no-

overtaking sign.

WUM-203

■ No reliable speed limit information

WUM-206/WUM-204

■ No passing information

567

Driving your vehicle

• After passing "end of speed limita-

tion“ sign SLIF provides informa-

tion from navigation to inform driv-

er of perhaps afterwards applica-

ble speed limit.

• The symbol, 'end of limitation', is

displayed on the instrument cluster

for the roads in Germany, which

have no speed limit applicable. It is

displayed, until the vehicle passes

by another speed limit sign.

Warning message

The warning message appears,

when the camera lens is blocked by

some objects. The SLIF does not

operate, until the objects are

removed. Check the windscreen

glass around the camera view area.

If the problem persists after remov-

ing the objects, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommend to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

OJF055233L

WUM-205

■ Unlimited speed (only in Germany)

WUM-207/WUM-208

■ End of a speed limit

Driving your vehicle

685

When SLIF is not working properly,

the warning message will come on

for a few second. After the message

disappears, the master warning light

will illuminate.

In this case, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

The SLIF may not operate or may

not provide correct information in the

following situations.

• When the traffic sign condition is

poor

- The traffic sign is located on a

sharp curve.

- The traffic sign is improperly posi-

tioned (i.e. being turned over,

blocked by an object, and dam-

aged).

- Another vehicle blocks the traffic

sign.

- The LED light of the traffic sign is

broken.

- There is bright light around the

traffic sign.

- If road signs do not correspond to

the standard and etc.

• When external condition is inter-

vened

- Your vehicle drives right after

another vehicle.

- The bus or truck, on which the

speed sticker is attached, passes

by your vehicle.

- Your vehicle drives in an area,

which is uncovered by the navi-

gation system.

- There is a malfunction with the

navigation.

- Your navigation has not been

updated.

- Your navigation is being updated.

- There is something wrong with

GPS.

- If the top speed limitations stored

in the navigation system are

incorrect.

- As a result of incorrect detection

by the camera.

- When calibrating the camera

immediately after vehicle delivery

and etc.

• When front visibility is poor

- The weather is bad, such as rain-

ing, snowing, and fogging.

- There is dirt, ice or frost on the

front windscreen, where the cam-

era is installed.

- The camera lens is blocked by an

object, such as sticker, paper, or

fallen leaf and etc.

OJF055234L

569

Driving your vehicle

DRIVER'S ATTENTION

The driver must be cautious in the

following situations. The SLIF may

not assist the driver and may not

properly operate.

• Do not disassemble camera tem-

porarily for tinted window or attach-

ing any types of coatings and

accessories. If you disassemble a

camera and assemble it again,

take your vehicle to a professional

workshop and have the system

checked to need a calibration. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Do not locate any reflective objects

(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the

dashboard. Any light reflection may

cause a malfunction of the SLIF.

• Pay extreme caution to keep the

camera sensor out of water.

• Do not arbitrarily disassemble the

camera assembly, nor apply any

impact on the camera assembly.

• The SLIF is only to assist the driv-

er. The driver should pay great cau-

tion to the vehicle operation.

• The driver always holds the

responsibility of safe driving by fol-

lowing the applicable road traffic

rule(s) and regulation(s).

Driving your vehicle

705

➀ Cruise indicator

➁ Set speed

➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

The advanced smart cruise control

system allows you to program the

vehicle to maintain constant speed

and distance detecting the vehicle

ahead without depressing the accel-

erator or brake pedal.

✽✽

NOTICE

To activate advanced smart cruise

control, depress the brake pedal at

least once after turning the engine

start/stop button switch to the ON

position or starting the engine. This

is to check if the brake switch which

is important part to cancel advanced

smart cruise control is in normal

condition.

ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

For your safety, please read the

owner's manual before using

the advanced smart cruise con-

trol system.

OJF055089

WARNING

• If the advanced smart cruise

control is left on, (cruise indica-

tor in the instrument cluster illu-

minated) the smart cruise con-

trol can be activated uninten-

tionally. Keep the smart cruise

control system off (cruise indi-

cator turn off) when the smart

cruise control is not used.

• Use the smart cruise control

system only when travelling

on open highways in good

weather.

(Continued)

• Do not use the smart cruise

control when it may not be

safe to keep the car at a con-

stant speed. For instance.

- Highway interchange and

tollgate

- Road surrounded by abnor-

mally multiple steel con-

structions (subway con-

struction, steel tunnel, etc)

- Parking lot

- Lanes beside guard rail on a

road

- Slippery road with rain, ice,

or snow covered

- Abrupt curved road

- Steep hills

- Windy roads

- Off roads

- Rods under construction

(Continued)

571

Driving your vehicle

Speed setting

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn

the system on. The CRUISE indi-

cator in the instrument cluster will

illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

The advanced smart cruise con-

trol speed can be set as follows:

• 30 km/h (20mph) ~ 180 km/h

(110 mph): when there is no

vehicle in front

• 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 180 km/h (110

mph): when there is a vehicle in

front

3. Move the lever down (to SET-),

and release it at the desired

speed. The set speed and vehicle

to vehicle distance on the LCD

screen will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

The desired speed will automati-

cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly whilst

going uphill or downhill.

(Continued)

- Rumble strip

- The sensing ability decreas-

es if the level of front and

rear vehicle is changed from

the factory.

• Pay particular attention to the

driving conditions whenever

using the smart cruise control

system.

• The advanced smart cruise

control system is not a substi-

tute for safe driving. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

always check the speed and

distance of the vehicle ahead.

• Be careful when driving

downhill using the ASCC.

• Limited visibility (rain, snow,

smog, etc).

• Cruise function should not be

used when the vehicle is

being towed to prevent any

damage.

OJF055042

OJF055043

Driving your vehicle

725

To increase cruise control set

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed will

increase by 10 km/h (5 mph).

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will increase by 1.0 km/h

(1.0 mph) each time you move the

lever up (to RES+) in this manner.

• You can set the speed to 180 km/h

(110 mph).

To decrease the crusie control

set speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed will

decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph).

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h

(1.0 mph) each time you move the

lever down (to SET-) in this manner.

• You can set the speed to 30 km/h

(20 mph).

OJF055044 OJF055043

CAUTION

Make sure to check road condi-

tions, for driving speed will

sharply increase if the lever is

pushed upwards.

573

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with the

cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the cruise control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with cruise control operation or

change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator.

If you move the lever down (to SET-)

at increased speed, the cruising

speed will be set again.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful when accelerating tem-

porarily, because the speed is not con-

trolled automatically at this time even

if there is a vehicle in front of you.

Advanced smart cruise control will

be temporarily cancelled when:

Cancelled manually

The advanced smart cruise control is

temporarily cancelled when the

brake pedal is depressed or the

CANCEL button is pressed. The

speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-

tance indicator on the cluster is dis-

appeared and the CRUISE indicator

is illuminated continuously.

Cancelled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.

• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Paking).

• The EPB (electronic parking brake)

is applied.

• The vehicle speed is over 190

km/h (120 mph)

• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.

• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.

• When the vehicle is stopped for

over 5 minutes.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the lever up (RES +) or down

(SET -) or depressing the acceler-

ator pedal approximately 3 sec-

onds after the vehicle is stopped by

the advanced smart cruise control

System with no other vehicle

ahead or a vehicle stopped far

away in front.

OJF055061L

Driving your vehicle

745

• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for long time.

• The engine RPM is in dangerous

range.

• The SCC system has malfunc-

tioned.

Each of these actions will cancel the

advanced smart cruise control oper-

ation. (the set speed and vehicle to

vehicle distance on the LCD display

will go off.)

In a condition the advanced smart

cruise control is cancelled auto-

matically, the advanced smart

cruise control will not resume even

though the RES+ or SET- lever is

moved. Also, the EPB (electronic

parking brake) will be applied when

the vehicle is stopped.

• When activating the ISG mode.

• When activating the AEB

(Autonomous Emergency

Braking).

CAUTION

If the advanced smart cruise

control is cancelled by other

than the reasons mentioned,

have the system checked by a

professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

If the system is automatically

cancelled, the warning chime

will sound and a message will

appear for a few seconds.

You must adjust the vehicle

speed by depressing the accel-

erator or brake pedal according

to the road condition ahead and

driving condition.

Always check the road condi-

tions. Do not rely on the warn-

ing chime.

OJF055235L

575

Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set

speed:

If any method other than the

CRUISE button was used to cancel

cruising speed and the system is still

activated, the cruising speed will

automatically resume when you

move the lever up (to RES+).

If you move the lever up (to RES+),

the speed will resume to the recently

set speed. It will not resume if the

vehicle speed has dropped below

approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

✽✽

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of an accident,

always check the road conditions

when reactivating the advanced

smart cruise control using the RES+

lever to ensure the road conditions

permit safe use of the cruise control.

To turn cruise control off:

Press the CRUISE button. (the

CRUISE indicator in the instrument

cluster will go off).

OJF055044

OJF055042

Driving your vehicle

765

Vehicle to vehicle distance

setting

To set vehicle to vehicle distance:

This function allows you to program

the vehicle to maintain relative dis-

tance to the vehicle ahead without

depressing the accelerator pedal or

brake pedal.

The vehicle to vehicle distance will

automatically activate when the

advanced smart cruise control sys-

tem is on.

Select the appropriate distance

according to road conditions and

vehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, the

vehicle to vehicle distance changes

as follows:

For example, if you drive at 90 km/h

(56 mph), the distance maintain as

follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m

Distance 3 - approximately 40 m

Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m

Distance 1 - approximately 25 m

✽✽

NOTICE

The 'last vehicle to vehicle distance'

is set when the system is used after

starting the engine.

✽

NOTICE

The 'Distance 4' is always set when

the system is used for the first time

after starting the engine.

The advanced smart cruise control

system remember the last vehicle to

vehicle distance which the driver

used in the vehicle with AEB.

OJF055046

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

577

Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.

• The vehicle will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance,

when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in

front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehi-

cle in front of you)

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising

speed after accelerating to the selected speed.

CAUTION

• The warning chime sounds

and LCD display blinks if it is

hard to maintain the selected

distance to the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,

actively adjust the vehicle

speed by depressing the

brake pedal according to the

road condition ahead and

driving condition.

• Even if the warning chime is

not activated, always pay

attention to the driving condi-

tions to prevent dangerous

situations from occurring.

OJF055179L

OJF055095

OJF055096

Distance 2 Distance 1

Distance 3

Distance 4

OJF055093

Driving your vehicle

785

Collision Alert

When the ASCC system is on, and

there is a high risk of collision due to

sudden braking of the vehicle in front

or not securing enough space with

the vehicle in front, the driver needs

to control the brake system or the

steering wheel manually. In this case,

the collision alert warning displays

on the instrument cluster and warn-

ing sounds. Decrease vehicle speed

immediately.

OJF055176

WARNING

• Even when the indicator dis-

playing the distance with the

vehicle in front does not blink

or the collision alert does not

sound, always drive safely.

• Depending on the use of radio,

sound quality, and driving con-

ditions, you may not be able to

hear the warning sound.

Therefore, always pay close

attention to traffic in front.

OJF057225L

CAUTION

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle

speed: less than 30km/h) disap-

pears to the next lane, the warn-

ing chime will sound and a mes-

sage will appear. Adjust your

vehicle speed for vehicles or

objects that can suddenly

appear in front of you by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition.

579

Driving your vehicle

In traffic situation

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the

vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if

the vehicle ahead of you starts mov-

ing, your vehicle will start as well.

However, if the vehicle stops for

more than 3 seconds, you must

depress the accelerator pedal or

move up/down the lever (to RES+ or

SET-) to start driving.

Radar to detect distance to the

vehicle ahead

The sensor detects the distance to

the vehicle ahead.

If the sensor is covered with dirt or

other foreign matter, the vehicle to

vehicle distance control may not

operate correctly.

Always keep the area in front of the

sensor clean.

Radar check message

If the radar or cover is dirty or

obscured with foreign matter such as

snow, this message will appear and it

will disappear after for a whilst. In this

case, the system may not function

temporarily, but it does not indicate a

malfunction of the advanced smart

cruise control System. Clean the

radar or cover by using a soft cloth

and it will operate normally.

OJF055100L

OJFHP056162

OJF055188L

Driving your vehicle

805

SCC (Advanced smart cruise con-

trol) malfunction message

The message will appear when the

vehicle to vehicle distance control

system is not functioning normally.

In this case, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

To adjust the sensitivity of

advanced smart cruise control

The sensitivity of vehicle speed when

following the front vehicle to maintain

the set distance can be adjusted. Go

to the User Settings Mode (Driving

Assist) and select SCC (Advanced

smart cruise control). You may select

one of the three stages you prefer.

OJF055237L

CAUTION

• Do not install accessories

around the sensor and do not

replace the bumper by your-

self. It may interfere with the

sensor performance.

• Always keep the sensor and

bumper clean.

• To prevent sensor cover dam-

age from occurring, wash the

car with a soft cloth.

• Do not damage the sensor or

sensor area by a strong

impact. If the sensor moves

slightly off position, the

advanced smart cruise control

system will not operate cor-

rectly without any warning or

indicator from the cluster.

If this occurs, have the system

checked by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

• Use only a genuine Kia sensor

cover for your vehicle. Do not

paint anything on the sensor

cover.

OJF057101L

581

Driving your vehicle

• Slow:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is slower than normal speed.

• Normal:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is normal

• Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is faster than normal speed.

✽✽

NOTICE

The last selected mode is remained

in the system

To convert to cruise control

mode:

The driver may choose to only use

the cruise control mode (speed con-

trol function) by doing as follows:

1. Turn the advanced smart cruise

control system on (the cruise indi-

cator light will be on but the sys-

tem will not be activated).

2. Push the distance to distance

switch for more than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Advanced

smart cruise control (SCC) mode"

and "Cruise control (CC) mode".

4. Speed setting is equal to the

advanced smart cruise control

operation method. However, when

it is turned off by the CRUISE

switch or the CRUISE switch is

operated after the engine is

restarted, it automatically returns

to the advanced smart cruise con-

trol system.

OJF055238L

OJF055239L

WARNING

When using the cruise control

mode, you must manually

access the distance to other

vehicles as the system will not

automatically brake to slow

down for other vehicles.

Driving your vehicle

825

Limitations of the system

The advanced smart cruise control

system may have limits to its ability

to detect distance to the vehicle

ahead due to road and traffic condi-

tions.

On curves

• On curves, the advanced smart

cruise control system may not

detect a moving vehicle in your

lane, and then your vehicle could

accelerate to the set speed. Also,

the vehicle speed will rapidly down

when the vehicle ahead is recog-

nized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on curves and adjust your vehicle

speed by depressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal according to the

road condition ahead and driving

condition.

• Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent

lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition. Apply

the accelerator pedal and select

the appropriate set speed. Check

to be sure that the road conditions

permit safe operation of the

advanced smart cruise control.

OJF055025

OJF055026

583

Driving your vehicle

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,

the advanced smart cruise control

system may not detect a moving

vehicle in your lane, and cause

your vehicle to accelerate to the

set speed. Also, the vehicle speed

will rapidly down when the vehicle

ahead is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on inclines and adjust your vehicle

speed by depressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal according to the

road condition ahead and driving

condition.

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into your

lane from an adjacent lane cannot

be recognized by the sensor until it

is in the sensor's detection range.

• The sensor may not detect imme-

diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-

denly. Always pay attention to the

traffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is slower than your vehicle, your

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

• If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is faster than your vehicle,

your vehicle will accelerate to the

selected speed.

• Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect-

ed, drive with caution.

OJF055027 OJF055028

OJF055049

Driving your vehicle

845

Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles ahead in your lane

cannot be recognized by the sensor

as follows:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles

- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profile such

as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of

following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the

trunk(tailgate).

- Whilst making turns by steering

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on

curves

Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal accord-

ing to the road condition ahead and

driving condition.

• When vehicles are at a standstill

and the vehicle in front of you

changes to the next lane, be care-

ful when your vehicle starts to

move because it may not recognize

the stopped vehicle in front of you.

OJF055048

OJF055029

585

Driving your vehicle

• Always look out for pedestrians

when your vehicle is maintaining a

distance with the vehicle ahead.

• Always be cautious for vehicles

with higher height or vehicles car-

rying loads that sticks out to the

back of the vehicle.

OJF055050

OJF055030

WARNING

• The advanced smart cruise

control system cannot guar-

antee the stop for every emer-

gency situation.

If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the

brakes.

• Keep a safe distance accord-

ing to road conditions and

vehicle speed. If the vehicle to

vehicle distance is too close

during a high-speed driving, a

serious collision may result.

• The advanced smart cruise

control system cannot recog-

nize a stopped vehicle, pedes-

trians or an oncoming vehicle.

Always look ahead cautiously

to prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occurring.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

865

(Continued)

• SCC system may have diffi-

culty in maintaining the cor-

rect distance or speed, if the

vehicle is driving on a steep

incline or towing a trailer.

• When other vehicles are

changing lanes in front of you

frequently, the advanced

smart cruise control system

may not operate appropriate-

ly. Always look ahead cau-

tiously to prevent unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring.

• The advanced smart cruise

control system is not a substi-

tute for safe driving practices

but a convenience function

only. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always check the

speed and the distance to the

vehicle ahead.

(Continued)

• Always be aware of the select-

ed speed and vehicle to vehi-

cle distance.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

• As the advanced smart cruise

control system may not rec-

ognize complex driving situa-

tions, always pay attention to

driving conditions and control

your vehicle speed.

• For safe operation, carefully

read and follow the instruc-

tions in this manual before use.

• After an engine start, please

stop for several seconds. If

system initialization is not

completed, the SCC does not

normally operate.

(Continued)

CAUTION

The advanced smart cruise con-

trol system may not operate

temporarily due to electrical

interference.

(Continued)

• After an engine start, if any

objects are not detected or the

sensor cover is obscured with

foreign substances, there is a

possibility that the SCC sys-

tem may not work.

• Below conditions are not

allowed: over baggage load-

ing in a trunk(tailgate), sus-

pension remodeling, tyre

replacement with unautho-

rised tyres or tyres with differ-

ent worn-out and pressure

levels.

587

Driving your vehicle

Plug-in hybrid vehicle

The drive mode may be selected

according to the driver’s preference

or road condition.

The system resets to be in the ECO

mode, when the hybrid system is

restarted.

If there is a problem with the instru-

ment cluster, the drive mode will be

in ECO mode and may not change to

NORMAL mode.

The mode changes whenever the

DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

❈ When normal mode is selected, it

is not displayed on the cluster.

ECO mode (Active ECO)

Active ECO helps

improve fuel efficiency by

controlling certain engine

and transaxle system

operating parameters.

Fuel efficiency depends

on the driver's driving

habit and road condition.

• When the DRIVE

MODE button is

pressed and the ECO

mode is selected, the

ECO indicator (green)

will illuminate to show

that the Active ECO is

operating.

• When the Active ECO is

activated, it does not turn

off even though the

engine is restarted

again. To turn off the sys-

tem, press the DRIVE

MODE button again.

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

ECO

NORMAL ECO

OJFHP056147R

OJFHP056294R

■ Type A

■ Type B

Driving your vehicle

885

When Active ECO is activated:

• The acceleration may slightly be

reduced eventhough you depress

the accelerator fully.

• The air conditioner performance

may be limited

• The shift pattern of the automatic

transaxle may change.

• The engine noise may get louder.

The above situations are normal

conditions when the active eco sys-

tem is activated to improve fuel effi-

ciency.

Limitation of Active ECO operation:

If the following conditions occur whilst

Active ECO is operating, the system

operation is limited even though there

is no change in the ECO indicator.

• When the coolant temperature is

low:

The system will be limited until

engine performance becomes nor-

mal.

• When driving up a hill:

The system will be limited to gain

power when driving uphill because

the engine torque is restricted.

• When using manual mode:

The system will be limited accord-

ing to the shift location.

• When the accelerator pedal is

deeply depressed for a few seconds:

The system will be limited, judging

that the driver wants to speed up.

589

Driving your vehicle

The Lane Keeping Assist System

detects the lane markers on the road

with a front view camera at the front

windscreen, and assists the driver's

steering to help keep the vehicle in

the lanes.

When the system detects the vehicle

straying from its lane, it alerts the

driver with a visual and audible warn-

ing, whilst applying a slight counter-

steering torque, trying to prevent the

vehicle from moving out of its lane.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OJFH055051L

OTFS052081

WARNING

• Driver is responsible for being

aware of surroundings and

steering the vehicle for safe

driving practices.

• Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when the

steering wheel is being assist-

ed by the system.

• LKAS helps prevent the driver

from moving out of the lane

unintentionally by assisting

the driver's steering. However,

the system is just a conven-

ience function and the steer-

ing wheel is not always con-

trolled. Whilst driving, the

driver should pay attention to

the steering wheel.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

905

(Continued)

• The system detects lane

markers and controls the

steering wheel by a front view

camera, therefore, if the lane

markers are hard to detect,

the system may not work

properly. Always be cautious

when using the system.

• When the lane markers are

hard to detect, please refer to

"Driver's Attention".

• Do not remove or damage the

related parts of LKAS.

• Do not place objects on the

crash pad that reflects light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc. it may cause malfunction

of LKAS if the sunlight is

reflected.

• You may not hear warning

sound of LKAS because of the

excessive audio sound.

(Continued)

• If you continue to drive with

your hands off the steering

wheel, the LKAS will stop con-

trolling the steering wheel

after the hands off alarm.

After then, if you drive with

your hands on the steering

wheel, the control will be acti-

vated again.

• If the vehicle speed is high,

steering torque for assistance

will not be enough to keep

your vehicle within the lane. If

so, the vehicle may move out

of its lane. Obey speed limit

when using LKAS.

• If you attach objects to the

steering wheel, the system

may not assist steering.

• If you attach objects to the

steering wheel, hands off

alarm may not work properly.

(Continued)

• The operation of the LKAS can

be cancelled or not work prop-

erly according to road condi-

tion and surroundings. Always

be cautious when driving.

• Do not disassemble a front

view camera temporarily for

tinted window or attaching

any types of coatings and

accessories. If you disassem-

ble the camera and assemble

it again, take your vehicle to a

professional workshop and

have the system checked to

need a calibration. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• When you replace the wind-

screen glass, front view cam-

era or related parts of the

steering, take your vehicle to

a professional workshop and

have the system checked to

need a calibration. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

(Continued)

591

Driving your vehicle

LKAS operation

To activate/deactivate the LKAS:

With the engine start/stop button in

the ON position, press the LKAS but-

ton located on the instrument panel

on the lower right hand side of the

driver.

The indicator in the cluster display

will initially illuminate white.

When the indicator (white) activated

in the previous ignition cycle, the

system turns on without any control.

If you press the LKAS button again,

the indicator on the cluster display

will go off.

The colour of indicator will change

depend on the condition of LKAS.

- White : Sensor does not detect the

lane marker or vehicle

speed is less than 60km/h

(37mph).

- Green : Sensor detects the lane

marker and system is able

to control the steering.

LKAS activation

• To see the LKAS screen on the

LCD display in the cluster, tab to

the LKAS mode ( ). For further

details, refer to "LCD Modes" in

chapter 4.

• After LKAS is activated, if both lane

markers are detected, vehicle

speed is over 60 km/h (37mph)

and all the activation conditions are

satisfied, a green steering wheel

indicator will illuminate and the

steering wheel will be controlled.

OJF055052R

OJF055130L

Driving your vehicle

925

If the speed of the vehicle is over 60

km/h (37mph) and the system

detects lane markers, the colour

changes from gray to white.

Warning

• If the vehicle leaves a lane, the

lane marker you cross will blink on

the LCD display.

• If the vehicle moves out its lane

because steering torque for assis-

tance is not enough, the line indi-

cator of deviation direction will

blink.

WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist

System is a system to help pre-

vent the driver from leaving the

lane. However, the driver should

not solely rely on the system

but always check the road con-

ditions when driving.

OJF055131L/OJF055130L

■ Lane undetected

■ Lane detected

OJF055140L/OJF055141L

■ Left lane

■ Right lane

593

Driving your vehicle

If all the conditions to activate LKAS

is not satisfied, the system will con-

vert to LDWS (Lane Departure

Warning System) and warn the driv-

er only when the driver crosses the

lane line.

If the driver takes hands off the steer-

ing wheel for several seconds whilst

the LKA is activated, the system will

warn the driver.

OJF055142L

WARNING

• The warning message may

appear late according to road

conditions. Therefore, always

have your hands on the steer-

ing wheel whilst driving.

• If you hold the steering wheel

lightly, the system would gen-

erate hands off warning

because LKAS can treat the

situation as you do not grab

the wheel.

OJF055133L/OJF055134L

■ Left lane

■ Right lane

Driving your vehicle

945

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after

several seconds, the system will not

control the steering wheel and warn

the driver only when the driver cross-

es the lane markers.

However, if the driver has their hands

on the steering wheel again, the sys-

tem will start controlling the steering

wheel.

Warning light and message

Check LKAS

LKA failure indicator

The LKA failure indicator (yellow) will

illuminate if the LKA is not working

properly. Take your vehicle to a pro-

fessional workshop and have the

system checked. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

WARNING

• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.

• ven though the steering is

assisted by the system, the

driver may control the steer-

ing wheel.

• Turn off the system and drive

the vehicle in below situa-

tions.

- In bad weather

- In bad road condition

- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the

driver frequently.

• The steering wheel may feel

heavier when the steering

wheel is assisted by the sys-

tem than when it is not.

OJFHP046436L

OJF055144L

595

Driving your vehicle

The system will be cancelled when:

• You change lanes with the turn sig-

nal.

- Using the turn signal to change

lanes.

- If you change lanes without the

turn signal on, the steering wheel

might be controlled.

• LKAS can transit to steering assist

mode when the car is near to mid-

dle of the lane after system on or

the lane was changed. LKAS can

not assist steering if the vehicle fol-

lows lane marker too close contin-

uously before transition to steering

assist mode.

• The control of ESC (Electronic

Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle

Stability Management) is activated.

• The steering will not be assisted

when your drive fast on a sharp

curve.

• The steering will not be assisted

when vehicle speed is below 60

km/h (37mph) and over 175km/h

(109mph).

• The steering will not be assisted

when you change lanes fast.

• The steering will not be assisted

when you brake suddenly.

• The steering will not be assisted

when the lane is very wide or nar-

row.

• The steering will not be assisted

when only one side lane marker is

detected.

• There are more than two lane

markers such as a construction

area.

• Radius of a curve is too small.

• When you turn steering wheel sud-

denly, the LKAS will be disabled

temporarily.

• Driving on a steep slope or hill.

DRIVER'S ATTENTION

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations may not work

properly when recognition of the

lane marker is poor or limited:

• When lane and road condition is

poor

- It is difficult to distinguish the

lane marker from road when

the lane marker is covered with

dust or sand.

- It is difficult to distinguish the

colour of the lane marker from

road.

- There is something looks like a

lane marker.

- The lane marker is indistinct or

damaged.

- The number of lanes increas-

es/ decreases or the lane lines

are crossing (Driving through a

toll plaza/toll gate,

merged/divided lane).

- There are more than two lane

markers.

- The lane marker is very thick or

thin.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

965

(Continued)

- The lane marker is not visible

due to snow, rain, stain, a pud-

dle or other factors.

- A shadow is on the lane mark-

er because of a median strip,

guardrail, noise barriers and

others.

- When the lane markers are

complicated or a structure

substitutes for the lines such

as a construction area.

- There are crosswalk signs or

other symbols on the road.

- The lane suddenly disappears

such as at the intersection.

- The lane marker in a tunnel is

covered with dirt or oil and etc.

• When external condition is inter-

vened

- The brightness of outside

changes suddenly when enter-

ing/existing a tunnel or pass-

ing under a bridge.

- The headlamps are not on at

night or in a tunnel, or light

level is low.

(Continued)

- There is a boundary structure

in the roadway.

- The light of street, sun, oncom-

ing vehicle and so on reflects

from the water on the road.

- When light shines brightly in

the reverse direction you drive.

- The distance from the vehicle

ahead is very short or the vehicle

ahead drives hiding the lane line.

- You drive on a steep grade or a

sharp curve.

- The vehicle vibrates heavily.

- The temperature near inside

mirror is very high due to

direct sun light and etc.

• When front visibility is poor

- The lens or windscreen is cov-

ered by strange materials.

- The sensor cannot detect the

lane because of fog, heavy rain

or snow.

- The windscreen is fogged by

humid air in the vehicle.

- Putting something on the

crash pad and etc.

WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist

System is a system to help pre-

vent the driver from leaving the

lane. However, the driver should

not solely rely on the system

but always take the necessary

actions for safe driving prac-

tices.

597

Driving your vehicle

LKAS function change

Standard LKA

The Standard LKA mode guides the

driver to keep the vehicle within the

lanes. It rarely controls the steering

wheel, when the vehicle drives well

inside the lanes. However, it starts to

control the steering wheel, when the

vehicle is about to deviate from the

lanes.

Active LKA

The active LKA mode provides more

frequent steering wheel control in

comparison with the Standard LKA

mode. Active LKA can reduce the dri-

ver's fatigue to assist the steering for

maintaining the vehicle in the middle

of the lane.

The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) or

change the LKAS mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the

User Settings Mode on the LCD display.

Lane Departure

LDWS alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the system

detects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this mode, the steering wheel will not

be controlled. When the vehicle's front wheel contacts the inside edge of lane

line, LKAS issues the lane departure warning.

OJF055145L/OJF057073L/OJF057146L

➡

➡ ➡➡

Driving your vehicle

985

The BSD (Blind spot detection) sys-

tem uses a radar sensor to alert the

driver whilst driving.

It senses the rear side territory of the

vehicle and provides information to

the driver.

➀ BSD(Blind spot detection)

Warning range is dependent on your

vehicle speed. However, if the speed

of your vehicle is faster by 10km/h or

more than other nearby vehicles, the

warning is not operated.

➁ LCA(Lane change assist)

When vehicles are approaching to

your vehicle at high speed, the warn-

ing is operated.

The driver may notice different warn-

ing distances depending on other

vehicle's speed.

➂ RCTA(Rear cross traffic alert)

When your vehicle moves backward,

the sensor detects approaching vehi-

cles to the left or right side direction

and warning is operated.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

OUM056176L

WARNING

• Always check the road condi-

tion whilst driving for unex-

pected situations even though

the BSD (Blind spot detection)

system is operating.

• BSD (Blind spot detection)

system is a system made for

convenience. Do not solely

rely on the system but always

pay attention to drive safely.

599

Driving your vehicle

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist)

Operating conditions

The indicator on the switch will illumi-

nate when the BSD (Blind spot

detection) system switch is pressed

with the engine start/stop button

switch ON. If the vehicle speed

exceeds 30 km/h (18.6 mph), the

system will activate.

If you press the switch again, the

switch indicator and system will be

turned off.

If the engine start/stop button switch

is turned OFF and ON the system

returns to the previous state.

When the system is not used turn the

system off by pressing the switch.

When the system is turned on the

warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-

onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning type

The system will activate when:

1.The system is on

2.Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h

(18.6 mph)

3.Other vehicles are detected in the

rear side

OJFHP056098R

Driving your vehicle

1005

If a vehicle is detected within the

boundary of the system, a warning

light will illuminate on the outside

rearview mirror.

If the detected vehicle is not in detec-

tion range, the warning will be turned

off.

The second stage alarm will activate

when:

1. The first stage alert is on

2. The turn signal is on to change a

lane

When the second stage alert is acti-

vated, a warning light will be blinking

on the outside rearview mirror and

an alarm will sound.

If you move the turn signal switch to

origin position, the second stage

alert will be deactivated.

The second stage alarm can be

deactivated.

• To activate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings Mode →

Sound and select "BSD" on the

LCD display.

• To deactivate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings Mode →

Sound and deselect "BSD" on the

LCD display.

OUM054028

1st stage

OUM054029

2nd stage

CAUTION

The alarm function helps alert

the driver. Deactivate this func-

tion only when it is necessary

5101

Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside the

rear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper clean

for the system to work properly.

Warning message

The message will appear to notify

the driver with one of followings. The

light on the switch and the system

will turn off automatically.

- There are foreign substances on

the surface or inside the rear

bumper or it is hot near the rear

bumper.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

- When driving wide area like desert

around few vehicles.

- When driving in the bad weather

such as heavy rain or snow

When you install a trailer or carrier,

turn off BSD system. When you use

the BSD system, remove a trailer or

carrier.

Remove the foreign substance on

the rear bumper.

After the foreign substance is

removed, if you drive for approxi-

mately 10 minutes, the system will

work normally.

If the system does not work normally

even though the foreign substance,

trailer or carrier, or other equipment

is removed, take your vehicle to a

professional workshop and have the

system checked. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

OJFH055150 OJF055091L

Driving your vehicle

1025

If the system does not work properly,

a warning message will appear and

the light on the switch will turn off. The

system will turn off automatically.

In this case, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/ service partner.

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert)

When your vehicle moves backwards

from a parking position, the sensor

detects approaching vehicles to the

left or right side direction and gives

information to the driver.

Operating conditions

• Select RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic

Alert) in "User Settings" under

"Driving Assist" on the instrument

cluster. The system will turn on and

stand by to be activated.

• Select RCTA again, to turn the sys-

tem off.

• If the vehicle is turned off and on

again, the RCTA system will return

to the state right before the vehicle

was turned off. Turn the RCTA sys-

tem off when not in use.

• The system is operated when the

vehicle speed is below 10km/h with

the shift lever in R (Reverse).

OJF055247L

OYP054026K OJF057109L

5103

Driving your vehicle

• The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic

Alert) detection range is 0.5m~20m

based on side direction. If an

approaching vehicle speed is 7

km/h~36 km/h in detection range,

The warning is on. However, the

system sensing range is different

based on conditions. Always pay

attention to surrounding.

Warning type

• If an approaching vehicle detected

by sensors, the warning is chime

and the warning light will blink on

the outside rearview mirror.

• If the detected vehicle is out of

detection range, moving away in

the opposite direction or moving

slow, the warning is cancelled.

• The system may not be operating

properly due to other factors or cir-

cumstances, so always pay atten-

tion to your surrounding.

❈ If the bumper on either side is

blocked by a barrier or vehicles,

the system sensing ability may be

deteriorated.

OJF055105L

OJF055196L

OJF055106L

Driving your vehicle

1045

Non-operating condition

Outside rearview mirror may not

alert the driver when:

- The outside rearview mirror housing

is damaged or covered with debris.

- The window is covered with debris.

- The windows are severely tinted.

WARNING

• The warning light on the out-

side rearview mirror will illu-

minate whenever a vehicle is

detected at the rear side by

the system.

To avoid accidents, do not

focus only on the warning

light and neglect to see the

surrounding of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though the

vehicle is equipped with a

BSD (Blind spot detection)

system. Do not solely rely on

the system but check for your-

self before changing lanes.

The system may not alert the

driver in some conditions so

always check the surround-

ings whilst driving.

CAUTION

• The system may not work prop-

erly if the bumper has been

replaced or if a repair work has

been done near the sensor.

• The detection area differs

according to the roads width.

If the road is narrow the sys-

tem may detect other vehicles

in the second next lane.

• On the contrary, if the road is

very wide the system may not

detect other vehicles in the

next lane.

• The system might be turned

off due to strong electromag-

netic waves.

5105

Driving your vehicle

Driver's Attention

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations, because the sys-

tem may not detect other vehicles

or objects in certain circumstances.

- When a trailer or carrier is

installed.

- The vehicle drives in a bad

weather such as heavy rain or

snow.

- The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc.

- The rear bumper, in which the

sensor is located, is covered or

blocked with a foreign matter

such as a sticker, a bumper

guard, a bicycle stand, etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged, or

the sensor is out of the original

default position.

- The vehicle height gets lower or

higher due to heavy loading in a

trunk(tailgate), abnormal tyre

pressure, etc.

- When the temperature of the

rear bumper is very high or low.

(Continued)

- When the sensors are blocked

by other vehicles, walls or park-

ing-lot pillars.

- The vehicle drives on a curved

road or through a tollgate.

- A substantial amount objects

such as a construction arear.

- There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as a guardrail, etc.

- Whilst going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane

is different.

- When driving through a narrow

road with many plants.

- A big vehicle is near such as a

bus or truck.

- When the other vehicle

approaches very close.

- When the other vehicle passes

at a very fast speed.

- When other vehicles are close to

your vehicle.

- When the detected vehicle also

moves back, as your vehicle

drives back.

(Continued)

- Whilst changing lanes.

- If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated.

- When the vehicle in the next

lane moves two lanes away from

you OR when the vehicle two

lanes away moves to the next

lane from you.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

- A flat trailer is near.

- If there are small things like

shopping cart and baby car-

riage.

- If there is low height vehicle like

sport vehicle.

- When driving in a wide area with

not many constructions and

cars (desert, suburb, field).

- When driving on wet surface.

Driving your vehicle

1065

Your vehicle's fuel economy depends

mainly on your style of driving, where

you drive and when you drive.

Each of these factors affects how

many kilometers (miles) you can get

from a litre (gallon) of fuel. To operate

your vehicle as economically as pos-

sible, use the following driving sug-

gestions to help save money in both

fuel and repairs:

• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Do not make "jack-

rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts

and maintain a steady cruising

speed. Do not race between stop-

lights. Try to adjust your speed to

the traffic so you do not have to

change speeds unnecessarily.

Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-

sible. Always maintain a safe dis-

tance from other vehicles so you

can avoid unnecessary braking.

This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The

faster you drive, the more fuel your

vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate

speed, especially on the highway,

is one of the most effective ways to

reduce fuel consumption.

• Do not "ride" the brake or clutch

pedal. This can increase fuel con-

sumption and also increase wear

on these components. In addition,

driving with your foot resting on the

brake pedal may cause the brakes

to overheat, which reduces their

effectiveness and may lead to

more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tyres. Keep them

inflated to the recommended pres-

sure. Incorrect inflation, either too

much or too little, results in unnec-

essary tyre wear. Check the tyre

pressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are

aligned correctly. Improper align-

ment can result from hitting kerbs

or driving too fast over irregular

surfaces. Poor alignment causes

faster tyre wear and may also

result in other problems as well as

greater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-

tion. For better fuel economy and

reduced maintenance costs, main-

tain your vehicle in accordance

with the maintenance schedule in

chapter 7. If you drive your vehicle

in severe conditions, more frequent

maintenance is required (see

chapter 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-

mum service, your vehicle should

be kept clean and free of corrosive

materials. It is especially important

that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be

allowed to accumulate on the

underside of the vehicle. This extra

weight can result in increased fuel

consumption and also contribute to

corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Do not carry unnec-

essary weight in your vehicle.

Weight reduces fuel economy.

• Do not let the engine idle longer

than necessary. If you are waiting

(and not in traffic), turn off your

engine and restart only when

you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5107

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not

require extended warm-up. After

the engine has started, allow the

engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds

prior to placing the vehicle in gear.

In very cold weather, however, give

your engine a slightly longer warm-

up period.

• Do not "lug" or "over-rev" the

engine. Lugging is driving too

slowly in too high a gear resulting

engine bucking. If this happens,

shift to a lower gear. Over-revving

is racing the engine beyond its safe

limit. This can be avoided by shift-

ing at the recommended speeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.

The air conditioning system is

operated by engine power so your

fuel economy is reduced when you

use it.

• Open windows at high speeds can

reduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds

and headwinds. To help offset

some of this loss, slow down when

driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating

condition is important both for econ-

omy and safety. Therefore, have the

system serviced by a professional

workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

WARNING - Engine off

during motion

Never turn the engine off to

coast down hills or anytime the

vehicle is in motion. The power

steering and power brakes will

not function properly without

the engine running. Instead,

keep the engine on and down-

shift to an appropriate gear for

engine braking effect. In addi-

tion, turning off the engine

start/stop button whilst driving

could engage the steering

wheel lock (if equipped) result-

ing in loss of vehicle steering

which could cause serious

injury or death.

Driving your vehicle

1085

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditions

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-

ards, follow these suggestions:

• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.

• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal with

a light up-and-down motion until

the vehicle is stopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use

second gear. Accelerate slowly to

avoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tyre chains, or

other non-slip material under the

drive wheels to provide traction

when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to

free it from snow, sand, or mud, first

turn the steering wheel right and left

to clear the area around your front

wheels. Then, R (Reverse) and any

forward gear in vehicles equipped

with an Automatic Transaxle. Do not

race the engine, and spin the wheels

as little as possible. If you are still

stuck after a few tries, have the vehi-

cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to

avoid engine overheating and possi-

ble damage to the transaxle.

WARNING - Downshifting

Downshifting with an automatic

transaxle, whilst driving on slip-

pery surfaces can cause an

accident. The sudden change in

tyre speed could cause the

tyres to skid. Be careful when

downshifting on slippery sur-

faces.

WARNING - ABS

Do not pump the brake pedal on

a vehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTION

Prolonged rocking may cause

engine over-heating, transaxle

damage or failure, and tyre dam-

age.

5109

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The ESC system should be turned

OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration. If

you follow these suggestions, tyre

wear will be held to a minimum.

WARNING - Spinning

tyres

Do not spin the wheels, espe-

cially at speeds more than 56

km/h (35 mph). Spinning the

wheels at high speeds when the

vehicle is stationary could

cause a tyre to overheat which

could result in tyre damage that

may injure bystanders.

WARNING

If your vehicle becomes stuck in

snow, mud, sand, etc., then you

may attempt to rock the vehicle

free by moving it forward and

backward. Do not attempt this

procedure if people or objects

are anywhere near the vehicle.

During the rocking operation

the vehicle may suddenly move

forward or backward as it

becomes unstuck, causing

injury or damage to nearby peo-

ple or objects.

OJFH055062L

Driving your vehicle

1105

Driving at night

Because night driving presents more

hazards than driving in the daylight,

here are some important tips to

remember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-

cles, as it may be more difficult to

see at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any street

lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-

lights.

• Keep your headlights clean and

properly aimed on vehicles not

equipped with the automatic head-

light aiming feature. Dirty or

improperly aimed headlights will

make it much more difficult to see

at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-

lights of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and it

will take several seconds for your

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous, especially if you’re not

prepared for the slick pavement.

Here are a few things to consider

when driving in the rain:

• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-

tance needed to stop your vehicle,

so slow down.

• Keep your windscreen wiping

equipment in good shape. Replace

your windscreen wiper blades when

they show signs of streaking or

missing areas on the windscreen.

OJF055063L OJFH055064L

5111

Driving your vehicle

• If your tyres are not in good condi-

tion, making a quick stop on wet

pavement can cause a skid and

possibly lead to an accident. Be

sure your tyres are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it

easier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-

dles can affect your brakes. If you

must go through puddles, try to

drive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gotten

your brakes wet, apply them lightly

whilst driving until normal braking

operation returns.

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distance

because brake performance may be

affected.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them sev-

eral times whilst the vehicle is mov-

ing slowly.

Driving off-road

Drive carefully off-road because your

vehicle may be damaged by rocks of

roots of trees. Become familiar with

the off-road conditions where you

are going to drive before you begin

driving.

Highway driving

Tyres

Adjust the tyre inflation pressures to

specification. Low tyre inflation pres-

sures will result in overheating and

possible failure of the tyres.

Avoid using worn or damaged tyres

which may result in reduced traction

or tyre failure.

✽✽

NOTICE

Never exceed the maximum tyre

inflation pressure shown on the

tyres.

OJFH055200L

Driving your vehicle

1125

Fuel, engine coolant and engine

oil

High speed travel consumes more

fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-

get to check both engine coolant and

engine oil.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may

result in overheating of the engine.

WARNING

• Underinflated or overinflated

tyres can cause poor han-

dling, loss of vehicle control,

and sudden tyre failure lead-

ing to accidents, injuries, and

even death. Always check the

tyres for proper inflation

before driving. For proper tyre

pressures, refer to chapter 7,

“Tyres and wheels”.

• Driving on tyres with no or

insufficient tread is danger-

ous. Worn-out tyres can

result in loss of vehicle con-

trol, collisions, injury, and

even death. Worn-out tyres

should be replaced as soon

as possible and should never

be used for driving. Always

check the tyre tread before

driving your vehicle. For fur-

ther information and tread

limits, refer to chapter 7,

“Tyres and wheels”.

5113

Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING

Severe weather conditions in the

winter result in greater wear and

other problems. To minimise the

problems of winter driving, you

should follow these suggestions:

Snowy or Icy conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it

may be necessary to use snow tyres

or to install tyre chains on your tyres.

If snow tyres are needed, it is neces-

sary to select tyres equivalent in size

and type of the original equipment

tyres. Failure to do so may adversely

affect the safety and handling of your

vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake

applications, and sharp turns are

potentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine

braking to the fullest extent. Sudden

brake applications on snowy or icy

roads may cause skids to occur. You

need to keep sufficient distance

between the vehicle in operation in

front and your vehicle. Also, apply

the brake gently. It should be noted

that installing tyre chains on the tyre

will provide a greater driving force,

but will not prevent side skids.

✽✽

NOTICE

Tyre chains are not legal in all coun-

tries. Check the country laws before

fitting tyre chains.

Driving your vehicle

1145

Snow tyres

If you mount snow tyres on your vehi-

cle, make sure they are radial tyres of

the same size and load range as the

original tyres. Mount snow tyres on all

four wheels to balance your vehicle’s

handling in all weather conditions.

Keep in mind that the traction provid-

ed by snow tyres on dry roads may

not be as high as your vehicle's orig-

inal equipment tyres.You should drive

cautiously even when the roads are

clear. Check with the tyre dealer for

maximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tyres without

first checking local, state and munic-

ipal regulations for possible restric-

tions against their use.

Tyre chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tyres are

thinner, they can be damaged by

mounting some types of snow chains

on them. Therefore, the use of snow

tyres is recommended instead of

snow chains. Do not mount tyre

chains on vehicles equipped with

aluminum wheels; snow chains may

cause damage to the wheels. If snow

chains must be used, use wire-type

chains with a thickness of less than

12 mm (0.47 in). Damage to your

vehicle caused by improper snow

chain use is not covered by your

vehicle manufacturers warranty.

Install tyre chains only on the front

tyres.

OJFH055183

CAUTION

• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for

your tyres. Incorrect snow

chains can cause damage to

the vehicle body and suspen-

sion and may not be covered

by your vehicle manufacturer

warranty. Also, the snow chain

connecting hooks may be

damaged from contacting

vehicle components causing

the snow chains to come loose

from the tyre. Make sure the

snow chains are SAE class "S"

certified.

• Always check chain installa-

tion for proper mounting after

driving approximately 0.5 to 1

km (0.3 to 0.6 miles) to ensure

safe mounting. Retighten or

remount the chains if they are

loose.

WARNING - Snow tyre

size

Snow tyres should be equivalent

in size and type to the vehicle's

standard tyres. Otherwise, the

safety and handling of your vehi-

cle may be adversely affected.

5115

Driving your vehicle

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the

manufacturer's instructions and

mount them as tightly as you can.

Drive slowly with chains installed. If

you hear the chains contacting the

body or chassis, stop and tighten

them. If they still make contact, slow

down until it stops. Remove the

chains as soon as you begin driving

on cleared roads.

CAUTION

• Chains that are the wrong size

or improperly installed can

damage your vehicle's brake

lines, suspension, body and

wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten the

chains any time you hear them

hitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre chains

• The use of chains may

adversely affect vehicle han-

dling.

• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20

mph) or the chain manufactur-

er’s recommended speed

limit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid

bumps, holes, sharp turns,

and other road hazards, which

may cause the vehicle to

bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-

wheel braking.

WARNING - Mounting

chains

When mounting snow chains,

park the vehicle on level ground

away from traffic. Turn on the

vehicle Hazard Warning flashers

and place a triangular emer-

gency warning device behind

the vehicle if available. Always

place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and

turn off the engine before

installing snow chains.

Driving your vehicle

1165

Use high quality ethylene gly-

col coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing. Be sure

to replace or replenish your coolant

in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure

that its freezing point is sufficient for

the temperatures anticipated during

the winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on

the battery system. Visually inspect

the battery and cables as described

in chapter 7. Have the level of charge

in your battery checked by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Change to "winter weight" oil

if necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter weight"

oil be used during cold weather. See

chapter 8 for recommendations. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, Kia recommends to con-

sult an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Check spark plugs and igni-

tion system

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in chapter 7 and replace

them if necessary. Also check all

ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or

damaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,

you may be able to thaw it out by

using a heated key. Handle the heat-

ed key with care to avoid injury.

5117

Driving your vehicle

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add an

approved window washer anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instruc-

tions on the container. Window wash-

er anti-freeze is available from an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner

and most auto parts outlets.

Do not use engine coolant or other

types of anti-freeze as these may

damage the paint finish.

Don't let your parking brake

freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position. This is most likely to happen

when there is an accumulation of

snow or ice around or near the rear

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily

whilst you put the shift lever in P

(Automatic Transaxle) and block the

rear wheels so the vehicle cannot

roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-

mulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering. When

driving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

vehicle to be sure the movement of

the front wheels and the steering

components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the

weather, you should carry appropri-

ate emergency equipment. Some of

the items you may want to carry

include tyre chains, tow straps or

chains, flashlight, emergency flares,

sand, shovel, jumper cables, window

scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-

alls, blanket, etc.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

This section will guide you in the

proper loading of your vehicle and/or

trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle

weight within its design rating capa-

bility, with or without a trailer. Properly

loading your vehicle will provide max-

imum return of the vehicle design

performance. Before loading your

vehicle, familiarize yourself with the

following terms for determining your

vehicle's weight ratings, with or with-

out a trailer, from the vehicle's speci-

fications and the certification label:

Base kerb weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or option-

al equipment.

Vehicle kerb weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle

when you picked it up from your deal-

er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Kerb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle kerb weight and all payload.

GAWR

(Gross axle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers

are shown on the certification label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)

This is the Base Kerb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR

(Gross vehicle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR

is shown on the certification label.

Overloading

WARNING - Vehicle

weight

The gross axle weight rating

(GAWR) and the gross vehicle

weight rating (GVWR) for your

vehicle are on the certification

label attached to the driver's (or

front passenger’s) door.

Exceeding these ratings can

cause an accident or vehicle

damage. You can calculate the

weight of your load by weighing

the items (and people) before

putting them in the vehicle. Be

careful not to overload your

vehicle.

5118

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

In case of an emergency whilst driving . . . . . . . . . 6-3

• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3

• If you have a flat tyre whilst driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

• If engine stalls whilst driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4

• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . 6-11

• Check tyre pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

• Low tyre pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

• Low tyre pressure position telltale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

• TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

• Changing a tyre with TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

If you have a flat tyre (with tyre mobility kit). . . 6-18

• Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

• Notes on the safe use of the Tyre Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-20

• Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK) . . . . . 6-21

• Using the Tyre Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

• Distributing the sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

• Checking the tyre inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

• Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

If an accident occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

Emergency commodity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

• First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

• Triangle reflector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

• Tyre pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-

cise extreme caution when

approaching, overtaking, or passing

your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

Depress the flasher switch with the

ignition switch in any position. The

flasher switch is located in the centre

console switch panel. All turn signal

lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work when

the hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using

the hazard warning flasher whilst

the vehicle is being towed.

What to do in an emergency

OJFHP066001R

If the engine stalls at a cross-

road or crossing

• If the engine stalls at a crossroad

or crossing, set the shift lever in the

N (Neutral) position and then push

the vehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tyre whilst

driving

1. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow

down whilst driving straight ahead.

Do not apply the brakes immedi-

ately or attempt to pull off the road

as this may cause a loss of control.

When the vehicle has slowed down

to such a speed that it is safe to do

so, brake carefully and pull off the

road. Drive off the road as far as

possible and park on a firm level

ground. If you are on a divided

highway, do not park in the median

area between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn

on your emergency hazard flash-

ers, set the parking brake and put

the transaxle in P.

3. Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is away

from traffic.

4. When changing a flat tyre, follow

the instruction provided later in

this section.

If engine stalls whilst driving

1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try to start the hybrid system

again. If your vehicle does not

start, consult a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to consult

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVING

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or

turns over slowly

1. Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) and the

emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to

be sure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light

dims or goes out when you oper-

ate the starter, the battery is dis-

charged.

4. Check the starter connections to

be sure they are securely tight-

ened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. See instructions for "Jump

starting".

If engine turns over normally

but does not start

1. Check the fuel level.

2. With the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, check all connec-

tors at the ignition coils and spark

plugs. Reconnect any that may be

disconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine

compartment.

4. If the engine still does not start,

call a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to call an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

What to do in an emergency

WARNING

If the engine will not start, do

not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. This could result in a

collision or cause other dam-

age. In addition, push or pull

starting may cause the catalytic

converter to be overloaded and

create a fire hazard.

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jump starting

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid

harm to yourself or damage to your

vehicle or battery, follow the jump

starting procedures. If in doubt, we

strongly recommend that you have a

competent technician or towing serv-

ice jump start your vehicle.

CAUTION

Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-

tem. You can damage a 12-volt

starting motor, ignition system,

and other electrical parts

beyond repair by use of a 24-

volt power supply (either two

12-volt batteries in series or a

24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery

Never attempt to check the elec-

trolyte level of the battery as

this may cause the battery to

rupture or explode causing seri-

ous injury.

What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Battery

• Keep all flames or sparks

away from the battery. The

battery produces hydrogen

gas which may explode if

exposed to flame or sparks.

If these instructions are not

followed exactly, serious per-

sonal injury and damage to

the vehicle may occur! If you

are not sure how to follow this

procedure, seek qualified

assistance.

(Continued)

Automobile batteries contain

sulfuric acid. This is poison-

ous and highly corrosive.

When jump starting, wear pro-

tective glasses and be careful

not to get acid on yourself,

your clothing or on the vehi-

cle.

• Do not attempt to jump start

the vehicle if the discharged

battery is frozen or if the elec-

trolyte level is low; the battery

may rupture or explode.

• Do not allow the (+) and (-)

jumper cables to touch. It may

cause sparks.

• The battery may rupture or

explode when you jump start

with a low or frozen battery.

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure

- for Sedan

Connect cables in numerical order

and disconnect in reverse order.

❈ (A) : Jumper Cables

(B) : Booster battery

1.Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-

nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in another

vehicle, do not allow the vehicles

come in contact.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical

loads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one end of a

jumper cable to the positive termi-

nal of the discharged battery (1),

then connect the other end to the

positive terminal on the booster

battery (2).

Proceed to connect one end of the

other jumper cable to the negative

terminal of the booster battery (3),

then the other end to a solid, sta-

tionary, metallic point (for example,

the engine lifting bracket) away

from the battery (4). Do not con-

nect it to or near any part that

moves when the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to

contact anything except the correct

battery terminals or the correct

ground. Do not lean over the bat-

tery when making connections.

CAUTION - Battery cables

Do not connect the jumper cable

from the negative terminal of the

booster battery to the negative

terminal of the discharged bat-

tery. This can cause the dis-

charged battery to overheat and

crack, releasing battery acid.

Make sure to connect one end of

the jumper cable to the negative

terminal of the booster battery,

and the other end to a metallic

point, far away from the battery.

OJFH065046L

5.Start the engine of the vehicle with

the booster battery and let it run at

2,000 rpm, then start the engine of

the vehicle with the discharged

battery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-

ing is not apparent, have the system

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Jump starting procedure

- For wagon

1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,

but do not allow the vehicles to

touch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in

the engine compartment at all

times, even when the vehicles are

turned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices such

as radios, lights, air conditioning,

etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)

and set the parking brakes. Turn

both vehicles OFF.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your vehicle has a battery in the lug-

gage compartment, but when you

jump start your vehicle, use the

jumper terminal in the engine com-

partment.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one jumper

cable to the positive (+) jumper

terminal of your vehicle (1).

5. Connect the other end of the

jumper cable to the positive (+)

battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cable

to the negative (-) battery/ chassis

ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

What to do in an emergency

OJFHP067060L

7. Connect the other end of the sec-

ond jumper cable to the negative (-

) chassis ground of your vehicle

(4). Do not allow the jumper cables

to contact anything except the cor-

rect battery or jumper terminals or

the correct ground. Do not lean

over the battery when making con-

nections.

8. Start the engine of the assisting

vehicle and let it run at approxi-

mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-

utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after a

few attempts, it probably requires

servicing. In this event please seek

qualified assistance. If the cause of

your battery discharging is not

apparent, have your vehicle checked

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Push-starting

Vehicles equipped with automatic

transaxle cannot be push-started.

Follow the directions in this section

for jump-starting.

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION - Battery cables

Do not connect the jumper

cable from the negative terminal

of the booster battery to the

negative terminal of the dis-

charged battery. This can cause

the discharged battery to over-

heat and crack, releasing bat-

tery acid. Make sure to connect

one end of the jumper cable to

the negative terminal of the

booster battery, and the other

end to a metallic point, far away

from the battery.

WARNING

Never tow a vehicle to start it

because the sudden surge for-

ward when the engine starts

could cause a collision with the

tow vehicle.

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates

overheating, you will experience a

loss of power, or hear loud pinging or

knocking, the engine is probably too

hot. If this happens, you should:

1.Turn on the emergency warning

flasher and stop in a safe place.

Move the shift lever to P (Park) and

engage the parking brake.

2.If hot steam does not come out

from the engine room, carefully

open the engine room and check

whether the water pump connector

is properly engaged. If the connec-

tor is not properly engaged, stop

the engine immediately and prop-

erly engage the connector. Then,

turn the engine on.

3.Turn on the air conditioner.

4.If the “HEV Warning” light turns on

in the driver instrument cluster, or

engine coolant or hot steam emits

from the engine coolant filler, stop

the engine immediately. Then, have

a check at a professional work shop

for assistance. Kia recommends to

visit the nearest authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

If the “Engine Warning” light

remains illuminated or the engine

coolant is not flowing out, keep the

engine running. Open the engine

bonnet for ventilation to help cool

down the engine.

5.Check whether the engine coolant

temperature is low enough by

checking its temperature. If the

engine coolant level is low, please

check the connecting parts

between the radiator hose, heater

hose, and water pump for any

signs of leakage. When there is no

sign of leakage, please refill the

engine coolant. If causes and signs

of engine overheating such as

warning light illumination, engine

coolant leakage, or cooling fan

malfunction are found, stop the

vehicle the earliest. Then, have a

check at a professional work shop

for assistance. Kia recommends to

visit the nearest authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

Whilst the engine is running,

keep hair, hands and clothing

away from moving parts such

as the fan and drive belts to pre-

vent injury.

106

What to do in an emergency

6.If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine

temperature has returned to nor-

mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,

carefully add coolant to the reser-

voir to bring the fluid level in the

reservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of overheat-

ing. If overheating happens again,

call a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to call an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

• Serious loss of coolant indi-

cates there is a leak in the

cooling system. In this case,

have the system checked by a

professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

• When the engine overheats

from low engine coolant, sud-

denly adding engine coolant

may cause cracks in the

engine. To prevent damage,

add engine coolant slowly in

small quantities.

WARNING

Do not remove the

radiator cap when the

engine is hot. This

can allow coolant to

blow out of the open-

ing and cause seri-

ous burns.

611

What to do in an emergency

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tyre pressure telltale /

TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tyre pressure position tell-

tale (Shown on the LCD display)

Check tyre pressure

• You can check the tyre pressure in

the information mode on the cluster.

- Refer to “User settings mode” in

chapter 4.

• Tyre pressure is displayed 1~2

minutes later after driving.

• If tyre pressure is not displayed

when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive

to display” message displays. After

driving, check the tyre pressure.

• You can change the tyre pressure

unit in the user settings mode on

the cluster.

- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set-

tings mode” in chapter 4).

OJFHP067023L

OJF065002

OJFHP047487L

126

What to do in an emergency

Each tyre, including the spare (if pro-

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the inflation

pressure recommended by the vehi-

cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-

ard or tyre inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tyres of a differ-

ent size than the size indicated on

the vehicle placard or tyre inflation

pressure label, you should determine

the proper tyre inflation pressure for

those tyres.)

As an added safety feature, your vehi-

cle has been equipped with a tyre

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

that illuminates a low tyre pressure

telltale when one or more of your tyres

is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tyre pres-

sure telltale illuminates, you should

stop and check your tyres as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the prop-

er pressure. Driving on a significantly

under-inflated tyre causes the tyre to

overheat and can lead to tyre failure.

Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-

ciency and tyre tread life, and may

affect the vehicle’s handling and stop-

ping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tyre mainte-

nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-

bility to maintain correct tyre pressure,

even if under-inflation has not

reached the level to trigger illumina-

tion of the TPMS low tyre pressure

telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

indicate when the system is not oper-

ating properly. The TPMS malfunction

indicator is combined with the low

tyre pressure telltale. When the sys-

tem detects a malfunction, the telltale

will flash for approximately 1 minute

and then remain continuously illumi-

nated. This sequence will continue

upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as

long as the malfunction exists. When

the TPMS malfunction indicator

remains illuminated after blinking for

approximately 1 minute, the system

may not be able to detect or signal

low tyre pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a

variety of reasons, including the

installation of replacement or alter-

nate tyres or wheels on the vehicle

that prevent the TPMS from function-

ing properly. Always check the TPMS

malfunction telltale after replacing

one or more tyres or wheels on your

vehicle to ensure that the replace-

ment or alternate tyres and wheels

allow the TPMS to continue to func-

tion properly.

613

What to do in an emergency

✽✽

NOTICE

If any of the below happens, have

the system checked by a profession-

al workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-

ice partner.

1.The low tyre pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator do

not illuminate for 3 seconds when

the ignition switch is turned to the

ON position or engine is running.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicator

remains illuminated after blinking

for approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low tyre pressure position

telltale remains illuminated.

Low tyre pressure

telltale

Low tyre pressure position

telltale

When the tyre pressure monitoring

system warning indicators are illumi-

nated and warning massage dis-

played on the cluster LCD display,

one or more of your tyres is signifi-

cantly under-inflated. The low tyre

pressure position telltale light will

indicate which tyre is significantly

under-inflated by illuminating the cor-

responding position light.

If either telltale illuminates, immedi-

ately reduce your speed, avoid hard

cornering and anticipate increased

stopping distances. You should stop

and check your tyres as soon as pos-

sible. Inflate the tyres to the proper

pressure as indicated on the vehi-

cle’s placard or tyre inflation pres-

sure label located on the driver’s side

centre pillar outer panel. If you can-

not reach a service station or if the

tyre cannot hold the newly added air,

replace the low pressure tyre with a

spare tyre.

If you drive the vehicle for about 10

minutes at speeds above 25 km/h

after replaceing the low pressure tyre

with the spare tyre, one of the follow-

ing will happen:

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1

minute and then remain continu-

ously illuminated because the

TPMS sensor is not mounted on

the spare wheel. (changed tyre

equipped with a sensor not in the

vehicle)

OJFHP067022L

146

What to do in an emergency

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

will remain continuously illuminated

whilst driving because the TPMS

sensor is not mounted on the spare

wheel. (changed tyre equipped with

a sensor in the vehicle)

TPMS (Tyre Pressure

Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator will

illuminate after it blinks for approxi-

mately one minute when there is a

problem with the Tyre Pressure

Monitoring System.

In this case, have the system checked

by a professional workshop to deter-

mine the cause of the problem. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is a malfunction with the

TPMS, the low tyre pressure posi-

tion telltale will not be displayed

even though the vehicle has an

under-inflated tyre.

WARNING - Low pressure

damage

Significantly low tyre pressure

makes the vehicle unstable and

can contribute to loss of vehicle

control and increased braking

distances.

Continued driving on low pres-

sure tyres can cause the tyres

to overheat and fail.

CAUTION

• In winter or cold weather, the

low tyre pressure telltale may

illuminate if the tyre pressure

was adjusted to the recom-

mended tyre inflation pres-

sure in warm weather. It does

not mean your TPMS is mal-

functioning because the

decreased temperature leads

to a lowering of tyre pressure.

• When you drive your vehicle

from a warm area to a cold

area or from a cold area to a

warm area, or the outside tem-

perature is higher or lower,

you should check the tyre

inflation pressure and adjust

the tyres to the recommended

tyre inflation pressure.

(Continued)

• When filling tyres with more

air, conditions to turn off the

low tyre pressure telltale may

not be met. This is because a

tyre inflator has a margin of

error in performance. The low

tyre pressure telltale will be

turned off if the tyre pressure

is above the recommended

tyre inflation pressure.

615

What to do in an emergency

Changing a tyre with TPMS

If you have a flat tyre, the low Tyre

Pressure and Position telltales will

come on. In this case, have the sys-

tem checked by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

Each wheel is equipped with a tyre

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tyre behind the valve stem. You must

use TPMS specific wheels. Have your

tyres serviced by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may blink for approximate-

ly 1 minute and then remain

continuously illuminated if the

vehicle is moving around elec-

tric power supply cables or

radios transmitter such as at

police stations, government

and public offices, broadcast-

ing stations, military installa-

tions, airports, or transmitting

towers, etc. This can interfere

with normal operation of the

Tyre Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may blink for approximate-

ly 1 minute and then remain

continuously illuminated if

snow chains are used or some

separate electronic devices

such as notebook computer,

mobile charger, remote starter

or navigation etc., are used in

the vehicle.

(Continued)

This can interfere with normal

operation of the Tyre Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS).

CAUTION

We recommend that you use the

sealant approved by Kia.

The sealant on the tyre pressure

sensor and wheel shall be elim-

inated when you replace the

tyre with a new one.

166

What to do in an emergency

If you drive the vehicle for about 10

minutes at speeds above 25 km/h

after replaceing the low pressure tyre

with the spare tyre, one of the follow-

ing will happen:

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1

minute and then remain continuous-

ly illuminated because the TPMS

sensor is not mounted on the spare

wheel. (changed tyre equipped with

a sensor not in the vehicle)

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

will remain continuously illuminated

whilst driving because the TPMS

sensor is not mounted on the spare

wheel. (changed tyre equipped with

a sensor in the vehicle)

You may not be able identify a low

tyre by simply looking at it. Always

use a good quality tyre pressure

gauge to measure the tyre's inflation

pressure. Please note that a tyre that

is hot (from being driven) will have a

higher pressure measurement than a

tyre that is cold (from sitting station-

ary for at least 3 hours and driven

less than 1.6 km (1 mile) during that

3 hour period).

Allow the tyre to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tyre is cold before inflating

to the recommended pressure.

A cold tyre means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3

hour period.

WARNING - TPMS

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tyre dam-

age caused by external factors

such as nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-

ity, immediately take your foot

off the accelerator, apply the

brakes gradually and with

light force, and slowly move to

a safe position off the road.

CAUTION

We recommend that you use the

sealant approved by Kia if your

vehicle is equipped with a Tyre

Pressure Monitoring System.

The liquid sealant can damage

the tyre pressure sensors.

617

What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Protecting

TPMS

Tampering with, modifying, or

disabling the Tyre Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)

components may interfere with

the system's ability to warn the

driver of low tyre pressure con-

ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-

tions. Tampering with, modify-

ing, or disabling the Tyre

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) components may void

the warranty for that portion of

the vehicle.

WARNING - For EUROPE

• Do not modify the vehicle, it

may interfere with the TPMS

function.

• The wheels on the market do

not have a TPMS sensor.

For your safety, use parts for

replacement from a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• If you use the wheels on the

market, use a TPMS sensor

approved by an authorised

Kia dealer.

If your vehicle is not equipped

with a TPMS sensor or TPMS

does not work properly, you

may fail the periodic vehicle

inspection conducted in your

country.

(Continued)

❈

All vehicles sold in the

EUROPE market during

below period must be

equipped with TPMS.

- New model vehicle :

Nov. 1, 2012 ~

- Current model vehicle :

Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on

vehicle registrations)

186

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE (WITH TYRE MOBILITY KIT)

Please read the instructions before

using the Tyre Mobility Kit.

(1) Compressor

(2) Sealant bottle

The Tyre Mobility Kit is a temporary

fix to the tyre and have the tyre

inspected by a professional work-

shop as soon as possible. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

OJFH067043

CAUTION - One sealant

for one tyre

When two or more tyres are flat,

do not use the tyre mobility kit

because the one supplied canis-

ter of sealant in the Tyre Mobility

Kit is to only enough sealant for

one flat tyre.

WARNING - Tyre wall

Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit

to repair punctures in the tyre

walls. This can result in an acci-

dent due to tyre failure.

WARNING - Temporary fix

Have your tyre repaired as soon

as possible. The tyre may lose

air pressure at any time after

inflating with the Tyre Mobility

Kit.

619

What to do in an emergency

Introduction

With the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK) you

stay mobile even after experiencing a

tyre puncture.

The system of compressor and seal-

ing compound effectively and com-

fortably seals most punctures in a

passenger car tyre caused by nails or

similar objects and reinflates the tyre.

After you ensured that the tyre is

properly sealed you can drive cau-

tiously on the tyre (up to 200 km (120

miles)) at a max. speed of 80 km/h

(50 mph) in order to reach a vehicle or

tyre dealer to have the tyre replaced.

It is possible that some tyres, espe-

cially with larger punctures or dam-

age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed

completely.

Air pressure loss in the tyre may

adversely affect tyre performance.

For this reason, you should avoid

abrupt steering or other driving

maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is

heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

The Tyre Mobility Kit is not designed

or intended as a permanent tyre

repair method and is to be used for

one tyre only.

This instruction shows you step by

step how to temporarily seal the

puncture simply and reliably.

Read the section "Notes on the safe

use of the Tyre Mobility Kit".

CAUTION

• When replacing or repairing the

tyre after using tyre sealant,

make certain to remove the

sealant attached to the inner

part of the tyre and wheel. If the

sealant is not removed, noise

and vibration may occur.

• We recommend use original

Kia manufactured sealant.

Using aftermarket sealant may

damage the tyre pressure

detection sensor.

• If the TPMS warning light illu-

minates after using the Tyre

Mobility Kit, have your vehicle

inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

contect an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

• When repairing a flat tyre with

the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK),

quickly remove the sealant on

the tyre pressure sensor and

wheel. When installing the

repaired tyre and wheel, tight-

en the wheel nut to a torque

value of 11~13kgf·m.

OJFH067010

206

What to do in an emergency

Notes on the safe use of the

Tyre Mobility Kit

• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with the

Tyre Mobility Kit away from moving

traffic. Place your warning triangle

in a prominent place to make pass-

ing vehicles aware of your location.

• To be sure your vehicle will not

move, even when you're on fairly

level ground, always set your park-

ing brake.

• Only use the Tyre Mobility Kit for

sealing/inflation passenger car

tyres. Do not use on motorcycles,

bicycles or any other type of tyres.

• Do not remove any foreign objects-

such as nails or screws -that have

penetrated the tyre.

• Before using the Tyre Mobility Kit,

read the precautionary advice

printed on the sealant bottle!

• Provided the car is outdoors, leave

the engine running. Otherwise

operating the compressor may

eventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tyre Mobility Kit

unattended whilst it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-

ning for more than 10 min. at a time

or it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit if

the ambient temperature is below

-30°C (-22°F).

• When the tyre and wheel are dam-

aged, do not use Tyre Mobility Kit

for your safety.

WARNING

Do not use the Tyre Mobility Kit

if a tyre is severely damaged by

driving run flat or with insuffi-

cient air pressure.

Only punctured areas located

within the tread region of the

tyre can be sealed using the

Tyre Mobility Kit.

621

What to do in an emergency

1. Speed restriction label

2. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction

3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel

4. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

5. Holder for the sealant bottle

6. Compressor

7. On/off switch

WARNING

• If the sealant gets on your

skin, wash it with a large

amount of water and if it irri-

tates continuously, visit a

doctor for examination.

• If the sealant gets into your

eyes, raise your eyelid and

wash for at least 15 minutes. If

it irritates continuously, visit a

doctor for examination.

• If you have drank the sealant,

wash the mouth and drink a

large amount of water.

However, do not give anything

to an unconscious person and

see the doctor immediately.

Exposure to the sealant for a

long time may cause damage

to the bodily tissues.

Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK)

ODE067044

226

What to do in an emergency

8. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tyre inflation pressure

9. Button for reducing tyre inflation

pressure

Connectors and cable are stored in

the compressor housing.

✽✽

NOTICE

The sealant container and insert

hose (3) cannot be reused. Purchase

an extra after use.

Using the Tyre Mobility Kit

1. Detach the speed restriction label

(1) from the sealant bottle (2), and

place it in a highly visible place

inside the vehicle such as on the

steering wheel to remind the driv-

er not to drive too fast.

2. Filling the sealant Strictly follow

the specified sequence, otherwise

the sealant may escape under

high pressure.

OJFHP066012R

CAUTION

Before using the tyre repair kit,

please read carefully the

instruction attached on the

sealant case. Detach the speed

limit label on the sealant case

and put it on a highly visible

place. Always drive within the

speed limit.

WARNING - Expired

sealant

Do not use the tyre sealant after

the sealant has expired (i.e.

pasted the expiration date on

the sealant container). This can

increase the risk of tyre failure.

WARNING - Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.

• Avoid contact with eyes.

• Do not swallow.

623

What to do in an emergency

3. Shake the sealant bottle. 4. Connect the filling hose (3) onto

the connector of the sealant bottle.

5. Ensure that button (7) on the com-

pressor is not pressed.

6. Unscrew the valve cap from the

valve of the defective wheel and

screw filling hose (3) of the sealant

bottle onto the valve.

OJF067055ODEP067048 OJFH065013

246

What to do in an emergency

7. Insert the sealant bottle into the

housing (5) of the compressor so

that the bottle is upright.

8. Ensure that the compressor is

switched off.

9. Connect between compressor and

the vehicle power outlet using the

cable and connectors (4).

✽✽

NOTICE

Only use the front passenger side

power outlet.

10. With the engine start/stop button

position on: switch on the com-

pressor and let it run for approxi-

mately 5~7 minutes to fill the

sealant up to proper pressure

(refer to the "Tyres and wheels" in

chapter 8.). The inflation pressure

of the tyre after filling is unimpor-

tant and will be checked/corrected

later. Be careful not to overinflate

the tyre and stay away from the

tyre when filling it. When the tyre

and wheel are damaged, do not

use Tyre Mobility Kit for your safety.

OJF067057 OJFHP066038R

CAUTION - Tyre pressure

Do not attempt to drive your

vehicle if the tyre pressure is

below 200 kPa (29 psi). This

could result in an accident due

to sudden tyre failure.

625

What to do in an emergency

11. Switch off the compressor.

12. Detach the hose from the sealant

bottle connector and from the

tyre valve.

Return the Tyre Mobility Kit to its

storage location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

13. Immediately drive approximately

7~10 km (4~6 miles or, about 10

min) to evenly distribute the

sealant in the tyre.

Checking the tyre inflation

pressure

1.After driving approximately 7~10

km (4~6 miles or about 10 min-

utes), stop at a suitable location.

2.Connect the filling hose (3) of the

compressor (clip mounted side)

directly and then connect the filling

hose (3) (opposite side) to the tyre

valve.

3.Connect between compressor and

the vehicle power outlet using the

cable and connectors.

4.Adjust the tyre inflation pressure to

200 kPa (29 psi). With the ignition

switched on, proceed as follows.

- To increase the inflation pres-

sure: Switch on the compressor,

position I. To check the current

inflation pressure setting, briefly

switch off the compressor.

CAUTION

Do not exceed a speed of 80

km/h (50 mph). If possible, do

not fall below a speed of 20

km/h (12 mph).

Whilst driving, if you experience

any unusual vibration, ride dis-

turbance or noise, reduce your

speed and drive with caution

until you can safely pull off of

the side of the road. Call for

road side service or towing.

When you use the Tyre Mobility

Kit, the wheel may be stained by

sealant. Therefore, remove the

tyre pressure sensors and have

the vehicle inspected at a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

Carbon monoxide poisoning

and suffocation is possible if the

engine is left running in a poorly

ventilated or unventilated loca-

tion (such as inside a building).

266

What to do in an emergency

- To reduce the inflation pres-

sure: Press the button (9) on the

compressor.

WARNING

Do not let the compressor run

for more than 10 minutes, other-

wise the device will overheat

and may be damaged.

CAUTION

If the inflation pressure is not

maintained, drive the vehicle a

second time, refer to

Distributing the sealant. Then

repeat steps 1 to 4.

Use of the TMK may be ineffec-

tual for tyre damage larger than

approximately 4 mm (0.16 in).

Contact a professional work-

shop if the tyre cannot be made

roadworthy with the Tyre

Mobility Kit. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

The tyre inflation pressure must

be at least 200 kPa (29 psi). If it

is not, do not continue driving.

Call for road side service or

towing.

627

What to do in an emergency

Technical Data

System voltage: DC 12 V

Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V

Amperage rating: max. 15 A ± 1A (at

DC 12V operation)

Suitable for use at temperatures:

-30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)

Max. working pressure:

6 bar (87 psi)

Size

Compressor: 161 x 150 x 55.8 mm

(6.3 x 5.9 x 2.2 in.)

Sealant bottle: 104 x 85 ø mm

(4.1 x 3.3 ø in.)

Compressor weight:

805g ± 30g (1.77 lbs ± 0.07 lbs)

Sealant volume:

300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)

❈ Sealant and spare parts can be

obtained and replaced at an

authorised vehicle or tyre dealer.

Empty sealant bottles may be dis-

posed of at home. Liquid residue

from the sealant should be dis-

posed of by your vehicle or tyre

dealer or in accordance with local

waste disposal regulations.

286

What to do in an emergency

TOWING

Towing service

If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an

authorised Kia dealer or a commer-

cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting

and towing procedures are neces-

sary to prevent damage to the vehi-

cle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or

flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle

with the rear wheels on the ground

(without dollies) and the front wheels

off the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or sus-

pension components are damaged

or the vehicle is being towed with the

front wheels on the ground, use a

towing dolly under the front wheels.

When being towed by a commercial

tow truck and wheel dollies are not

used, the front of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the rear.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the EPB does not release normal-

ly, contact a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

OJF075158L

HXD02

HXD03

CAUTION

• Do not tow the vehicle back-

wards with the front wheels on

the ground as this may cause

damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use wheel lift or

flatbed equipment.

629

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies :

1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).

3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook

(if equipped)

1. Open the trunk, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the lower part of the cover on the

bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-

mend you to have it done by an

authorised Kia dealer or a com-

mercial tow truck service.

CAUTION

Failure to place the transaxle

shift lever in N (Neutral) may

cause internal damage to the

transaxle.

OJFH065017L

OJFH065018L

OJFH065019

■ Front

■ Rear

306

What to do in an emergency

If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be

temporarily towed using a cable or

chain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook under the front (or rear) of

the vehicle. Use extreme caution

when towing the vehicle. A driver

must be in the vehicle to steer it and

operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a

short distance and at low speed.

Also, the wheels, axles, power train,

steering and brakes must all be in

good condition.

• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other

conditions from which the vehicle

cannot be driven out under its own

power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than

the vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles should

communicate with each other fre-

quently.

• Before emergency towing, check if

the hook is not broken or dam-

aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chain

securely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it

steadily and with even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do

not pull from the side or at a verti-

cal angle. Always pull straight

ahead.

CAUTION

• Attach a towing strap to the

tow hook.

• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for

towing may damage the body

of your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain

specifically intended for use

in towing vehicles. Securely

fasten the cable or chain to

the towing hook provided.

WARNING

Use extreme caution when tow-

ing the vehicle.

• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving manoeuvres which

would place excessive stress

on the emergency towing hook

and towing cable or chain. The

hook and towing cable or

chain may break and cause

serious injury or damage.

• If the disabled vehicle is

unable to be moved, do not

forcibly continue the towing.

We recommend that you con-

tact an authorised Kia dealer

or a commercial tow truck

service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight

ahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle

during towing.

631

What to do in an emergency

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m

(16 feet) long. Attach a white or red

cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)

wide) in the middle of the strap for

easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing

strap is not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions

• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so

the steering wheel isn’t locked.

• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).

• Release the parking bake.

• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will

have reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be

required because the power steer-

ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,

the brakes may overheat and brake

performance will be reduced. Stop

often and let the brakes cool off.

OJFH065047L

CAUTION

- Automatic transaxle

• If the car is being towed with all

four wheels on the ground, it

can be towed only from the

front. Be sure that the transaxle

is in neutral. Be sure the steer-

ing is unlocked by placing the

ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion. A driver must be in the

towed vehicle to operate the

steering and brakes.

• To avoid serious damage to

the automatic transaxle, limit

the vehicle speed to 15 km/h

(10 mph) and drive less than

1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-

matic transaxle for fluid leaks

under your vehicle. If the auto-

matic transaxle fluid is leak-

ing, flatbed equipment or a

towing dolly must be used.

326

What to do in an emergency

IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS

WARNING

• For your safety, do not touch

high voltage cables, connec-

tors and package modules.

High voltage components are

orange in colour.

• Exposed cables or wires may

be visible inside or outside of

the vehicle. Never touch the

wires or cables, because an

electrical shock, an injury, or a

death may occur.

• Any gas or electrolyte leakage

from your vehicle is not only

poisonous but also flamma-

ble. Upon witnessing one of

those, open the windows, and

remain a safe distance from

the vehicle out of the road.

Immediately contact a profes-

sional work shop and advise

them that a hybrid vehicle is

involved. Kia recommends to

contact an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

(Continued)

• If you need towing, refer to

"Towing" in the previous pages.

• When the vehicle is severely

damaged, remain a safe dis-

tance of 15 meter or more

between your vehicle and

other vehicles/flammables.

WARNING

If a small scale fire occurs, use

a fire extinguisher (ABC, BC)

that is meant for electrical fires.

If it is impossible to extinguish

the fire in the early stage,

remain a safe distance from the

vehicle and immediately call

your local fire emergency

responders. Also, advise them

that a hybrid vehicle is involved.

If the fire spreads to the high volt-

age battery, large amount of water

is needed to put out the fire.

Using small amount of water or

fire extinguishers not meant for

electrical fires could cause seri-

ous injury or death from electri-

cal shocks.

633

What to do in an emergency

WARNING

When a submersion in water

occurs:

When your vehicle is flooded in

water, a high-voltage battery

may cause shock or may catch

on fire. Thus, turn the hybrid

system OFF, take the key in

your possession and move to a

safe place. Never attempt phys-

ical contact with your flooded

vehicle. Immediately contact a

professional work shop and

advise them that a hybrid vehi-

cle is involved. Kia recom-

mends to contact an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)

There are some emergency com-

modities in the vehicle to help you

respond to the emergency situation.

First aid kit

There are some items such as scis-

sors, bandage and adhesive tape

and etc. in the kit to give first aid to

an injured person.

Triangle reflector

Place the triangle reflector on the

road to warn oncoming vehicles dur-

ing emergencies, such as when the

vehicle is parked by the roadside due

to any problems.

Tyre pressure gauge

(If equipped)

Tyres normally lose some air in day-

to-day use, and you may have to add

a few pounds of air periodically and it

is not usually a sign of a leaking tyre,

but of normal wear. Always check

tyre pressure when the tyres are cold

because tyre pressure increases

with temperature.

To check the tyre pressure, take the

following steps;

1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap

that is located on the rim of the

tyre.

2. Press and hold the gauge against

the tyre valve. Some air will escape

as you begin and more will escape if

you don't press the gauge in firmly.

3. A firm non-leaking push will acti-

vate the gauge.

4. Read the tyre pressure on the

gauge to know whether the tyre

pressure is low or high.

5. Adjust the tyre pressures to the

specified pressure. Refer to “Tyres

and wheels” in chapter 8.

6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.

What to do in an emergency

634

Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

• Scheduled maintenance service precaution . . . . . . . . 7-8

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-14

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

• Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

• Inverter coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

• Recommended coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

• Checking the washer fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

• Filter inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

• Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

• Battery capacity label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

• Tyre care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

• Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures . . . . . . 7-38

• Checking tyre inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

• Tyre rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

• Wheel alignment and tyre balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

• Tyre replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

• Tyre traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

• Tyre maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

• Tyre sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

• Low aspect ratio tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

• Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-53

• Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71

• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71

• Light bulb position (Front, LED type) . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73

• Light bulb position(Rear - Sedan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73

• Light bulb position (Rear - Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74

• Light bulb position (Side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

• Headlamp(High/Low beam) LED replacement . . . . 7-75

• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-75

• Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-76

• Side repeater lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76

• Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) . . 7-77

• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement

(Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78

• Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . 7-78

• Rear fog lamp bulb replacement (Sedan). . . . . . . . . 7-79

• License plate lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) . . . . . 7-80

• High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement (Sedan). . 7-81

• Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement (Wagon) . . 7-81

• Tail, stop and rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement (Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83

• Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Wagon) . . . . . . . . 7-83

• High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement

(Wagon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

• Map lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

• Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

• Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

• Personal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

• Glove box lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

• Trunk lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

• Luggage room lamp bulb replacement (Wagon) . . . 7-87

Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88

• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88

• Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96

• Crankcase emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96

• Evaporative emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96

• Exhaust emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OJFHP076161R

■■

Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine oil dipstick

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Fuse box

7. Inverter coolant reservoir

8. Radiator cap

9. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever per-

forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-

cient servicing may result in opera-

tional problems with your vehicle that

could lead to vehicle damage, an

accident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽

NOTICE

Maintenance Service and Record

Retention are the owner's responsi-

bility.

Have your vehicle serviced by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor-

dance with the scheduled mainte-

nance service charts shown on the

following pages.

You need this information to estab-

lish your compliance with the servic-

ing and maintenance requirements

of your vehicle warranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro-

vided in your Warranty &

Maintenance book.

Repairs and adjustments required as

a result of improper maintenance or

a lack of required maintenance are

not covered when your vehicle is

covered by warranty.

Owner maintenance precautions

Improper or incomplete service may

result in problems. This section gives

instructions only for the maintenance

items that are easy to perform.

✽✽

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance dur-

ing the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage. For details, read

the separate Warranty &

Maintenance book provided with

the vehicle. If you're unsure about

any servicing or maintenance proce-

dure, have the system serviced by a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Maintenance

WARNING

- Maintenance work

• Performing maintenance work

on a vehicle can be danger-

ous. You can be seriously

injured whilst performing

some maintenance proce-

dures. If you lack sufficient

knowledge and experience or

the proper tools and equip-

ment to do the work, have the

system serviced by a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Working under the bonnet

with the engine running is

dangerous. It becomes even

more dangerous when you

wear jewelry or loose cloth-

ing. These can become entan-

gled in moving parts and

result in injury.

(Continued)

Therefore, if you must run the

engine whilst working under

the bonnet, make certain that

you remove all jewelry (espe-

cially rings, bracelets, watches,

and necklaces) and all neck-

ties, scarves, and similar loose

clothing before getting near the

engine or cooling fans.

CAUTION

• Do not put heavy objects or

apply excessive force on top of

the engine cover (if equipped)

or fuel related parts.

• When you inspect the fuel sys-

tem (fuel lines and fuel injec-

tion devices), contact a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Do not drive long time with the

engine cover (if equipped)

removed.

(Continued)

• When checking the engine

room, do not go near fire.

Fuel, washer fluid, etc. are

flammable oils that may cause

fire.

• Before touching the battery,

ignition cables and electrical

wiring, you should disconnect

the battery "-" terminal. You

may get an electric shock

from the electric current.

• When you remove the interior

trim cover with a flat bed (-)

driver, be careful not to dam-

age the cover.

• Be careful when you replace

and clean bulbs to avoid

burns or electrical shock.

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE

The following lists are vehicle checks

and inspections that should be per-

formed at the frequencies indicated

to help ensure safe, dependable

operation of your vehicle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your deal-

er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance Checks

are generally not covered by war-

ranties and you may be charged for

labour, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check the coolant level in the

coolant reservoir.

• Check the windscreen washer fluid

level.

• Look for low or under-inflated tyres.

Whilst operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of

exhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice any increased steer-

ing effort or looseness in the steer-

ing wheel, or change in its straight-

ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns

slightly or “pulls” to one side when

travelling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transaxle occurs,

check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P

(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air

conditioning system during or after

use is normal).

WARNING

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot. Scalding hot

coolant and steam may blow

out under pressure. This could

cause burns or other serious

injury.

Maintenance

At least monthly:

• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn

signals and hazard warning flash-

ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of all

tyres including the spare.

At least twice a year

(i.e., every Spring and Fall):

• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks or

damage.

• Check the windscreen washer

spray and wiper operation. Clean

the wiper blades with clean cloth

dampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.

• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.

• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.

• Check for worn tyres and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year:

• Clean the body and door drain

holes.

• Lubricate the door hinges and

checks, and bonnet hinges.

• Lubricate the door and bonnet

locks and latches.

• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Inspect and lubricate the automat-

ic transaxle linkage and controls.

• Clean the battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Scheduled maintenance

service precaution

Follow the Normal Maintenance

Schedule if the vehicle is usually

operated where none of the following

conditions apply. If any of the follow-

ing conditions apply, follow the

Maintenance Under Severe Usage

Conditions.

• Repeated driving short distance of

less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal

temperature or less than 16 km(10

miles) in freezing temperature

• Extensive engine idling or low

speed driving for long distances

• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,

unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roads

• Driving in areas using salt or other

corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

• Driving in heavy dust condition

• Driving in heavy traffic area

• Driving on uphill, downhill, or

mountain road repeatedly

• Towing a trailer or using a camper,

or roof rack

• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other

commercial use of vehicle towing

• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)

• Frequently driving in stop-and-go

condition

If your vehicle is operated under the

above conditions, you should

inspect, replace or refill more fre-

quently than the following Normal

Maintenance Schedule. After the

periods or distance shown in the

chart, continue to follow the pre-

scribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all

vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined

by whichever occurs first.

NO.

ITEM

REMARK

*1 Coolant (Engine / Inverter)

When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix

hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in seri-

ous malfunction or engine damage.

*2 Engine oil and engine oil filter Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.

*3 Fuel additives (Petrol)

Kia recommends that you use unleaded petrol which has an octane rating of RON

(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane

Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher (except

Europe).

For customers who do not use good quality petrol including fuel additives regularly, and

have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, one bottle of additives added

to the fuel tank at every 15,000km (for Europe, Australia and New Zealand)/ 10,000km

(except Europe, Australia and New Zealand).

Additives are available from a professional workshop along with information on how to use

them. Kia recommends to visit an authorised Kia dealer/service partner. Do not mix other

additives.

HSG (Hybrid Starter &

Generator) belt

Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, crocks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace

if necessary. If drive belt noise occurred, readjust drive belt tension before replace.

*5 Spark plug

For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of

other items.

107

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Gasoline Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Engine oil and engine oil filter *

Nu 2.0L GDI R R R R R R R R

Coolant (Engine / Inverter) *

At first, Replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) or 120 months

after that, Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months

HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt *

I I I I I I R I

Vacuum hoses and crankcase ventilation hoses I I I I I I I I

Spark plugs *

Nu 2.0L GDI Replace every 160,000 km (104,000 miles) or 120 months

Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required

Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I

Fuel additives (Petrol) *

Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months

Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I

Fuel tank air filter - - - I - - - I

Vapour hose and fuel filler cap - - - I - - - I

Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I

711

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Gasoline Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Exhaust system - I - I - I - I

Cooling system

At first, Inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months

after that, Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months

Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R

Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I R I R I R I R

Parking brake - I - I - I - I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I

Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

Suspension bolt & nut torque I I I I I I I I

Tyre (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I

12V Battery condition I I I I I I I I

127

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

- For Petrol Engine [For Europe (Except Russia)]

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F,

G, J, K, L

HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt

R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months C, D, E, L

I Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months C, D, E, L

Air cleaner filter R

Replace more frequently

depending on the condition

C, E

Spark plugs R

Replace more frequently

depending on the condition

B, L

Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 90,000 km (60,000 miles)

A, C, D, E,

F, G, L

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball joints I

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F, G

Suspension bolt & nut torque I

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F, G

Brake discs and pads, calipers and

rotors

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, G

713

Maintenance

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km

(5miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10

miles) in freezing temperature.

B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.

C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads.

D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E : Driving in heavy dust condition.

F : Driving in heavy traffic area.

G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.

J : Driving in very cold weather.

K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h).

L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Parking brake I

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, G

Drive shaft and boots I

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F,

G, K

Climate control air filter R

Replace more frequently

depending on the condition

C, E, G

Maintenance operation

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

147

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the

vehicle is being driven in severe con-

ditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

HSG (Hybrid starter & genera-

tor) belt

The HSG belt should be changed at

the interbvals specified in the main-

tenance schedule.

Fuel filter (for petrol)

Kia petrol vehicle is equipped a life-

time fuel filter that integrated with the

fuel tank. Regular maintenance or

replacement is not needed but

depends on fuel quality. If there are

some important safety matters like

fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem etc, fuel

filter inspection or replace is needed.

Have the fuel filter inspected or

replaced by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-

nections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam-

age. Have the fuel lines, fuel hoses

and connections replaced by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recommends

to visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-

ice partner.

Vapour hose (for petrol

engine) and fuel filler cap

The vapour hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter-

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure that a new

vapour hose or fuel filler cap is cor-

rectly replaced.

715

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation

hoses (if equipped)

Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-

dence of heat and/or mechanical

damage. Hard and brittle rubber,

cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and

excessive swelling indicate deterio-

ration. Particular attention should be

paid to examine those hose surfaces

nearest to high heat sources, such

as the exhaust manifold.

Inspect the hose routing to assure

that the hoses do not come in con-

tact with any heat source, sharp

edges or moving component which

might cause heat damage or

mechanical wear. Inspect all hose

connections, such as clamps and

couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are pres-

ent. Hoses should be replaced

immediately if there is any evidence

of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filter

Have the air cleaner filter replaced by

a professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Spark plugs

(for petrol engine)

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct heat range.

Cooling system

Check the cooling system compo-

nents, such as the radiator, coolant

reservoir, hoses and connections for

leakage and damage. Replace any

damaged parts.

Coolant (Engine / Inverter)

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid

Automatic transaxle fluid should not

be checked under normal usage

conditions.

Have the automatic transmission

fluid changed by a professional work-

shop according to the maintenance

schedule. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

WARNING

Do not disconnect and inspect

spark plugs when the engine is

hot. You may burn yourself.

167

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

Automatic transaxle fluid colour is

basically red.

As the vehicle is driven, the auto-

matic transaxle fluid will begin to

look darker. It is normal condition

and you should not judge the need to

replace the fluid based upon the

changed colour.

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation,

chafing, cracks, deterioration and

any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluid

Check the brake fluid level in the

brake fluid reservoir. The level should

be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks

on the side of the reservoir. Use only

hydraulic brake fluid conforming to

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking brake (if equipped)

Inspect the parking brake system

including the parking brake lever (or

pedal) and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers

and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and

calipers for fluid leakage.

For more information on checking

the pads or lining wear limit, we rec-

ommend to refer to the Kia web site.

(https://www

.kia-hotline.com)

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

CAUTION

The use of a non-specified fluid

could result in transaxle mal-

function and failure.

Use only specified automatic

transaxle fluid. (Refer to

“Recommended lubricants and

capacities” in chapter 8.)

717

Maintenance

Steering gear box, linkage &

boots/lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine

off, check for excessive free-play in

the steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or dam-

age. Check the dust boots and ball

joints for deterioration, cracks, or dam-

age. Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged parts

and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and damage.

187

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground.

2. Start the engine and allow it to

reach normal operating tempera-

ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a

few minutes (about 5 minutes) for

the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and re-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should

be between F (Full) and L (Low).

WARNING - Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch the

radiator hose when checking or

adding the engine oil as it may

be hot enough to burn you.

OJFH075163

■ Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - GDI)

CAUTION

• Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.

• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engine oil.

If you drop the engine oil on

the engine room, wipe it off

immediately.

• When you wipe the oil level

gauge, you should wipe it with

a clean cloth. When mixed

with debris, it can cause

engine damage.

719

Maintenance

If it is near or at L (Low), add enough

oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do

not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil

from being spilled on engine com-

ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

and capacities” in chapter 8.)

Changing the engine oil and

filter

Have the engine oil and filter

replaced by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

OJFHP076164R

■ Petrol Engine (Nu 2.0L - GDI)

WARNING

Used engine oil may cause skin

irritation or cancer if left in con-

tact with the skin for prolonged

periods of time. Used engine oil

contains chemicals that have

caused cancer in laboratory

animals. Always protect your

skin by washing your hands

thoroughly with soap and warm

water as soon as possible after

handling used oil.

207

Maintenance

COOLANT

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year round

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is

filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year, at

the beginning of the winter season,

and before travelling to a colder cli-

mate.

Checking the coolant level

The engine coolant and/or inverter

coolant level is influenced by the

hybrid system temperature. Before

checking or refilling the engine

coolant and/or inverter coolant, turn

the hybrid vehicle off.

WARNING

Removing radiator

cap

• Never attempt to remove the

radiator cap whilst the engine

is operating or hot. Doing so

might lead to cooling system

and engine damage. Also, hot

coolant or steam could cause

serious personal injury.

• Turn the engine off and wait

until it cools down. Use

extreme care when removing

the radiator cap. Wrap a thick

towel around it, and turn it

counterclockwise slowly to

the first stop. Step back whilst

the pressure is released from

the cooling system.

(Continued)

When you are sure all the

pressure has been released,

press down on the cap, using

a thick towel, and continue

turning counterclockwise to

remove it.

• Even if the engine is not oper-

ating, do not remove the radi-

ator cap or the drain plug

whilst the engine and radiator

are hot. Hot coolant and

steam may still blow out

under pressure, causing seri-

ous injury.

CAUTION

• When the engine overheats

from low engine coolant, sud-

denly adding engine coolant

may cause cracks in the

engine. To prevent damage,

add engine coolant slowly in

small quantities.

• Do not drive with no engine

coolant. It may cause water

pump failure and engine

seizure, etc.

721

Maintenance

Engine coolant

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollen

or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled

between F (Full) and L (Low) marks

on the side of the coolant reservoir

when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

specified coolant to provide protec-

tion against freezing and corrosion.

Bring the level to F (Full), but do not

overfill. If frequent additions are

required, have the system inspected

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

WARNING

The electric motor

(cooling fan) is con-

trolled by engine

coolant temperature,

refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-

times operate even when the

engine is not running. Use

extreme caution when working

near the blades of the cooling

fan so that you are not injured

by a rotating fan blades. As the

engine coolant temperature

decreases, the electric motor

will automatically shut off. This

is a normal condition.

If your vehicle is equipped with

GDI, the electric motor (cooling

fan) may operate until you dis-

connect the negative battery

cable.

OJF075006

227

Maintenance

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage

(volume)

Antifreeze Water

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

Inverter coolant

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses. Replace

any swollen or deteriorated

hoses.The coolant level should be

filled between MAX and MIN marks

on the side of the coolant reservoir

when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

specified coolant to provide protec-

tion against freezing and corrosion.

Bring the level to MAX, but do not

overfill. If frequent additions are

required, have the system inspected

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Recommended coolant

• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water for

your vehicle and never mix hard

water in the coolant filled at the fac-

tory. An improper coolant mixture

can result in serious malfunction or

engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be

protected by an ethylene-glycol

with phosphate based coolant to

prevent corrosion and freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the spec-

ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that contains

more than 60% antifreeze or less

than 35% antifreeze, which would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the

following table.

OJFH075186L

723

Maintenance

Changing the coolant

Have the coolant replaced by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recommends

to visit an authorised Kia dealer/serv-

ice partner.

WARNING

Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap

when the engine and radiator

are hot. Scalding hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure causing serious

injury.

OJF075007

OJFH075165

CAUTION

Put a thick cloth around the radia-

tor cap before refilling the coolant

in order to prevent the coolant

from overflowing into engine

parts such as the alternator.

WARNING - Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severely

obscure visibility when

sprayed on the windscreen

and may cause loss of vehicle

control or damage the paint

and body trim.

247

Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID

Checking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap thor-

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-

ination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the

MAX level. The level will fall with

accumulated mileage. This is a nor-

mal condition associated with the

wear of the brake linings.

If the fluid level is excessively low,

have the system checked by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Use only the specified brake fluid.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

or capacities” in chapter 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluid

When changing and adding

brake fluid, handle it carefully.

Do not let it come in contact

with your eyes. If brake fluid

should come in contact with

your eyes, immediately flush

them with a large quantity of

fresh tap water. Have your eyes

examined by a doctor as soon

as possible.

WARNING

- Loss of brake fluid

In the event the brake system

requires frequent additions of

fluid, have the system

Inspected by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

OJFHP076166R

CAUTION

Do not allow brake fluid to con-

tact the vehicle's body paint, as

paint damage will result. Brake

fluid, which has been exposed

to open air for an extended time

should never be used as its

quality cannot be guaranteed. It

should be properly disposed.

Don't put in the wrong kind of

fluid. A few drops of mineral-

based oil, such as engine oil, in

your brake system can damage

brake system parts.

725

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level

The reservoir is translucent so that

you can check the level with a quick

visual inspection.

Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-

sary. Plain water may be used if

washer fluid is not available.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severely

obscure visibility when

sprayed on the windscreen

and may cause loss of vehicle

control or damage to paint

and body trim.

• Windscreen Washer fluid

agents contain some amounts

of alcohol and can be flamma-

ble under certain circum-

stances. Do not allow sparks

or flame to contact the washer

fluid or the washer fluid reser-

voir. Damage to the vehicle or

occupants could occur.

• Windscreen washer fluid is

poisonous to humans and ani-

mals. Do not drink and avoid

contacting windscreen wash-

er fluid. Serious injury or

death could occur.

OJF075009

267

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,

and should not be washed.

You can clean the filter when inspect-

ing the air cleaner element.

Clean the filter by using compressed

air.

1. Pull out the air cleaner cover.

2. Unlock by turning the locking lever

downward.

3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.

4. Lock the cover with the reverse

order.

OJFHP076011R

OJFHP076012R

OJFHP076070R

OJFHP076013R

727

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

If the vehicle is operated in extreme-

ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the

element more often than the usual

recommended intervals. (Refer to

“Maintenance under severe usage

conditions” in this chapter 8.)

CAUTION

• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result in

excessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner

filter, be careful that dust or

dirt does not enter the air

intake, or damage may result.

• Use parts for replacement

from a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

287

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the mainte-

nance schedule. If the vehicle is

operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced earlier.

When you replace the climate control

air filter, replace it performing the fol-

lowing procedure, and be careful to

avoid damaging other components.

1. Open the glove box and remove

the stoppers on both sides.

2. With the glove box open, pull the

support strap (1).

OJF075014ROJF075015R

729

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air fil-

ter cover whilst pressing the lock

on the right side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

✽✽

NOTICE

When replacing the climate control

air filter install it properly.

Otherwise, the system may produce

noise and the effectiveness of the fil-

ter may be reduced.

OJF075064 OJFHP077241L

307

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection

✽✽

NOTICE

Commercial hot waxes applied by

automatic car washes have been

known to make the windscreen diffi-

cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-

screen or the wiper blades with for-

eign matter can reduce the effective-

ness of the windscreen wipers.

Common sources of contamination

are insects, tree sap, and hot wax

treatments used by some commer-

cial car washes. If the blades are not

wiping properly, clean both the win-

dow and the blades with a good

cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse

thoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

OQL076114R

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use petrol,

kerosene, paint thinner, or other

solvents on or near them.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, do

not attempt to move the wipers

manually.

CAUTION

The use of a non-specified

wiper blade could result in

wiper malfunction and failure.

731

Maintenance

Front windscreen wiper blade

For your convenience, move the

windscreen wiper blades to the serv-

ice position as follows;

After turning off the engine, move the

wiper switch to the single wiping

(MIST) position within 20 seconds

and hold the switch more than 2 sec-

onds until the wiper blade is in the

fully up position.

Type A

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then

pull down the blade assembly and

remove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

screen.

5. Turn ignition to the ON position

and wiper arms will return to the

normal operating position.

OJF075016R

CAUTION

Do not allow the wiper arm to

fall against the windscreen,

since it may chip or crack the

windscreen.

OJFHP076194R

OJFHP076195R

327

Maintenance

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the

wiper blade assembly to expose

the plastic locking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the

blade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.

4. Install the new blade assembly.

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

screen.

6. Turn ignition to the ON position

and wiper arms will return to the

normal operating position.

OJFHP076197R

OJFHP076198R

OJFHP076196R

733

Rear window wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out

the wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the centre part into the

slot in the wiper arm until it clicks

into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly is

installed firmly by trying to pull it

slightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms

or other components, have the wiper

blade replaced by a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to visit

an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

Maintenance

OJFW076216L

OJFW076215L

347

Maintenance

BATTERY

For best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mounted.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from

the battery immediately with a

solution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be

used for an extended time, discon-

nect the battery cables.

✽✽

NOTICE

Basically equipped battery is main-

tenance free type. If your vehicle is

equipped with the battery marked

with LOWER and UPPER on the

side, you can check the electrolyte

level. The electrolyte level should be

between LOWER and UPPER. If

the electrolyte level is low, it needs to

add distilled (demineralized) water

(Never add sulfuric acid or other

electrolyte). When refill, be careful

not to splash the battery and adja-

cent components. And do not over-

fill the battery cells. It can cause cor-

rosion on other parts. After then

ensure that tighten the cell caps.

Contact a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

WARNING - Battery

dangers

Always read the follow-

ing instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes

and all other flames or

sparks away from the

battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-

bustible gas, is always

present in battery cells

and may explode if ignit-

ed.

Keep batteries out of the

reach of children

because batteries con-

tain highly corrosive

SULFURIC ACID. Do not

allow battery acid to

contact your skin, eyes,

clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

OJFH075167

735

Maintenance

(Continued)

The battery contains

lead. Do not dispose of it

after use. Contact a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an

authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak, resulting in per-

sonal injury. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge the

battery when the battery

cables are connected.

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

Never touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or the ignition switched on.

Failure to follow the above

warnings can result in serious

bodily injury or death.

CAUTION

• When you don’t use the vehi-

cle for a long time in the low

temperature area, separate

the battery and keep it

indoors.

• Always charge the battery

fully to prevent battery case

damage in low temperature

area.

• If you connect unauthorised

electronic devices to the bat-

tery, the battery may be dis-

charged. Never use unautho-

rised devices.

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets

into your eyes, flush your

eyes with clean water for

at least 15 minutes and

get immediate medical

attention.

If electrolyte gets on your

skin, thoroughly wash

the contacted area. If you

feel pain or burning sen-

sation, get medical atten-

tion immediately.

Wear eye protection when

charging or working near

a battery. Always provide

ventilation when working

in an enclosed space.

An inappropriately dis-

posed battery can be

harmful to the environ-

ment and human health.

Dispose the battery

according to your local

law(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

367

Maintenance

Battery capacity label

❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle may

differ from the illustration.

1. AGM90L-DIN : The Kia model

name of battery

2. 90Ah(20HR) : The nominal capaci-

ty (in Ampere hours)

3. 170RC : The nominal reserve

capacity (in min.)

4. 12V : The nominal voltage

5. 850CCA (SAE) : The cold-test cur-

rent in amperes

by SAE

6. 680A : The cold-test current in

amperes by EN

Battery recharging

Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,

calcium-based battery.

• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-

ple, the headlights or interior lights

were left on whilst the vehicle was

not in use), recharge it by slow

charging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually discharges

because of high electric load whilst

the vehicle is being used, recharge

it at 20-30A for two hours.

OUM074113L

■ Example

WARNING - Recharging

battery

When recharging the battery,

observe the following precau-

tions:

• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in

an area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,

or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during

charging, and stop or reduce

the charging rate if the battery

cells begin gassing (boiling)

violently or if the temperature

of the electrolyte of any cell

exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when

checking the battery during

charging.

(Continued)

737

Maintenance

Reset items

Items should be reset after the bat-

tery has been discharged or the bat-

tery has been disconnected.

• Auto up/down window

• Sunroof (if equipped)

• Trip computer

• Climate control system

• Integrated Memory System

(if equipped)

• Audio (if equipped)

(Continued)

• Disconnect the battery charg-

er in the following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-

minal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp

from the positive battery ter-

minal.

WARNING

• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-

tery, turn off all accessories

and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable

must be removed first and

installed last when the battery

is disconnected.

• Operation related to the bat-

tery is recommended to be

done by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

CAUTION

• Keep the battery away from

water or any liquid.

• For your safety, use parts for

replacement from a profes-

sional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

387

Maintenance

TYRES AND WHEELS

Tyre care

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain recommended tyre

inflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distribution

recommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tyre infla-

tion pressures

All tyre pressures (including the

spare) should be checked when the

tyres are cold. “Cold Tyres” means

the vehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or driven less than

1.6 km (one mile).

Recommended pressures must be

maintained for the best ride, top vehi-

cle handling, and minimum tyre wear.

For recommended inflation pressure,

refer to “Tyre and wheels” in chapter 8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre under-

inflation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa

(10 psi) or more) can lead to

severe heat build-up, causing

blowouts, tread separation and

other tyre failures that can

result in the loss of vehicle con-

trol leading to severe injury or

death. This risk is much higher

on hot days and when driving

for long periods at high speeds.

OJF085012

739

Maintenance

CAUTION

• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handling

and reduced fuel economy.

Wheel deformation also is pos-

sible. Keep your tyre pressures

at the proper levels. If a tyre fre-

quently needs refilling, have

the system checked by a pro-

fessional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• Overinflation produces a

harsh ride, excessive wear at

the centre of the tyre tread,

and a greater possibility of

damage from road hazards.

WARNING - Tyre Inflation

Overinflation or underinflation

can reduce tyre life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tyre failure. This

could result in loss of vehicle

control and potential injury.

CAUTION

• Warm tyres normally exceed

recommended cold tyre pres-

sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6

psi). Do not release air from

warm tyres to adjust the pres-

sure or the tyres will be under-

inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tyre

inflation valve caps. Without

the valve cap, dirt or moisture

could get into the valve core

and cause air leakage. If a

valve cap is missing, install a

new one as soon as possible.

407

Maintenance

Checking tyre inflation pres-

sure

Check your tyres once a month or

more.

Also, check the tyre pressure of the

spare tyre.

How to check

Use a good quality gauge to check

tyre pressure. You can not tell if your

tyres are properly inflated simply by

looking at them. Radial tyres may

look properly inflated even when

they're underinflated.

Check the tyre's inflation pressure

when the tyres are cold. - "Cold"

means your vehicle has been sitting

for at least three hours or driven no

more than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tyre

valve stem. Press the tyre gauge

firmly onto the valve to get a pres-

sure measurement. If the cold tyre

inflation pressure matches the rec-

ommended pressure on the tyre and

loading information label, no further

adjustment is necessary. If the pres-

sure is low, add air until you reach

the recommended amount.

If you overfill the tyre, release air by

pushing on the metal stem in the cen-

tre of the tyre valve. Recheck the tyre

pressure with the tyre gauge. Be sure

to put the valve caps back on the

valve stems. They help prevent leaks

by keeping out dirt and moisture.

CAUTION - Tyre pressure

Always observe the following:

• Check tyre pressure when the

tyres are cold. (After vehicle

has been parked for at least

three hours or hasn't been

driven more than 1.6 km (one

mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your

spare tyre each time you

check the pressure of other

tyres.

• Never overload your vehicle.

Be careful not to overload a

vehicle luggage rack if your

vehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tyres can cause

accidents. If your tread is

badly worn, or if your tyres

have been damaged, replace

them.

741

Maintenance

Tyre rotation

To equalize tread wear, it is recom-

mended that the tyres be rotated

every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or

sooner if irregular wear develops.

During rotation, check the tyres for

correct balance.

When rotating tyres, check for

uneven wear and damage. Abnormal

wear is usually caused by incorrect

tyre pressure, improper wheel align-

ment, out-of-balance wheels, severe

braking or severe cornering. Look for

bumps or bulges in the tread or side

of tyre. Replace the tyre if you find

either of these conditions. Replace

the tyre if fabric or cord is visible.

After rotation, be sure to bring the

front and rear tyre pressures to spec-

ification and check lug nut tightness.

Refer to “Tyre and wheels” in chapter 8.

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tyres are rotated.

WARNING

• Inspect your tyres frequently

for proper inflation as well as

wear and damage. Always use

a tyre pressure gauge.

• Tyres with too much or too lit-

tle pressure wear unevenly

causing poor handling, loss of

vehicle control, and sudden

tyre failure leading to acci-

dents, injuries, and even death.

The recommended cold tyre

pressure for your vehicle can

be found in this manual and on

the tyre label located on the

driver's side centre pillar.

• Worn tyres can cause acci-

dents. Replace tyres that are

worn, show uneven wear, or

are damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-

sure of your spare tyre. Kia

recommends that you check

the spare every time you

check the pressure of the

other tyres on your vehicle.

S2BLA790A

Directional tyres (if equipped)

Without a spare tyre

CBGQ0707A

427

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

Rotate radial tyres that have an

asymmetric tread pattern only from

front to rear and not from right to

left.

Wheel alignment and tyre

balance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tyre

life and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to

have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tyre

wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other, the alignment may need

to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tyre replacement

If the tyre is worn evenly, a tread

wear Indicator (A) will appear as a

solid band across the tread. This

shows there is less than 1.6 mm

(1/16 in.) of tread left on the tyre.

Replace the tyre when this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear

across the entire tread before replac-

ing the tyre.

WARNING

• Do not use the compact spare

tyre (if equipped) for tyre rota-

tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tyres under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics that could result in death,

severe injury, or property

damage.

CAUTION

Improper wheel weights can

damage your vehicle's alu-

minum wheels. Use only

approved wheel weights.

OUM076204L

743

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

We recommend that when replacing

tyres, use the same originally sup-

plied with the vehicles.

If not, that affects driving perform-

ance.

CAUTION

When replacing the tyres,

recheck and tighten the wheel

nuts after driving about 50km

(31miles) and recheck after driv-

ing about 1,000km (620miles).

If the steering wheel shakes or

the vehicle vibrates whilst driv-

ing, the tyre is out of balance.

Align the tyre balance. If the

problem is not solved, contact a

professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

WARNING - Replacing

tyres

To reduce the chance of serious

or fatal injuries from an acci-

dent caused by tyre failure or

loss of vehicle control:

• Replace tyres that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are

damaged. Worn tyres can

cause loss of braking effec-

tiveness, steering control, and

traction.

• Do not drive your vehicle with

too little or too much pressure

in your tyres. This can lead to

uneven wear and tyre failure.

• When replacing tyres, never

mix radial and bias-ply tyres

on the same car. You must

replace all tyres (including the

spare) if moving from radial to

bias-ply tyres.

(Continued)

• Using tyres and wheels other

than the recommended sizes

could cause unusual handling

characteristics and poor vehi-

cle control, resulting in a seri-

ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet Kia’s

specifications may fit poorly

and result in damage to the

vehicle or unusual handling

and poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparing

the speed of the wheels. The

tyre size affects wheel speed.

When replacing tyres, all 4

tyres must use the same size

originally supplied with the

vehicle. Using tyres of a dif-

ferent size can cause the ABS

(Anti-lock Brake System) and

ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) to work irregularly.

447

Maintenance

Wheel replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for

any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

Tyre traction

Tyre traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tyres, tyres that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces. Tyres should be

replaced when tread wear indicators

appear. Slow down whenever there

is rain, snow or ice on the road to

reduce the possibility of losing con-

trol of the vehicle.

Tyre maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct

wheel alignment helps to decrease

tyre wear. If you find a tyre is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check the

wheel alignment.

When you have new tyres installed,

make sure they are balanced. This

will increase vehicle ride comfort and

tyre life. Additionally, a tyre should

always be rebalanced if it is removed

from the wheel.

WARNING

A wheel that is not the correct

size may adversely affect wheel

and bearing life, braking and

stopping abilities, handling

characteristics, ground clear-

ance, body-to-tyre clearance,

snow chain clearance,

speedometer and odometer cal-

ibration, headlight aim and

bumper height.

745

Maintenance

Tyre sidewall labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-

teristics of the tyre and also provides

the tyre identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The

TIN can be used to identify the tyre in

case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.

2. Tyre size designation

A tyre’s sidewall is marked with a tyre

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace-

ment tyres for your vehicle. The fol-

lowing explains what the letters and

numbers in the tyre size designation

mean.

Example tyre size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tyre size designa-

tor could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

P235/55R19 108T

P - Applicable vehicle type (tyres

marked with the prefix “P’’ are

intended for use on passenger

vehicles or light trucks; however,

not all tyres have this marking).

235 - Tyre width in millimeters.

55 - Aspect ratio. The tyre’s section

height as a percentage of its

width.

R - Tyre construction code (Radial).

19 - Rim diameter in inches.

108 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tyre can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

OJF085008L

467

Maintenance

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-

tant information that you need if you

ever have to replace one. The follow-

ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-

tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

7.5JX19

7.5 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

19 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tyre speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-

ferent speed ratings currently being

used for passenger car tyres. The

speed rating is part of the tyre size

designation on the sidewall of the

tyre. This symbol corresponds to that

tyre's designed maximum safe oper-

ating speed.

3. Checking tyre life

(TIN : Tyre Identification

Number)

Any tyres that are over 6 years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

(including the spare tyre) should be

replaced by new ones. You can find

the manufacturing date on the tyre

sidewall (possibly on the inside of the

wheel), displaying the DOT Code.

The DOT Code is a series of num-

bers on a tyre consisting of numbers

and English letters. The manufactur-

ing date is designated by the last four

digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a

plant code number, tyre size and

tread pattern and the last four num-

bers indicate week and year manu-

factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1617 represents

that the tyre was produced in the

16th week of 2017.

Speed

Rating

Symbol

Maximum Speed

S 180 km/h (112 mph)

T 190 km/h (118 mph)

H 210 km/h (130 mph)

V 240 km/h (149 mph)

Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

747

Maintenance

4. Tyre ply composition and

material

The number of layers or plies of rub-

ber-coated fabric in the tyre. Tyre

manufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tyre, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

The letter "R" means radial ply con-

struction; the letter "D" means diago-

nal or bias ply construction; and the

letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflation

pressure

This number is the greatest amount

of air pressure that should be put in

the tyre. Do not exceed the maximum

permissible inflation pressure. Refer

to the Tyre and Loading Information

label for recommended inflation

pressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that can

be carried by the tyre. When replacing

the tyres on the vehicle, always use a

tyre that has the same load rating as

the factory installed tyre.

7. Uniform tyre quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tyre sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi-

mum section width.

For example:

TREADWEAR 200

TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

WARNING - Tyre age

Tyres degrade over time, even

when they are not being used.

Regardless of the remaining

tread, we recommend that tyres

be replaced after approximately

six (6) years of normal service.

Heat caused by hot climates or

frequent high loading condi-

tions can accelerate the aging

process. Failure to follow this

warning can result in sudden

tyre failure, which could lead to

a loss of control and an acci-

dent involving serious injury or

death.

487

Maintenance

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-

tive rating based on the wear rate of

the tyre when tested under controlled

conditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tyre

graded 150 would wear one-and-a-

half times (1½) as well on the gov-

ernment course as a tyre graded

100.

The relative performance of tyres

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use, however, and may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on the

side-walls of passenger vehicle

tyres.The tyres available as standard

or optional equipment on your vehi-

cle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tyre’s ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on speci-

fied government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tyre marked

C may have poor traction perform-

ance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B, and C, representing the

tyre’s resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-

tions on a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tyre to

degenerate and reduce tyre life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tyre failure. Grades B and A

represent higher levels of perform-

ance on the laboratory test wheel

than the minimum required by law.

WARNING - Tyre

temperature

The temperature grade for this

tyre is established for a tyre that

is properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessive

loading, either separately or in

combination, can cause heat

build-up and possible sudden

tyre failure. This can cause loss

of vehicle control and serious

injury or death.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to

this tyre is based on straight-

ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include accelera-

tion, cornering, hydroplaning,

or peak traction characteristics.

749

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tyre

(if equipped)

Low aspect ratio tyres, whose aspect

ratio is lower than 50, are provided

for sporty looks.

Because the low aspect ratio tyres

are optimized for handling and brak-

ing, it may be more uncomfortable to

ride in and there is more noise com-

pare with normal tyres.

CAUTION

Because the sidewall of the low

aspect ratio tyre is shorter than

the normal, the wheel and tyre

of the low aspect ratio tyre is

easier to be damaged. So, follow

the instructions below.

• When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously

because tyres and wheels may

be damaged. And after driving,

inspect tyres and wheels.

• When passing over a pothole,

speed bump, manhole, or kerb

stone, drive slowly so that the

tyres and wheels are not dam-

aged.

• If the tyre is impacted, inspect

the tyre condition or contact a

professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

• To prevent damage to the tyre,

inspect the tyre condition and

pressure every 3,000km.

CAUTION

• It is not easy to recognize the

tyre damage with your own

eyes. But if there is the slight-

est hint of tyre damage, even

though you cannot see the

tyre damage with your own

eyes, have the tyre checked or

replaced because the tyre

damage may cause air leak-

age from the tyre.

• If the tyre is damaged by driv-

ing on a rough road, off road,

pothole, manhole, or kerb

stone, it will not be covered by

the warranty.

• You can find out the tyre infor-

mation on the tyre sidewall.

507

Maintenance

FUSES

❈ Left side : Normal

Right side : Blown

A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-

tected from electrical overload dam-

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver’s side panel

bolster, the others in the engine com-

partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-

sories, or controls do not work, check

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the

fuse will melt.

If the electrical system does not work,

first check the driver’s side fuse panel.

Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-

connect the negative battery cable.

Always replace a blown fuse with

one of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-

cates an electrical problem. Avoid

using the system involved and immedi-

ately consult a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to consult an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Three kinds of fuses are used: blade

type for lower amperage rating, car-

tridge type, and multi fuse for higher

amperage ratings.

✽✽

NOTICE

The actual fuse/relay panel label

may differ from equipped items.

WARNING - Fuse

replacement

• Never replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly a

fire.

• Never install a wire or aluminum

foil instead of the proper fuse

even as a temporary repair. It

may cause extensive wiring

damage and a possible fire.

• Do not arbitrarily modify or add-

on electric wiring of the vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the

system.

OJF075021

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse

■ BFT

751

Maintenance

Inner panel fuse replacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

If the switch is located in the “OFF”,

caution will be displayed in the cluster.

OJF075022R

CAUTION

• When replacing a blown fuse

or relay with a new one, make

sure the new fuse or relay fits

tightly into the clips. The

incomplete fastening fuse or

relay may cause the vehicle

wiring and electric systems

damage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relays

and terminals fastened with

bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays

and terminals may be fas-

tened incompletely, and it may

cause a possible fire. If fuses,

relays and terminals fastened

with bolts or nuts are blown,

consult a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to

consult an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

• Do not input any other objects

except fuses or relays into

fuse/relay terminals such as a

driver or wiring. It may cause

contact failure and system

malfunction.

(Continued)

• Do not plug in screwdrivers or

aftermarket wiring into the ter-

minal originally designed for

fuse and relays only. The elec-

trical system and wiring of the

vehicle interior may be dam-

aged or burned due to contact

failure.

527

Maintenance

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided

in the main fuse box in the engine

compartment.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown.

Spare fuses are provided in the

instrument panel fuse panel (or in

the engine compartment fuse panel).

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult a professional

workshop. Kia recommends to con-

sult an authorised Kia dealer/service

partner.

If you do not have a spare, use a

fuse of the same rating from a circuit

you may not need for operating the

vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter

fuse.

If the headlights or taillights, stop-

lights, courtesy lamp, day time run-

ning lights (D.R.L) do not work and

the fuses are OK, check the fuse

panel in the engine compartment. If a

fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

Fuse switch

Always, put the fuse switch at the ON

position.

If you move the switch to the OFF

position, some items such as audio

and digital clock must be reset and

transmitter (or smart key) may not

work properly.

If the fuse switch is in OFF, a warning

sign will illuminate on the dashboard.

OJFH075023

OJF075024R

753

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse

replacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.

2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the

cover up. When the blade type

fuse is disconnected, remove it by

using the clip designed for chang-

ing fuses located in the engine

room fuse box. Upon removal,

securely insert reserve fuse of

equal quantity.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown. To remove or insert

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to consult an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

• Put all switches in ON when

driving.

• If the vehicle remains idle for

over 1 month, put all switches

in OFF to prevent the batteries

from being discharged.

• Excluding long-term parking

for over 1 month, the contact

points of switches may wear

out upon extensive use.

Please refrain from excessive

use of switches.

CAUTION

After checking the fuse panel in

the engine compartment, secure-

ly install the fuse panel. If not,

cover through the audible click-

ing sound. Electrical failures may

occur from water contact.

OJFH075025

547

Maintenance

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

3. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the multi fuse is blown, consult a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to consult an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

5. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal

✽✽

NOTICE

The electronic system may not func-

tion correctly even when the engine

room and internal fuse box's individ-

ual fuses are not disconnected. In

such case the cause of the problem

may be disconnection of the main fuse

(BFT type), which is located inside

the positive battery terminal (+) cap.

Since the main fuse is designed more

intricately than other parts, visit a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit the nearest authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

CAUTION

Visually inspect the battery cap

for secure closing. If the battery

cap is not securely latched, the

electrical system may be dam-

aged to due influx of moisture

into the system.

OJFH075072 OJFH075168

755

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label

describing fuse/relay name and

capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer

to the fuse panel label.

OJF075027R

■ Driver’s side fuse panel

OJFH075029

■ Engine compartment fuse panel

OJFH075172

■ Battery terminal cover

567

Maintenance

Driver’s side fuse panel (Sedan)

OJFHP076169L

757

Driver’s side fuse panel (Wagon)

Maintenance

OJFHP077233L

587

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MODULE 7

MODULE

10A

Around View Monitor Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer

Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

MODULE 5

MODULE

10A

A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Driver IMS Module, Head Lamp LH/RH, Auto

Head Lamp Levelling Device Module, Fuel Lid & Trunk Open Switch, Shift Lever Indicator,

Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Seat

Warmer Control Module

MODULE 6

MODULE

10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module

A/CON 10A

A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (RLY. 4 - Blower Relay), Ionizer, Active Incar

Sensor, Electronic A/C Compressor

START 10A Transaxle Range Switch, Smart Key Control Module

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

MODULE 3

MODULE

10A

BCM, Stop Lamp Switch, AFLS Unit, Keyboard, VESS Unit, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,

Sport Mode Switch

MODULE 4

MODULE

10A

Console Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, Smart Parking Assist Control Module,

Smart Cruise Control Unit, Lane Keeping Assist Module, Active Air Flap Unit, Electric Parking

Brake Module, BMS Control Module

INTERIOR LAMP 10A

Trunk Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, Glove Box Lamp, Driver/Passenger Smart

Key Outside Handle, Front Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp, Rear

Personal Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Room Lamp, Centre Personal Lamp

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

759

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MDPS

10A MDPS Unit (Column/Rack)

IG1

25A

PCB Block (Fuse - OPCU2/ELECTRICAL WATER PUMP/TCU2/ACTIVE HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 3/HEV ECU2/ECU3)

MODULE 9

MODULE

10A Smart Key Control Module

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch (Wiper Low & Washer Switch)

MODULE 8

MODULE

10A Driver/Passenger Door Module

CLUSTER

10A Instrument Cluster

MULTI MEDIA

MULTI

MEDIA

15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Keyboard

HTD STRG 15A BCM (Steering Wheel Heated)

MODULE 1

MODULE

10A Console Switch, Active Air Flap Unit, Gateway, Driver/Passenger Door Module

DR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay)

MEMORY 2

MEMORY

10A Siren Control Module, Ultrasonic Instrusion Protection Sensor

SMART KEY

SMART

KEY

15A Smart Key Control Module

607

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

A/BAG IND

IND

10A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND. Power)

TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Fuel Filler & Trunk Open Switch, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Open Relay)

SUNROOF 2

20A Sunroof Control Unit (Roller)

BATTERY

MANAGEMENT

BATTERY

MANAGEMENT

20A BMS Control Module

MEMORY 1

MEMORY

10A

Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector, BCM, Wireless Charger,

Driver IMS Module, Rain Sensor, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Mirror

Relay), Security Indicator, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver/Passenger Door Module

FOG LAMP

REAR

10A ICM Relay Box (Rear Fog Lamp Relay)

GATEWAY

10A Gateway

S/HEATER

REAR

25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

SUNROOF 1

20A Sunroof Control Unit (Glass)

S/HEATER

FRONT

FRT

25A Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module

ECS

15A Not Used

MODULE 2

MODULE

10A

Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Keyboard, Wireless Charger, Around View Monitor Unit,

AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Rear USB Charger,

VESS Unit, E/R Junction Block (RLY. 7 - Power Outlet Relay)

761

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/WDW RH

25A

Power Window RH Relay, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH, Rear Power Window

Switch LH, Power Window Main Switch,

[LHD] Passenger Safety Power Window Module

[RHD] Driver Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT PASS

PASS

30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch, Walk In Relay Module, Passenger Reclining Limit Switch

AMP

25A AMP

BRAKE SWITCH

BRAKE

SWITCH

10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

P/WDW LH

25A

Power Window LH Relay, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH, Rear Power Window

Switch RH, Power Window Main Switch,

[LHD] Driver Safety Power Window Module

[RHD] Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT DRV

DRV

30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS Module

POWER

OUTLET

POWER

OUTLET

20A Front Power Outlet #1, Front Cigarette Lighter & Power Outlet #2

627

Maintenance

OJFHP076170L

Engine compartment fuse panel (Sedan)

763

Maintenance

OJFHP077234L

Engine compartment fuse panel (Wagon)

647

Maintenance

Battery terminal cover

OJFHP077234L

765

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MULTI

FUSE

MDPS 1

80A MDPS Unit (Column)

COOLING FAN 60A RLY. 2 (Cooling Fan Relay)

B+5

50A

PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse -FUEL

PUMP/ECU2/TCU1/HORN/WIPER1/BATTERY C/FAN)

B+3

50A Smart Junction Block (IPS 2 (IPS 5), IPS 3 (IPS 6), IPS 7, IPS 8)

REAR HEATED 50A RLY. 11 (Rear Heated Relay)

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOSTER 2

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOSTER

40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit

BLOWER 40A RLY. 4 (Blower Relay)

POWER

OUTLET1

POWER

OUTLET

40A RLY. 7 (Power Outlet Relay)

IG2

30A PCB Block (IG2 Relay)

Engine room compartment fuse panel

667

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MULTI

FUSE

B+1

60A

Smart Junction Block (Fuse - TRUNK, SUNROOF2, S/HEATER REAR, SUNROOF1,

P/WDW RH, P/SEAT PASS, P/WDW LH, P/SEAT DRV)

EEWP

60A Engine Electric Water Pump

B+2

60A

Smart Junction Block (IPS 1, IPS 4, Fuse - FOG LAMP REAR, S/HEATER FRONT,

AMP)

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOSTER 1

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOSTER

40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit

IG1

40A PCB Block (IG1/ACC Relay)

767

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

EPB1

30A Electric Parking Brake Module

H/Lamp Washer 30A RLY. 9 (H/Lamp Washer Relay)

B+4

40A

Smart Junction Block (Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse - INTERIOR LAMP, MULTI

MEDIA, MEMORY2, MEMORY1, Fuse - MODULE1, DR LOCK, SMART KEY, BRAKE

SWITCH)

EPB 2

30A Electric Parking Brake Module

OPCU 1

OPCU

20A Electric Oil Pump Unit

DEICER

FRONT

20A RLY. 10 (Deicer Relay)

AMS

10A Battery Sensor

HEATED MIRROR 10A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

WIPER 2

10A BCM, PCM

H/LAMP HI 20A Not used

HEV ECU 1

HEV

ECU

10A HPCU

OPCU2

OPCU

10A Electric Oil Pump Unit

687

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

ELECTRICAL

WATER PUMP

ELECTRICAL

WATER

PUMP

10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)

FUEL PUMP

20A Fuel Pump Relay

ECU 1

20A PCM

SENSORS 2

10A

Mass Air Flow Sensor, Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Canister Close Valve,

Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve

TCU 2

15A Transaxle Range Switch

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 3

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER

10A Multipurpose Check Connector, Integrated Brake Actuation Unit

POWER

OUTLET 3

POWER

OUTLET

20A Rear Power Outlet

B/UP LAMP

10A

PCM, Transaxle Range Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp (IN)

LH/RH

PTC

HEATER 1

PTC

HEATER

50A PTC HEATER

PTC

HEATER 2

PTC

HEATER

50A PTC HEATER

IG3 1

IG3

10A HYBRID WATER PUMP

IG3 2

IG3

15A PCU/HPCU/POSITION SWITCH

769

Maintenance

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

IG3 3

IG3

10A HYBRID OBC SIG

IG3 4 20A IG3 3 RELAY

SENSOR 1

15A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan Relay)

IGN COIL

20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

ECU 2

10A PCM

TCU 1

10A PCM

HEV ECU 2

HEV

ECU

10A HPCU, E/R Junction Block (Battery C/Fan Relay)

ECU 3

10A PCM

POWER OUT-

LET2

POWER

OUTLET

20A Front Power Outlet #1

HORN 20A Horn Relay, ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)

WIPER 1

30A Wiper Power Relay

BATTERY

C/FAN

BATTERY

C/FAN

15A E/R Junction Block (Battery C/Fan Relay)

707

Maintenance

Symbol Relay Name Type

COOLING FAN Relay MINI

BLOWER Relay MICRO

BATTERY

C/FAN

BATTERY C/FAN Relay MICRO

POWER

OUTLET

POWER OUTLET Relay MICRO

H/LAMP WASHER Rela MICRO

FRONT

DEICER Relay MICRO

REAR HEATED Relay MINI

PTC

HEATER

PTC HEATER RELAY 1 MINI

PTC

HEATER

PTC HEATER RELAY 2 MINI

IG 3 IG 3 RELAY MICRO

Relay

771

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Bulb replacement precaution

Please prepare bulbs with appropriate

standards in case of emergencies.

Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8.

When changing bulbs and sorts, first

turn off the engine at a safe place,

firmly apply the side brake and take

out the battery's negative (-) terminal.

Use only the bulbs of the specified

wattage.

WARNING - Working on

the lights

Prior to working on the light,

firmly apply the parking brake,

ensure that the ignition switch

is turned to the LOCK position

and turn off the lights to avoid

sudden movement of the vehi-

cle and burning your fingers or

receiving an electric shock.

WARNING

Be sure to replace the burned-

out bulb with one of the same

wattage rating. Otherwise, it

may cause extensive wiring

damage and possible fire.

CAUTION

If you don’t have necessary

tools, the correct bulbs and the

expertise, consult a profession-

al workshop. Kia recommends

to consult an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

In many cases, it is difficult to

replace vehicle light bulbs

because other parts of the vehi-

cle must be removed before you

can get to the bulb.This is espe-

cially true if you have to remove

the headlight assembly to get to

the bulb(s). Removing/ installing

the headlight assembly can

result in damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION

• If unauthentic parts or sub-

standard lights are used when

changing lights, it may lead to

fuse disconnection and mal-

function, and other wiring

damages.

• Do not install extra lamps or

LED to the vehicle. If supple-

mentary lights are installed, it

may lead to lamp malfunction

and flickering of the lights. In

addition, the fuse box and

other writing may be damaged.

727

Maintenance

• Lamp part malfunction due to

net-work failure

The headlamp, taillight, and fog light

may lit up when the head lamp switch

is turned ON, and not light up when

the taillight or for light switch is turned

ON. This may be cause by network

failure or vehicle electrical control

system malfunction. If there is a prob-

lem, have the system serviced by a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia deal-

er/service partner.

• Lamp part malfunction due to elec-

trical control system stabilization

A normally functioning lamp may flicker

momentarily. This momentary occur-

rence is due to stabilization unction of

the vehicle's electrical on control sys-

tem. If the lamp soon returns to normal,

the vehicle does not require service.

However, if the lamp goes out after

he momentary flickering, or the flick-

ering continues, have the system

serviced by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the light bulb or lamp connector

is removed from an operating lamp

activated by electricity, the fuse

box’s electronic device may scan it

as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp

malfunction history may be record-

ed in Diagnostic Trouble Code

(DTC) in the fuse box.

• It is normal for an operating lamp

may blink temporarily. Since this

occurrence is due stabilization

function of the vehicle’s electronic

control device, if the lamp lights up

normally after temporary blinking,

there is no problem in the vehicle.

However, if the lamp continues to

blink several times or turn off com-

pletely, there may be an error in the

vehicle’s electronic control device.

In this case, have the vehicle

checked by a professional work-

shop immediately. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽

NOTICE

Have the headlight aiming adjusted

after an accident or after the head-

light assembly is reinstalled by a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

✽

NOTICE

After driving in heavy rain or wash-

ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses

could appear frosty. This condition is

caused by the temperature differ-

ence between the lamp inside and

outside. This is similar to the con-

densation on your windows inside

your vehicle during the rain and

doesn’t indicate a problem with your

vehicle. If the water leaks into the

lamp bulb circuitry, have the vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

773

Maintenance

Light bulb position

(Front, LED type)

(1) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)

(2) Headlamp (Low)

(3) Headlamp (High)

(4) Day time running lamp /

Position lamp

Light bulb position

(Rear - Sedan)

(1) Rear turn signal lamp

(2) Stop lamp (LED type)

(3) Tail lamp (LED type)

(4) Back-up lamp

(5) Rear fog lamp

(6) License plate lamp

(7) High mounted stop lamp

(LED type)

OJFA076190

OJFH075180L

OJFH075181L

OJFH075179L

■ Rear combination lamp

■ High mounted stop lamp

■ License plate lamp

747

(1) Rear turn signal lamp (bulb type)

(2) Back-up lamp (bulb type)

(3) Stop lamp (LED type)

(4) Tail lamp (LED type)

(5) Rear fog and stop lamp

(LED type)

(6) License plate lamp

(7) High mounted stop lamp

(LED type)

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Rear - Wagon)

OJFHP077236L

OJFHP077235L

■ Rear combination lamp

■ License plate lamp

OJFHP077237L

■ High mounted stop lamp

775

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Side)

(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)

Headlamp(High/Low beam)

LED replacement

If the light bulb (Low (2), High (3))

does not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Front turn signal lamp bulb

replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the bulb-socket from the

headlamp assembly by turning the

bulb-socket counterclockwise until

the tabs on the bulb-socket align

with the slots on the headlamp

assembly.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulb-

socket by pressing it in and rotat-

ing it counterclockwise until the

tabs on the bulb align with the

slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the

bulb out of the bulb-socket

OJFHP076193R

OJFHP076192L OJF075079

767

Maintenance

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

5. Install the socket in the headlamp

assembly by aligning the tabs on

the bulb-socket with the slots in

the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-

et into the headlamp assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

Position lamp + DRL (LED

type) bulb replacement

If the position lamp + DRL (1) does

not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Side repeater lamp bulb

replacement

If the side repeater lamp does not

operate, have your vehicle checked

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

OJFHP076039ROJFHP076191L

777

Maintenance

Rear turn signal lamp bulb

replacement (Sedan)

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Open the service cover.

3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.

4. Disconnect the rear combination

lamp connector.

5. Remove the rear combination

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

6. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

OJF075041

OJF075042

OJF075043

OJF075093

787

Maintenance

7. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

9. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

10. Install the rear combination lamp

assembly to the body of the vehi-

cle.

11. Install the service cover by put-

ting it into the service hole.

Stop and tail lamp (LED type)

bulb replacement (Sedan)

If the stop and tail lamp (LED) does

not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Back-up lamp bulb replacement

(Sedan)

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Loosen the retaining screw of the

trunk lid cover and then remove

the cover.

OJF075040 OJF075081

779

Maintenance

3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.

4. Disconnect the rear combination

lamp (inside) connector.

5. Remove the rear combination

lamp (inside) assembly from the

body of the vehicle.

6. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

9. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

10. Install the rear combination lamp

(inside) assembly to the body of

the vehicle.

11. Install the trunk lid cover.

Rear fog lamp bulb

replacement (Sedan)

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Loosen the retaining screw of the

trunk lid cover and then remove

the cover.

OJF075082

OJF075083

OJF075094

OJF075081

807

3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.

4. Disconnect the rear combination

lamp (inside) connector.

5. Remove the rear combination

lamp (inside) assembly from the

body of the vehicle.

6. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

9. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

10. Install the rear combination lamp

(inside) assembly to the body of

the vehicle.

11. Install the trunk lid cover.

License plate lamp bulb

replacement (Sedan)

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Loosen the retaining screw of the

trunk lid cover and then remove

the cover.

Maintenance

OJF075081

OJF075082

OJF075083

OJF075151L

781

Maintenance

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

7. Install the trunk lid cover.

High mounted stop lamp bulb

replacement (Sedan)

If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)

does not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Rear turn signal lamp bulb

replacement (Wagon)

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Open the service cover.

3. Loosen the light assembly retain-

ing screws with a cross-tip screw-

driver.

OJF075085

OJF075049

OJFW076203L

827

Maintenance

4. Remove the rear combination

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

5. Disconnect the rear combination

lamp connector.

6. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

7. Remove the bulb from the socket by

pressing it in and rotating it counter-

clockwise until the tabs on the bulb

align with the slots in the socket.

Pull the bulb out of the socket.

8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

9. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

10. Install the rear combination lamp

assembly to the body of the vehi-

cle.

11. Install the service cover.

OJFW076204L OJFW076218L

783

Maintenance

Tail, stop and rear fog lamp

(LED type) bulb replacement

(Wagon)

If the tail (1), stop (2) and rear fog

lamp and stop (3) lamp (LED) does

not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Back-up lamp bulb replacement

(Wagon)

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Remove the service cover.

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

7. Install the service cover by putting

it into the service hole.

OJFW076209L

OJFHP077240L

OJFW076210L

847

Maintenance

High mounted stop lamp bulb

replacement (Wagon)

If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)

(1) does not operate, have your vehi-

cle checked by a professional work-

shop. Kia recommends to visit an

authorised Kia dealer/service part-

ner.

Map lamp bulb replacement

If the map lamp (bulb and LED type)

does not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

Vanity mirror lamp bulb

replacement

OJFHP077238L

OJF075050

WARNING

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the “OFF”

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

OJFHP076051R

785

Maintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from

interior.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

Room lamp bulb replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or dam-

age the lens, lens tab, and plas-

tic housings.

OJF075133L

WARNING

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the “OFF”

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or dam-

age the lens, lens tab, and plas-

tic housings.

867

Maintenance

Personal lamp bulb replacement

If the personal lamp (LED) does not

operate, have your vehicle checked

by a professional workshop. Kia rec-

ommends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service partner.

Glove box lamp bulb

replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from

interior.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

OJF075088

OJF075054R

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or dam-

age the lens, lens tab, and plas-

tic housings.

787

Maintenance

Trunk lamp bulb replacement

(Sedan)

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

Luggage room lamp bulb

replacement (Wagon)

If the luggage room lamp (LED) does

not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho-

rised Kia dealer/service partner.

OJF075053

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or dam-

age the lens, lens tab, and plas-

tic housings.

OJFHP077239L

887

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE

Exterior care

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label

directions when using any chemical

cleaner or polish. Read all warning

and caution statements that appear

on the label.

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after each

off-road trip. Pay special attention to

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-

rials. Make sure the drain holes in the

lower edges of the doors and rocker

panels are kept clear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle’s

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain water

may not completely remove all these

deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on

painted surfaces, may be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakes

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes whilst driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water. If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly whilst main-

taining a slow forward speed.

CAUTION

• Do not use strong soap, chem-

ical detergents or hot water,

and do not wash the vehicle in

direct sunlight or when the

body of the vehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the

side windows of your vehicle.

Especially, with high-pressure

water, water may leak through

the windows and wet the inte-

rior.

• To prevent damage to the

plastic parts and lamps, do

not clean with chemical sol-

vents or strong detergents.

789

Maintenance

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-

cient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors

or its surrounding area directly with

a high pressure washer. Shock

applied from high pressure water

may cause the device to not oper-

ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers) or

connectors as they may be dam-

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to main-

tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-

als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to

re-wax these areas even if the rest of

the vehicle does not yet need waxing.

Do not apply wax on embossed

unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the

unit.

CAUTION

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including high

pressure water washing may

cause the failure of electrical

circuits located in the engine

compartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

OJB037800

907

Maintenance

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

✽✽

NOTICE

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or

replacement, be sure the body shop

applies anti-corrosion materials to

the parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-

vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth will

scratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-

sive cleaners, acid detergents

or strong detergents contain-

ing high alkaline or caustic

agents on chrome-plated or

anodized aluminum parts.

This may result in damage to

the protective coating and

cause discoloration or paint

deterioration.

791

Maintenance

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice and

snow removal and dust control may

collect on the underbody. If these

materials are not removed, acceler-

ated rusting can occur on underbody

parts such as the fuel lines, frame,

floor pan and exhaust system, even

though they have been treated with

rust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-

body and wheel openings with luke-

warm or cold water once a month,

after off-road driving and at the end

of each winter. Pay special attention

to these areas because it is difficult

to see all the mud and dirt. It will do

more harm than good to wet down

the road grime without removing it.

The lower edges of the doors, rocker

panels, and frame members have

drain holes that should not clog with

dirt; trapped water in these areas can

cause rusting.

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated

with a clear protective finish.

• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, or

wire brushes on aluminum wheels.

They may scratch or damage the

finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly

with water. Also, be sure to clean

the wheels after driving on salted

roads.This helps prevent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with

high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or acid

detergent. It may damage and cor-

rode the aluminum wheels coated

with a clear protective finish.

WARNING

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes whilst driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water. If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly whilst

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

927

Maintenance

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to combat

corrosion, we produce vehicles of the

highest quality. However, this is only

part of the job. To achieve the long-

term corrosion resistance your vehi-

cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-

tion and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-

sion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath

the vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive

materials, corrosion protection is par-

ticularly important. Some of the com-

mon causes of accelerated corrosion

are road salts, dust control chemicals,

ocean air and industrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are just

above freezing. In such conditions,

the corrosive material is kept in con-

tact with the vehicle’s surface by

moisture that evaporate slowly.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it dries slowly and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be dry,

it can still retain moisture and pro-

mote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-

ate corrosion of parts that are not

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed.

For all these reasons, it is particular-

ly important to keep your vehicle

clean and free of mud or accumula-

tions of other materials. This applies

not only to the visible surfaces but

particularly to the underside of the

vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from

getting started by observing the fol-

lowing:

793

Maintenance

Keep your vehicle clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is partic-

ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area

— where road salts are used, near

the ocean, areas with industrial pol-

lution, acid rain, etc.—, you should

take extra care to prevent corrosion.

In winter, hose off the underside of

your vehicle at least once a month

and be sure to clean the underside

thoroughly when winter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the

vehicle, give particular attention to

the components under the fenders

and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just

dampening the accumulated mud

rather than washing it away will

accelerate corrosion rather than

prevent it. Water under high pres-

sure and steam are particularly

effective in removing accumulated

mud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel-

erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your vehicle in a damp,

poorly ventilated garage. This cre-

ates a favorable environment for cor-

rosion. This is particularly true if you

wash your vehicle in the garage or

drive it into the garage when it is still

wet or covered with snow, ice or

mud. Even a heated garage can con-

tribute to corrosion unless it is well

ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good con-

dition

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-

tion of a qualified body and paint

shop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are

highly corrosive and may damage

painted surfaces in just a few hours.

Always remove bird droppings as

soon as possible.

Don't neglect the interior

Moisture can collect under the floor

mats and carpeting and cause corro-

sion. Check under the mats periodi-

cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.

Use particular care if you carry fertil-

izers, cleaning materials or chemi-

cals in the vehicle.

These should be carried only in prop-

er containers and any spills or leaks

should be cleaned up, flushed with

clean water and thoroughly dried.

947

Maintenance

Interior care

Interior general precautions

Prevent chemicals such as perfume,

cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-

er, and air freshener from contacting

the interior parts because they may

cause damage or discoloration. If

they do contact the interior parts,

wipe them off immediately. If neces-

sary, use a vinyle cleaner, see

instructions for correct usage.

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-

rior trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-

ric with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-

tion recommended for upholstery or

carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-

diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediate

attention, the fabric can be stained

and its colour can be affected. Also,

its fire-resistant properties can be

reduced if the material is not proper-

ly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild

soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

the instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the

webbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with a

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION

Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

CAUTION

When cleaning leather products

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use

neutral detergents or low alco-

hol content solutions. If you use

high alcohol content solutions

or acid/alkaline detergents, the

colour of the leather may fade or

the surface may get stripped off.

CAUTION

Using anything but recommend-

ed cleaners and procedures may

affect the fabric’s appearance

and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTION

Do not scrape or scratch the

inside of the rear window. This

may result in damage of the rear

window defroster grid.

795

Maintenance

Taking care of leather seats

• Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat.

It will prevent abrasion or damage

of the leather and maintain its qual-

ity.

• Wipe the natural leather seat cover

often with dry or soft cloth.

• Sufficient use of a leather protec-

tive may prevent abrasion of the

cover and helps maintain the

colour.

Be sure to read the instructions

and consult a specialist when

using leather coating or protective

agents.

• Leather with bright colours (beige,

cream beige) is easily contaminat-

ed and clear in appearance. Clean

the seats frequently.

• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may

cause the surface to crack.

Cleaning the leather seats

• Remove all contaminations instantly.

Refer to instructions below for

removal of each contaminant.

• Cosmetic products (sunscreen,

foundation, etc.)

- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth

and wipe the contaminated point.

Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth

and remove water with a dry cloth.

• Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)

- Apply a small amount of neutral

detergent and wipe until contami-

nations do not smear.

• Oil

- Remove oil instantly with

absorbable cloth and wipe with

stain remover for natural leather

only.

• Chewing gum

- Harden the gum with ice and

remove gradually.

Fabric seat cover using precau-

tions (If equipped)

Please clean the fabric seats regular-

ly with a vacuum cleaner in consider-

ation of fabric material characteristics.

If they are heavily soiled with bever-

age stains, etc., use a suitable interi-

or cleaner.To prevent damage to seat

covers, wipe off the seat covers down

to the seams with a large wiping

motion and moderate pressure using

a soft sponge or microfiber cloth.

Velcro closures on clothing or sharp

objects may cause snagging or

scratches on the surface of the

seats. Make sure not to rub such

objects against the surface.

967

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The emission control system of your

vehicle is covered by a written limited

warranty. Please see the warranty

information contained in the

Warranty & Maintenance book in your

vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control

system

(2) Evaporative emission control

system

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function

of the emission control systems,

have your vehicle inspected and

maintained by a professional work-

shop in accordance with the mainte-

nance schedule in this manual. Kia

recommends to visit an authorised

Kia dealer/service partner.

Caution for the Inspection and

Maintenance Test (With Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system)

• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-

ing, turn the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system off by

pressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC system

back on by pressing the ESC

switch again.

1. Crankcase emission control

system

The positive crankcase ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered air

to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-

trol system

The Evaporative Emission Control

System is designed to prevent fuel

vapours from escaping into the

atmosphere.

797

Maintenance

Canister

Fuel vapours generated inside the

fuel tank are absorbed and stored in

the onboard canister. When the

engine is running, the fuel vapours

absorbed in the canister are drawn

into the surge tank through the purge

control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is

controlled by the Engine Control

Module (ECM); when the engine

coolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-

orated fuel is not taken into the

engine. After the engine warms up

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to

the engine.

3. Exhaust emission control

system

The Exhaust Emission Control

System is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

whilst maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

Vehicle modifications

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification of your vehicle could

affect its performance, safety or

durability and may even violate gov-

ernmental safety and emissions reg-

ulations.

In addition, damage or performance

problems resulting from any modifi-

cation may not be covered under

warranty.

• If you use unauthorised electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle to

operate abnormally, wire damage,

battery discharge and fire. For your

safety, do not use unauthorised

electronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions

(carbon monoxide)

• Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.

Therefore, if you smell exhaust

fumes of any kind inside your vehi-

cle, have it inspected and repaired

immediately. If you ever suspect

exhaust fumes are coming into

your vehicle, drive it only with all

the windows fully open. Have your

vehicle checked and repaired

immediately.

WARNING - Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases contain

carbon monoxide (CO). Though

colourless and odourless, it is

dangerous and could be lethal if

inhaled. Follow the instructions

on this page to avoid CO poi-

soning.

987

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in or

out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into the

vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time with

the engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to

the emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-

ic converters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-

alytic converter emission control

device.

Therefore, the following precautions

must be observed:

• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-

ments" suggested in chapter 1.

• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-

tion, such as misfire or a noticeable

loss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the ignition off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high

idle speed for extended periods (5

minutes or more).

WARNING - Fire

• A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items under

your vehicle. Do not park the

vehicle over or near flamma-

ble objects, such as grass,

vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and cat-

alytic system are very hot

whilst the engine is running or

immediately after the engine

is turned off. Keep away from

the exhaust system and cat-

alytic, you may get burned.

Also, do not remove the heat

sink around the exhaust sys-

tem, do not seal the bottom of

the vehicle or do not coat the

vehicle for corrosion control.

It may present a fire risk under

certain conditions.

799

Maintenance

• Do not modify or tamper with any

part of the engine or emission con-

trol system. All inspections and

adjustments must be made by a

professional workshop. Kia recom-

mends to visit an authorised Kia

dealer/service center.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low

fuel level. Running out of fuel could

cause the engine to misfire, dam-

aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautions

could result in damage to the catalyt-

ic converter and to your vehicle.

Additionally, such actions could void

your warranties.

Specifications & Consumer information

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-7

• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Tyre specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Specifications & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4,855 (191.1)

Overall width 1,860 (73.2)

Overall height 1,465 (57.7)

Overall height (High suspension) 1,475 (58)

Tread

Front 215/55 R17 1,602 (63)

Rear 215/55 R17 1,609 (63.3)

Wheelbase 2,805 (110.4)

* : Only for Hybrid vehicle. Not for Plug-in hybrid vehicle

• Sedan

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4,855 (191.1)

Overall width 1,860 (73.2)

Overall height

with roof rack 1,470 (57.9)

without roof rack 1,465 (57.7)

Tread Front

215/55 R17 1,602 (63)

215/55 R17 1,609 (63.3)

Wheelbase 2,805 (110.4)

• Wagon

Specifications & Consumer information

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

Specifications & Consumer information

Unit [kg (lbs.)]

ENGINE

Item

Petrol

2.0 GDI HEV

Displacement

[cc (cu. in)]

1,999 (121.99)

Bore x Stroke

[mm (in.)]

81.0 X 97.0 (3.19 X 3.81)

Firing order

1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders

4. In-line

ITEM

Plug-in hybrid

Sedan Wagon

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT 2,200kg (4,850lb) 2,270kg (5,004lb)

Specifications & Consumer information

LUGGAGE VOLUME

ITEM

Plug-in hybrid

Sedan Wagon

VDA 307L 440L

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Please contact a professional workshop for more details.

Kia recommends to contact an authorised Kia dealer/service partner.

ITEM Weight of volume Classification

Refrigerant

650 ± 25g R-134a

570 ± 25g R-1234yf

Compressor lubricant 130 ± 10g POE (RB100EV)

Specifications & Consumer information

BULB WATTAGE

Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type

Front

Headlamps (Low) 25W LED

Headlamps (High) 17W LED

Front turn signal lamps 21W PY21WL/L

Front position lamps 0.7W LED

Daytime running light 6.5W LED

Side Repeater lamps 0.5W LED

Rear

Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 12W LED

Rear tail lamps (Inside) 6W LED

Rear turn signal lamps 21W PY21W

Back-up lamps 16W W16W

High mounted stop lamp 3W LED

License plate lamps 5W W5W

Interior

Map lamps

Bulb type 10W FESTON BULB

LED type 1W LED

Room lamps 10W FESTON BULB

Personal lamps 1W LED

Vanity mirror lamps 5W FESTON BULB

Glove box lamp 5W FESTON BULB

Trunk lamp 5W FESTON BULB

Specifications & Consumer information

TYRES AND WHEELS

: Load Index

: Speed Symbol

CAUTION

When replacing tyres, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tyres of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

Item Tyre size Wheel size

Load

Capacity

Speed

capacity

Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)]

Wheel lug

nut torque

[Kgf·m

(lbf·ft, N·m)]

Normal load Maximum load

LI *

Kg SS *

Km/h Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tyre 215/55 R17 7.0J × 17 94 670 V 240

2.4

(35, 240)

2.4

(35, 240)

2.4

(35, 240)

2.4

(35, 240)

11~13

(79~94,

107~127)

✽✽

NOTICE

• We recommend that when replacing tyres, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles.

If not, that affects driving performance.

• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.

Therefore, please check the tyre pressure and add more air when necessary.

Additionally required tyre air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km

Specifications & Consumer information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *

(drain and refill)

Recommends

4.1 l (4.33 US qt.)

ACEA A5 or above / 5W-30 (C)*

Automatic transaxle fluid

6.0 l (6.34 US qt.)

ATF SP-IV (Recommeded SK, MICHANG, NOCA)

Coolant

6.744 l (7.12 US qt.)

Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Inverter coolant

3.13 l (3.30 US qt.)

Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake / Clutch fluid

0.49 l (0.52 US qt.)

DOT 3 or DOT 4

Fuel

55 l (58.11 US qt.)

Refer to Fuel requirements in chapter 1.

: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s

time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

Specifications & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity

number

CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the area

around any filler plug, drain

plug, or dipstick before check-

ing or draining any lubricant.

This is especially important in

dusty or sandy areas and when

the vehicle is used on unpaved

roads. Cleaning the plug and

dipstick areas will prevent dirt

and grit from entering the

engine and other mechanisms

that could be damaged.

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE

5W-30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the prop-

er engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold

weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity

engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance,

however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication

in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in

engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature

your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select

the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

°C

(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-30, 5W-40

Specifications & Consumer information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the number used in register-

ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-

ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor

under the driver or passenger seat.

To check the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windscreen from

outside.

The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver’s (or front pas-

senger’s) side centre pillar gives the

vehicle identification number (VIN).

OJF085001

■ Frame number

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABEL

OJF085003

OUM084005

OJFHP086015R

■ VIN label (if equipped)

• Type A

• Type B

Specifications & Consumer information

108

The tyres supplied on your new vehi-

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tyre label located on the driver's

side centre pillar gives the tyre pres-

sures recommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped on the

engine block as shown in the drawing.

A compressor label informs you the

type of compressor your vehicle is

equipped with such as model, suppli-

er part number, production number,

refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

TYRE SPECIFICATION AND

PRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OJF085012

OJFH085004

■ Petrol engine (Nu 2.0 GDI)

AIR CONDITIONER

COMPRESSOR LABEL

OJFHP086014

811

Specifications & Consumer information

The refrigerant label is located on

the top of the air duct.

The radio frequency components of

the vehicle comply with requirements

and other relevant provisions of

Directive 1995/5/EC.

Further information including the

manufacturer's declaration of con-

formity is available on Kia web site

as follows;

http://www.kia-hotline.com

REFRIGERANT LABEL

OJFH075185L

DECLARATION OF

CONFORMITY

CE0678

■ Example

Index

Advanced smart cruise control system..........................5-70

Limitations of the system............................................5-82

Speed setting ..............................................................5-71

To adjust the sensitivity of advanced

smart cruise control ..................................................5-80

To convert to cruise control mode ..............................5-81

Vehicle to vehicle distance setting..............................5-76

Air bag - supplemental restraint system........................3-53

Adding equipment to or modifying your

air bag-equipped vehicle ..........................................3-80

Additional safety precautions ....................................3-79

Air bag warning label ................................................3-80

Air bag warning light..................................................3-57

Curtain air bag ............................................................3-70

Driver's and passenger's front air bag ........................3-62

How does the air bag system operate ........................3-54

Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the airbag ..3-72

Side air bag ................................................................3-68

SRS Care ....................................................................3-77

SRS components and functions ..................................3-59

Air cleaner ....................................................................7-26

Filter replacement ......................................................7-26

Air conditioner compressor label ..................................8-10

Air conditioning system ..................................................8-4

Appearance care ............................................................7-88

Exterior care................................................................7-88

Interior care ................................................................7-94

Audio system ..............................................................4-204

AUX, USB port ........................................................4-206

Steering wheel audio controls ..................................4-205

Automatic transaxle ......................................................5-11

Automatic transaxle operation ....................................5-11

Good driving practices................................................5-17

Autonomous emergency braking (AEB) ......................5-43

AEB warning message and system control ................5-46

Brake operation ..........................................................5-47

Limitation of the system ............................................5-50

Recognizing pedestrians ............................................5-53

Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in front

(front radar) ..............................................................5-48

System malfunction ....................................................5-49

System setting and activation ....................................5-43

Battery............................................................................7-34

Battery capacity label ................................................7-36

Battery recharging ......................................................7-36

For best battery service ..............................................7-34

Reset items..................................................................7-37

Before driving ..................................................................5-4

Before entering vehicle ................................................5-4

Before starting ..............................................................5-4

Necessary inspections ..................................................5-4

Index

Blind spot detection system (BSD) ..............................5-98

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist) ......................................5-99

Driver's Attention ......................................................5-105

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) ................................5-102

Bonnet............................................................................4-47

Closing the bonnet ......................................................4-48

Opening the bonnet ....................................................4-47

Brake fluid ....................................................................7-24

Checking the brake fluid level....................................7-24

Brake system..................................................................5-19

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..................................5-31

AUTO HOLD..............................................................5-27

Electronic parking brake (EPB)..................................5-20

Electronic stability control (ESC) ..............................5-34

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ....................................5-40

Good braking practices ..............................................5-41

Hill-start assist control (HAC)....................................5-40

Power brakes ............................................................5-19

Vehicle stability management (VSM) ........................5-38

Warning messages ......................................................5-30

Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-5

Child restraint system (CRS) ........................................3-39

Children always in the rear ........................................3-39

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-42

ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage

(ISOFIX anchorage system) for children ................3-43

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-40

Climate control air filter ................................................7-28

Filter inspection ..........................................................7-28

Climate control system ................................................4-165

Air conditioning........................................................4-166

Air Conditioning refrigerant label ............................4-168

Automatic climate control system ............................4-170

Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-171

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant........................................4-169

Climate control air filter ..........................................4-167

System operation ......................................................4-165

Coolant ..........................................................................7-20

Changing the coolant ..................................................7-23

Checking the coolant level..........................................7-20

Engine coolant ..........................................................7-21

Inverter coolant ..........................................................7-22

Recommended coolant................................................7-22

Cruise Control system ..................................................5-55

Cruise control switch ..................................................5-56

To cancel cruise control ..............................................5-59

To decrease the cruising speed ..................................5-58

To increase cruise control set speed ..........................5-58

To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) ............................5-60

To set cruise control speed..........................................5-56

Index

To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on ..5-59

To turn cruise control off ............................................5-60

Declaration of conformity ............................................8-11

Defroster ......................................................................4-164

Rear window defroster..............................................4-164

Dimensions ......................................................................8-2

Door locks......................................................................4-17

Child-protector rear door lock ....................................4-23

Deadlocks....................................................................4-22

Door lock/unlock features ..........................................4-22

Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ............4-18

Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ..........4-17

Drive mode integrated control system ..........................5-87

Plug-in hybrid vehicle ................................................5-87

Economical operation ..................................................5-106

Emergency commodity ..................................................6-34

First aid kit ................................................................6-34

Triangle reflector ........................................................6-34

Tyre pressure gauge ....................................................6-34

Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5

Jump starting ................................................................6-5

Push-starting ................................................................6-8

Emission control system................................................7-96

Crankcase emission control system ............................7-96

Evaporative emission control system..........................7-96

Exhaust emission control system................................7-97

Engine ..............................................................................8-3

Engine compartment ................................................2-6, 7-3

Engine number ..............................................................8-10

Engine oil ......................................................................7-18

Changing the engine oil and filter ..............................7-19

Checking the engine oil level ....................................7-18

Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-6

Engine start/stop button position ..................................5-6

Illuminated engine start/stop button ............................5-6

Starting the hybrid system ............................................5-9

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-14

Exterior features ..........................................................4-202

Roof rack (Wagon)....................................................4-202

Exterior overview ............................................................2-2

Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-49

Closing the fuel filler lid ............................................4-50

Emergency fuel filler lid release ................................4-51

Opening the fuel filler lid ..........................................4-49

Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3

Petrol engine ................................................................1-3

Fuses ..............................................................................7-50

Index

Engine compartment fuse replacement ......................7-53

Fuse/relay panel description ......................................7-55

Inner panel fuse replacement ......................................7-51

Gross vehicle weight........................................................8-3

HEV powertrain ..............................................................1-7

How to use this manual ..................................................1-2

If an accident occurs......................................................6-32

If the engine overheats ....................................................6-9

If the engine will not start ..............................................6-4

If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ..........6-4

If engine turns over normally but does not start ..........6-4

If you have a flat tyre (with tyre mobility kit) ..............6-18

Checking the tyre inflation pressure ..........................6-25

Components of the Tyre Mobility Kit (TMK)............6-21

Distributing the sealant ..............................................6-25

Introduction ................................................................6-19

Notes on the safe use of the Tyre Mobility Kit ..........6-20

Technical Data ............................................................6-27

Using the Tyre Mobility Kit ......................................6-22

In case of an emergency whilst driving ..........................6-3

If engine stalls whilst driving ......................................6-3

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..............6-3

If you have a flat tyre whilst driving ............................6-3

Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-68

Gauges ........................................................................4-70

Instrument Cluster Control ........................................4-69

LCD Display Control..................................................4-70

Transaxle Shift Indicator ............................................4-74

Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5

Interior features............................................................4-186

Air ventilation seat....................................................4-190

Ashtray......................................................................4-186

Barrier net (Wagon) ..................................................4-198

Cargo security screen (Wagon) ................................4-200

Cigarette lighter ........................................................4-186

Coat hook..................................................................4-196

Cup holder ................................................................4-187

Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................4-197

Luggage net (holder) (Wagon)..................................4-198

Power outlet ..............................................................4-191

Seat warmer ..............................................................4-189

Side curtain ..............................................................4-197

Sunvisor ....................................................................4-188

USB charger..............................................................4-192

Wireless smart phone charging system ....................4-193

Interior light ................................................................4-159

Automatic turn off function ......................................4-159

Index

Door courtesy lamp ..................................................4-162

Glove box lamp ........................................................4-162

Map lamp ................................................................4-159

Room lamp................................................................4-161

Trunk(tailgate) room lamp........................................4-161

Vanity mirror lamp....................................................4-162

Interior overview..............................................................2-4

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ..........................5-89

LKAS function change ..............................................5-97

LKAS operation..........................................................5-91

Warning light and message ........................................5-94

LCD Display..................................................................4-76

A/V Mode ..................................................................4-92

LCD Modes ................................................................4-76

LKAS ..........................................................................4-92

Service Mode ..............................................................4-77

Trip modes (Trip computer)........................................4-85

Turn By Turn Mode ..................................................4-91

User Settings Mode ....................................................4-79

Warning Messages ......................................................4-92

Light bulbs ....................................................................7-71

Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Sedan)....................7-78

Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Wagon) ..................7-83

Bulb replacement precaution ....................................7-71

Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ..................7-75

Glove box lamp bulb replacement ............................7-86

Headlamp(High/Low beam) LED replacement..........7-75

High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) ..7-81

High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement (Wagon)..7-84

License plate lamp bulb replacement (Sedan)............7-80

Light bulb position (Front, LED type)........................7-73

Light bulb position (Rear - Wagon)............................7-74

Light bulb position (Side) ..........................................7-75

Light bulb position(Rear - Sedan) ..............................7-73

Luggage room lamp bulb replacement (Wagon) ........7-87

Map lamp bulb replacement ......................................7-84

Personal lamp bulb replacement ................................7-86

Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement..7-76

Rear fog lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) ..................7-79

Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement (Sedan) ......7-77

Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement (Wagon) ......7-81

Room lamp bulb replacement ....................................7-85

Side repeater lamp bulb replacement..........................7-76

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement (Sedan) ................................................7-78

Tail, stop and rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement (Wagon)................................................7-83

Trunk lamp bulb replacement (Sedan)........................7-87

Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ........................7-84

Lighting........................................................................4-143

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ................4-152

Battery saver function ..............................................4-143

Daytime running light ..............................................4-144

Index

Headlight escort function..........................................4-143

Headlight levelling device ......................................4-151

High Beam Assist ....................................................4-147

High beam operation ................................................4-146

Lighting control ........................................................4-144

Rear fog light ............................................................4-151

Turn signals and lane change signals........................4-150

Luggage volume ..............................................................8-4

Maintenance services ......................................................7-4

Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-4

Owner’s responsibility ..................................................7-4

Mirrors ..........................................................................4-63

Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-63

Outside rearview mirror..............................................4-64

Reverse parking aid function ......................................4-67

Owner maintenance ........................................................7-6

Owner maintenance schedule ......................................7-6

Panorama sunroof ..........................................................4-54

Closing the sunroof ....................................................4-57

Resetting the sunroof ..................................................4-59

Sliding the sunroof ....................................................4-56

Sunroof open warning ................................................4-55

Sunshade ....................................................................4-55

Tilting the sunroof ....................................................4-57

Parking assist system ..................................................4-117

Non-operational conditions of parking assist system ..4-119

Operation of the parking assist system ....................4-117

Self-diagnosis............................................................4-121

Rearview camera..........................................................4-141

Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number ........................8-8

Refrigerant label ............................................................8-11

Road warning ..................................................................6-2

Hazard warning flasher ................................................6-2

Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-8

Scheduled maintenance service precaution ..................7-8

Seat belts........................................................................3-24

Care of seat belts ........................................................3-37

Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................3-31

Seat belt precautions ..................................................3-34

Seat belt restraint system ............................................3-24

Index

Seats ................................................................................3-2

Driver position memory system (for power seat) ......3-10

Front seat adjustment - manual ....................................3-6

Front seat adjustment - power ......................................3-7

Headrest (for front seat)..............................................3-12

Rear seat adjustment ..................................................3-16

Seatback pocket ..........................................................3-15

Smart key ........................................................................4-5

Battery replacement ....................................................4-11

Immobiliser system ......................................................4-6

Key operations ..............................................................4-5

Record your key number ..............................................4-5

Smart key function........................................................4-7

Smart key system operation..........................................4-8

Transmitter precautions ..............................................4-10

Smart parking assist system (SPAS)............................4-122

Additional instructions (messages) ..........................4-134

Additional instructions (messages) ..........................4-139

How the system works (Exit mode) ........................4-135

How the system works (Parking Mode) ..................4-127

Non-operating condition ..........................................4-124

Operating condition ..................................................4-123

System malfunction ..................................................4-135

System malfunction ..................................................4-140

Smart trunk (For sedan) ................................................4-27

Detecting area ............................................................4-30

How to deactivate the Smart Trunk function using

the smart key ............................................................4-29

How to use the Smart Trunk ......................................4-27

Special driving conditions ..........................................5-108

Driving at night ........................................................5-110

Driving in flooded areas ........................................5-111

Driving in the rain ..................................................5-110

Driving off-road ........................................................5-111

Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-108

Highway driving ......................................................5-111

Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-108

Smooth cornering......................................................5-109

Speed limit control system ............................................5-61

To set speed limit ........................................................5-61

To turn off the speed limit control..............................5-63

Speed Limit Information Function (SLIF) ....................5-64

Display ........................................................................5-66

Driver's attention ........................................................5-69

System setting and activation ....................................5-65

Steering wheel ..............................................................4-60

Electronic power steering ..........................................4-60

Heated steering wheel ................................................4-61

Horn ............................................................................4-62

Tilt & telescopic steering............................................4-61

Storage compartment ..................................................4-184

Centre console storage..............................................4-184

Glove box..................................................................4-184

Sunglass holder ........................................................4-185

Surround View Monitoring system..............................4-142

Index

Tailgate (For wagon)......................................................4-31

Emergency tailgate safety release ..............................4-41

Non-power tailgate......................................................4-31

Power tailgate..............................................................4-32

Smart tailgate ..............................................................4-37

Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-12

Armed stage ................................................................4-12

Disarmed stage............................................................4-13

Theft-alarm stage ........................................................4-13

Theft-alarm system (Only UK) ..................................4-14

Towing ..........................................................................6-28

Emergency towing ......................................................6-29

Removable towing hook ............................................6-29

Towing service ............................................................6-28

Trunk (For sedan) ..........................................................4-24

Closing the trunk ........................................................4-25

Emergency trunk safety release ..................................4-26

Opening the trunk ......................................................4-24

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................6-11

Changing a tyre with TPMS ......................................6-15

Check tyre pressure ....................................................6-11

Low tyre pressure position telltale..............................6-13

Low tyre pressure telltale............................................6-13

TPMS (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator................................................6-14

Tyre specification and pressure label ............................8-10

Tyres and wheels..............................................................8-6

Tyres and wheels............................................................7-38

Checking tyre inflation pressure ................................7-40

Low aspect ratio tyre ..................................................7-49

Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ..............7-38

Tyre care ....................................................................7-38

Tyre maintenance ......................................................7-44

Tyre replacement ........................................................7-42

Tyre rotation ..............................................................7-41

Tyre sidewall labeling ................................................7-45

Tyre traction ................................................................7-44

Wheel alignment and tyre balance..............................7-42

Wheel replacement ....................................................7-44

Vehicle break-In process..................................................1-7

Vehicle certification label ................................................8-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-9

Vehicle weight ............................................................5-118

Base kerb weight ......................................................5-118

Cargo weight ............................................................5-118

GAW (Gross axle weight) ........................................5-118

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ..........................5-118

GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ..................................5-118

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ......................5-118

Overloading ..............................................................5-118

Vehicle kerb weight ..................................................5-118

Index

Warning and indicator lights........................................4-102

Indicator Lights ........................................................4-111

Warning lights ..........................................................4-102

Washer fluid ..................................................................7-25

Checking the washer fluid level..................................7-25

Welcome system ..........................................................4-163

Escort welcome ........................................................4-163

Interior light ............................................................4-163

Welcome light ..........................................................4-163

Windows ........................................................................4-42

Power windows ..........................................................4-43

Windscreen defrosting and defogging ........................4-180

Auto defogging system ............................................4-182

Automatic climate control system ............................4-180

Defogging logic ........................................................4-181

Operation tips............................................................4-181

Winter driving..............................................................5-113

Carry emergency equipment ....................................5-117

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ..............5-116

Check battery and cables ..........................................5-116

Check spark plugs and ignition system ....................5-116

Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath ........5-117

Don't let your parking brake freeze ..........................5-117

Snowy or Icy conditions ..........................................5-113

To keep locks from freezing ....................................5-116

Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system..5-117

Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ................5-116

Wiper blades ..................................................................7-30

Blade inspection..........................................................7-30

Blade replacement ......................................................7-30

Wipers and washers ....................................................4-153

Rear window wiper and washer switch ....................4-157

Windscreen washers..................................................4-156

Windscreen wipers ..................................................4-154

KIA 2018 Optima Plug-in Hybrid

Product's Documents

Owner’s Manual

Specifications

KIA 2018 KIA OPTIMA PLUG-IN HYBRID Questions and Answers

Related Products

2019 KIA Niro Plug-In Hybrid

2018 KIA Niro Plug-in Hybrid

KIA 2020 NIRO HYBRID / Plug-in Hybrid

KIA 2019 NIRO HYBRID / Plug-in Hybrid

KIA 2017 Optima Plug-in Hybrid Cars